攝大乘論 義疏通講
第一分 總摽綱要分Chapter One — General Summary of the Essentials (Plain Vernacular)
全文五層 →Full five layers →經論宗依
根本論開篇自《阿毘達磨大乘經》所說十殊勝立綱,並以四義顯大乘真是佛語。世親、無性二釋都順此綱目開解:一面釋十殊勝之名義,一面說明四義如何成立;本分義疏即以這組經論關係為起點。
翻開《攝大乘論》的第一頁,無著並沒有先跟你講什麼大道理。他做了一件乍看奇怪的事:一上來,就甩出一張清單——十個生硬的名相,一、二、三、四排成一列。讀佛法,開頭怎麼像在報目錄?更何況,清單才列完,無著就撂下一句重話:正是憑這十項,「大乘真是佛語」。
這就觸到了這一分底下,那個真正燙手的問題:大乘,到底是不是佛親口說的?
在無著的時代,這不是一句客套話。當時部派的聲聞學者公開質疑:這些大乘經典,佛在世時不曾聽聞,多半是後人偽託,算不得佛說。無著造《攝大乘論》,開宗第一分,就是要正面接下這一刀。而他接刀的方式,恰恰就是那張『清單』——所以這一分看似目錄,其實是一篇護教的開場白:他要讓你看見,唯有大乘才講得出這十項,而這十項本身的分量,就回證了大乘出自佛口。以下分五段,順著無著的話講下來。
一、那張清單,其實是一份證據
無著起手就交代來歷:這部論,出自一部叫《阿毘達磨大乘經》的經典,是當年在佛(薄伽梵,即世尊)座前,由一位已深入大乘的菩薩,「為顯大乘體大」——為了彰顯大乘的體性何等宏大——而說的。換句話說,無著一落筆就把話接到了佛經上:我講的不是自家發明,是替佛經作提綱。
接著他列出綱目:唯獨依著大乘,諸佛才有『十項殊勝殊勝語』。這五個字得拆開看——『殊勝』是特別超勝、別處所無;『殊勝語』是至為超勝的教說;兩字連用,是說這十項超勝到了極點,是大乘獨有、餘乘所無的至上教法。世親在他的釋論裡,於此處詳釋這個名。十項依次是:
- 所知依——一切『該知道的法』所依靠的根本:萬法的底盤是什麼。
- 所知相——這些該知道的法,呈現出什麼樣的相狀。
- 入所知相——怎麼從『理解』走到『親證』,真正悟入這個相。
- 彼入因果——這悟入,靠什麼因、又結什麼果。
- 彼因果修差別——這因果的修行,分成哪些階差。
- 增上戒——在這修行中,更上一層的『戒』。
- 增上心——更上一層的『定』。
- 增上慧——更上一層的『慧』。
- 彼果斷——修到果地所『斷』的功德,也就是涅槃。
- 彼果智——果地上所成就的『智』,也就是佛的境界。
列完,無著就下了那句斷語:由這十項所統攝的諸佛經教文句,足以顯明大乘真是佛語。請留意他這一步的份量——他不是先證明大乘是佛說、再來講這十項;他是反過來,拿這十項本身,當作大乘是佛說的證據。所以這份『目錄』從一開始就不是目錄,是呈堂的證物。怎麼個證法?下面兩段,無著一層一層講開。
二、這十項,聲聞乘裡一句都找不到——而它們各指什麼
無著先問自己一句:「云何能顯」——這十項到底怎麼就能顯明大乘是佛說?
他的第一個理由,斬截有力:這十項,在更早、講給聲聞弟子聽的那些教法裡,從來不曾說過;只有大乘,才處處在講。這一句是整篇護教的支點:若這十項在聲聞乘裡也有,那大乘就沒什麼獨到;正因為聲聞乘裡一句都找不到,大乘才『異於』、且『勝於』聲聞乘。
光說『聲聞乘沒有』還嫌空,於是無著把每一項都『指實』——掀開每個標題,告訴你底下具體裝的是什麼。讀到這裡你會發現,這十個名相不是十個孤立的詞,而是後面整整十分各自要展開的主題:
- 所知依,講的是阿賴耶識:心最底層、含藏一切『種子』的根本識,是一切經驗的底盤。一切法依祂而立,所以叫『所知依』。
- 所知相,講的是三自性——依他起、遍計所執、圓成實:世界呈現的三種身分(後面分三會用金土藏之喻細講,這裡先記住有此三層)。
- 入所知相,講的是唯識性:親自體證『萬法唯是心識所現』,這是從知到證的關口。
- 彼入因果,講的是六波羅蜜多(六度:布施、持戒、忍辱、精進、禪定、智慧)——悟入唯識的因,也是它的果。
- 彼因果修差別,講的是菩薩十地:這條路要一階一階經過的位次。
- 增上戒,講的是菩薩律儀:菩薩所受持、比聲聞更廣的戒。
- 增上心,講的是首楞伽摩、虛空藏等種種甚深三摩地(定)。
- 增上慧,講的是無分別智:離開主客分別、直契實相的根本智。
- 彼果斷,講的是無住涅槃:既不被生死綁住、也不退守一片死寂的那種大解脫。
- 彼果智,講的是佛的三身:自性身、受用身、變化身。
把十項指實之後,無著的結論就立住了:這十項既然只有大乘講、聲聞乘沒有,便「顯於大乘異聲聞乘」——標出了兩者的根本不同;而且世尊是專為菩薩宣說這些的,所以更『顯最勝』。一句話:唯有依著大乘,諸佛才有這十項最殊勝的教法。
三、憑什麼這就算佛說——無著給了四道檢驗
到這裡,敏銳的對手會再追一句:就算這十項只有大乘有,那也只能說『大乘和聲聞乘不一樣』,憑什麼一步跳到『所以大乘是佛說』?而且,會不會反過來,有人拿聲聞乘來冒充大乘?
無著正面接住,這也是這一分論式的第三步——他要同時做兩件事:一面顯「大乘真是佛語」,一面「遮聲聞乘是大乘性」,擋掉那種把聲聞乘混充作大乘的說法。他的根據,除了前面「唯大乘有」之外,更在於這十項本身經得起四道檢驗(這四義,無性在他的釋論裡發揮較詳):
- 最能引大菩提性——這十項最能引生無上的覺悟,是成佛最有力的因。一套能把人領向佛果的教法,不會是凡情所能編造。
- 善成立——它們在義理上安立得周全、站得住腳,不是隨口之談、不是經不起推敲的私見。
- 隨順無違——它們順著正理、前後一貫,彼此之間沒有矛盾。偽造之說,總會在某處露出破綻;這十項通體無違。
- 為能證得一切智智——它們正是通往佛那『無所不知之智』的實際道路,不只是好聽的話,是真能走到果地的路。
一套教法若同時通得過這四關,它就是佛的教法,不是凡夫杜撰得出的。反過來,聲聞乘既然連這十項都沒有,自然也沒有資格冒稱自己就是大乘。無著這一段,把『大乘是佛說』從一個信念,落成了一個有檢驗、有條理的論證。
四、兩首偈:把整份證據收成一句
講完道理,無著用兩首偈,把上面的內容再收攏一次。古代的論典常這樣——長行把理講透,末了綴上偈頌,讓讀者把骨架記牢;攝論後面每一分,也多半是這個體例。
前一首,依序把十項點名一遍:所知依、所知相、入的因果、修行的階差、戒定慧三學、果地的斷與智——末句「最上乘攝是殊勝」,說這十項總攝於無上的大乘,正因此而殊勝。後一首把護教的結論收成一句:這十項唯獨大乘有、別處見不到(「此說此餘見不見」);正因為它們是最殊勝的成佛之因(「由此最勝菩提因」),所以承認大乘真是佛語(「故許大乘真佛語」)——歸根結柢,「由說十處故殊勝」。前面三段繞了一圈的論證,到這裡壓成了兩首偈、一句話。
五、清單的排序,藏著一條成佛的路
最後一段,無著回頭解釋一個你也許早就想問的問題:這十項,為什麼偏偏排成『所知依→所知相→入→因果→修→三學→斷→智』這個順序?換個次序不行嗎?
無著的回答,是這一分最動人的地方:這個順序不是隨手排的,它本身就是一個菩薩修行親證的歷程,一環扣一環,前一步不踏穩,後一步就無從談起——
先要認得諸法的『因』(所知依=阿賴耶識在含藏種子),才談得上通達緣起;通達了緣起,才能看清現象的相狀,遠離兩種偏差——一種是『增益』,給它硬添上根本沒有的實在;一種是『損減』,又把它一筆抹成什麼都沒有(這就是所知相=三自性,後面分三正是教你走這條中道)。看清了相,才能真正通達、讓心從種種障礙裡解脫出來(入所知相=唯識)。通達之後,加行位的六度因為實際證得而更趨圓滿,因為那份向道的深切願心(增上意樂)得到了清淨(彼入因果)。再以這份清淨願心所攝持的六度,在十地裡一分一分地修,要歷經三大阿僧祇劫的漫長時光(修差別)。三學一路修圓滿了,最後才現證兩種果——涅槃(彼果斷)與無上正等菩提(彼果智)。
所以這十項,從來不是十個並排的條目,而是一條從『認清世界與心的底層』,一路走到『圓滿成佛』的完整道路。無著末了還補一句:這十項一旦說盡,『此中一切大乘皆得究竟』——整個大乘的義理,也就盡攝在這裡頭、再無遺漏了。
回頭看這一分,你會發現無著的開場有多巧:他用一份清單,同時做成了三件事——一張全書的目錄、一份大乘是佛說的證據、一幅從凡夫到成佛的地圖。十個主題既標出了後面十分各講什麼,又證成了這部論所講的確是佛法,更把整條修證之路的次第一次攤在你眼前。從第二分起,無著就要把這十項,一項一項地展開細講——第一站,是那層藏在最底下的心:阿賴耶識。
承衍
本分所立十殊勝,向後由分二、分三分別展開阿賴耶識與三性;《唯識三十論頌》承用這兩項,《唯識二十論》再從防難面成立唯識,《成唯識論》集其義而廣釋。承衍只標後出開展,不倒過來改寫本分。
Scriptural and Commentarial Ground
The root treatise opens from the ten supreme points taught in the Abhidharma Mahayana Sutra and uses four marks to show that the Great Vehicle is truly the Buddha’s word. The two ancient commentaries unfold both the meanings of the ten headings and the force of the four marks; this exposition begins from that scriptural and commentarial relation.
Turn to the first page of the Mahayanasamgraha, and Asanga does not open by preaching some grand principle at you. He does something that looks, at first, rather odd: right away he throws down a list — ten stiff technical terms, set out in a row, one, two, three, four. You came to study the Dharma, and the opening reads like someone reciting a table of contents? And worse: no sooner has the list ended than Asanga lays down a weighty claim — that it is precisely on the strength of these ten that the Great Vehicle truly is the word of the Buddha.
This touches the real, scalding question that runs underneath this whole chapter: the Great Vehicle (Mahayana) — is it actually what the Buddha himself spoke?
In Asanga's day this was no polite formality. The Sravaka scholars of the schools openly challenged it: these Mahayana scriptures were never heard during the Buddha's lifetime, they are for the most part later fabrications passed off in his name, they do not count as the Buddha's word. Asanga composed the Mahayanasamgraha, and in the very first chapter he means to meet that blade head-on. And the way he meets it is exactly that "list" — so this chapter, which looks like a table of contents, is in truth an opening statement for the defense: he wants you to see that only the Great Vehicle can speak of these ten, and that the sheer weight of the ten themselves turns back and proves that the Great Vehicle issues from the Buddha's mouth. What follows unfolds in five passages, taught straight through, following Asanga's own words.
1. The list is really a body of evidence
Asanga opens by giving the provenance: this treatise comes from a scripture called the Abhidharma-mahayana-sutra. In it, in the presence of the Buddha (the Bhagavan, the World-Honored One), a bodhisattva who had already entered deeply into the Great Vehicle spoke it "to display the greatness of the body of the Great Vehicle" — to show how vast the very substance of the Great Vehicle is. In other words, with his first stroke Asanga ties his words back to scripture: what I teach is not my own invention; I am drawing up a summary on the scripture's behalf.
Then he sets out the headings: it is in dependence on the Great Vehicle alone that the buddhas have the tenfold supremely excellent discourse. That phrase has to be unpacked: "supremely excellent" means specially surpassing, found nowhere else; "discourse" is the teaching itself, supreme to the highest degree; the two together say that these ten are excellent to the utmost — the supreme teaching that the Great Vehicle alone possesses and the other vehicles do not. Vasubandhu's commentary gives a detailed gloss of this naming here. The ten, in order, are:
- The basis of the knowable — the root on which all "things to be known" depend: what the underlying ground of all dharmas is.
- The characteristics of the knowable — the manner in which those things-to-be-known appear.
- Entering the characteristics of the knowable — how one moves from "understanding" to "direct realization," truly awakening into that characteristic.
- The cause and fruit of that entering — by what cause this awakening comes, and what fruit it bears.
- The distinctions in that cultivation of that cause and fruit — into what gradations the cultivation of this cause-and-fruit is divided.
- The higher training in discipline — the further, elevated "discipline" within this cultivation.
- The higher training in mind — the further, elevated "concentration."
- The higher training in wisdom — the further, elevated "wisdom."
- The fruit of severance — the merit of "cessation" attained at the ground of fruition, which is to say nirvana.
- The fruit of cognition — the "wisdom" accomplished at the ground of fruition, which is to say the Buddha's own domain.
Having finished the list, Asanga delivers his verdict: the scriptural phrases of the buddhas comprehended under these ten suffice to show that the Great Vehicle truly is the word of the Buddha. Notice the weight of this move — he does not first prove that the Great Vehicle is the Buddha's word and then go on to teach the ten; he does the reverse, taking the ten themselves as the evidence that the Great Vehicle is the Buddha's word. So this "table of contents" was never a table of contents from the start; it is evidence entered into the record. By what proof? In the next two passages, Asanga lays it out step by step.
2. Not one of these ten is found in the Sravaka vehicle — and what each one points to
Asanga first puts a question to himself: "How can this be shown?" — how exactly do these ten manage to show that the Great Vehicle is the Buddha's word?
His first reason is clean and forceful: these ten were never spoken in the earlier teachings given to the Sravaka disciples; only in the Great Vehicle are they taught, everywhere. This single line is the pivot of the whole defense: if these ten were also present in the Sravaka vehicle, then the Great Vehicle would have nothing distinctive; it is precisely because not one of them is to be found in the Sravaka vehicle that the Great Vehicle is "other than" — and "superior to" — the Sravaka vehicle.
But to say merely "the Sravaka vehicle does not have them" is still too empty, so Asanga makes each of the ten concrete — he lifts the lid on every heading and tells you what specifically sits underneath. Reading this, you discover that these ten terms are not ten isolated words, but the very themes that each of the following ten chapters will unfold in turn:
- The basis of the knowable speaks of the alaya-vijnana (storehouse consciousness): the deepest, root consciousness of the mind, which stores all the "seeds," the ground of all experience. Since all dharmas are established in dependence on it, it is called the "basis of the knowable."
- The characteristics of the knowable speaks of the three natures — the other-dependent (paratantra), the wholly-imagined (parikalpita), and the perfectly-accomplished (parinispanna): the three identities under which the world appears (Chapter 3 will treat them in detail with the simile of gold, earth, and treasury; here just hold in mind that there are these three layers).
- Entering the characteristics of the knowable speaks of consciousness-only (vijnapti-matrata): personally realizing that "all dharmas are nothing but the manifestation of mind-consciousness" — this is the threshold from knowing to realizing.
- The cause and fruit of that entering speaks of the six perfections (the six paramitas: giving, discipline, patience, energy, meditation, wisdom) — the cause of awakening into consciousness-only, and likewise its fruit.
- The distinctions in that cultivation of that cause and fruit speaks of the ten bodhisattva grounds: the stages this path must pass through, one rung at a time.
- The higher training in discipline speaks of the bodhisattva moral code: the precepts the bodhisattva upholds, wider in scope than the Sravaka's.
- The higher training in mind speaks of the various profound concentrations (samadhis) such as the Surangama and the Akasagarbha.
- The higher training in wisdom speaks of non-discriminating wisdom (nirvikalpa-jnana): the root wisdom that leaves behind the split of subject and object and directly meets reality as it is.
- The fruit of severance speaks of non-abiding nirvana (apratisthita-nirvana): that great liberation which is neither bound by birth-and-death nor withdrawn into a dead stillness.
- The fruit of cognition speaks of the Buddha's three bodies: the self-nature body (svabhavika-kaya), the enjoyment body (sambhogika-kaya), and the transformation body (nairmanika-kaya).
Once the ten are made concrete, Asanga's conclusion stands firm: since these ten are taught by the Great Vehicle alone and the Sravaka vehicle does not have them, they "show that the Great Vehicle is other than the Sravaka vehicle" — marking out the root difference between the two; and because the World-Honored One taught them for bodhisattvas alone, they further "show it to be most supreme." In a word: it is in dependence on the Great Vehicle alone that the buddhas have these ten most excellent teachings.
3. On what grounds does this count as the Buddha's word — Asanga gives four tests
At this point a sharp opponent will press once more: even granting that these ten belong to the Great Vehicle alone, that can only say "the Great Vehicle and the Sravaka vehicle differ" — on what grounds do you leap in one step to "therefore the Great Vehicle is the Buddha's word"? And could it not run the other way — might someone take the Sravaka vehicle and pass it off as the Great Vehicle?
Asanga meets this head-on, and this is the third step of the chapter's argument — he means to do two things at once: on one side to show that "the Great Vehicle truly is the word of the Buddha," and on the other to deny that the Sravaka vehicle is of the nature of the Great Vehicle, blocking off any claim that confuses the Sravaka vehicle for the Great Vehicle. His grounds, beyond the earlier "only the Great Vehicle has them," lie further in the fact that these ten themselves stand up to four tests (these four points Asvabhava develops in fuller detail in his commentary):
- They are most able to lead to great enlightenment — these ten are most able to give rise to unsurpassed awakening; they are the most powerful cause of buddhahood. A body of teaching that can lead a person to the fruit of buddhahood is not something an ordinary person could fabricate.
- They are well established — in their doctrine they are set up soundly and hold their ground; they are no offhand talk, no private opinion that crumbles under scrutiny.
- They are consistent and without contradiction — they follow right principle and hang together from first to last, with no conflict among themselves. A fabricated teaching always shows its seam somewhere; these ten are, through and through, without contradiction.
- They serve to attain the wisdom of all-wisdom — they are precisely the actual path to that "wisdom that knows all things" of the Buddha; not merely pleasant words, but a road that truly arrives at the ground of fruition.
A body of teaching that passes all four of these gates at once is the teaching of the Buddha, not something an ordinary person could fabricate. Conversely, since the Sravaka vehicle does not even have these ten, it has no standing to claim falsely that it is itself the Great Vehicle. With this passage Asanga brings "the Great Vehicle is the Buddha's word" down from a conviction into a tested, well-ordered argument.
4. Two verses: gathering the whole body of evidence into a single line
Having taught the reasoning out, Asanga uses two verses to draw the foregoing together once more. The ancient treatises often did this — the prose runs the principle through to the end, and then verses are appended at the close so the reader can fix the skeleton in memory; nearly every chapter of the Samgraha that follows uses this same form.
The first verse names the ten in order: the basis of the knowable, the characteristics of the knowable, the cause and fruit of entry, the gradations of cultivation, the three trainings of discipline-concentration-wisdom, the cessation and the wisdom of the fruit — and its closing line, "comprehended in the supreme vehicle, this is the excellence," says that these ten are gathered under the unsurpassed Great Vehicle, and it is precisely on this account that they are excellent. The second verse gathers the conclusion of the defense into a single statement: these ten belong to the Great Vehicle alone and are seen nowhere else ("this teaches them, the rest does not — seen and not seen"); and precisely because they are the most excellent cause of enlightenment ("by this, the most supreme cause of awakening"), it is granted that the Great Vehicle truly is the word of the Buddha ("therefore the Great Vehicle is allowed to be the true word of the Buddha") — when all is traced back, "by the teaching of the ten points, it is excellent." The argument that circled around through the three previous passages is here pressed into two verses, into a single line.
5. The order of the list conceals a path to buddhahood
In the last passage Asanga turns back to explain a question you may have wanted to ask all along: why are these ten arranged in just this order — "basis of the knowable → characteristics of the knowable → entry → cause and fruit → cultivation → three trainings → cessation → wisdom"? Would another order not do?
Asanga's answer is the most moving thing in this chapter: this order is not arranged by a casual hand; it is itself the course of a bodhisattva's cultivation-and-realization, link locked into link, where if the earlier step is not planted firm there is no speaking of the later one —
First one must recognize the "cause" of all dharmas (the basis of the knowable = the alaya-vijnana storing the seeds) before there can be any penetrating of dependent arising; once dependent arising is penetrated, one can see clearly the characteristics of phenomena, and leave behind two errors — one is superadding (samaropa), forcibly attaching to a thing a reality it simply does not have; the other is subtracting (apavada), erasing it altogether into a sheer nothing (this is the characteristics of the knowable = the three natures, and Chapter 3 is precisely where you are taught to walk this middle way). Having seen the characteristics clearly, one can then truly penetrate and let the mind win liberation from its various obstructions (entering the characteristics of the knowable = consciousness-only). After this penetration, the six perfections of the preparatory stage grow more complete through being actually realized, because that deep aspiration toward the path (the heightened resolve) has been purified (the cause and fruit of that entering). Then, with the six perfections held by this purified resolve, one cultivates portion by portion across the ten grounds, passing through the long span of three immeasurable great eons (the distinctions in that cultivation). When the three trainings have been cultivated to fullness all the way through, one at last directly realizes the two fruits — nirvana (the fruit of severance) and unsurpassed perfect enlightenment (the fruit of cognition).
So these ten were never ten items set side by side, but a complete path running from "seeing clearly the underlying ground of the world and the mind" all the way through to "the full accomplishment of buddhahood." Asanga adds one more line at the close: once these ten are taught to the end, "herein all of the Great Vehicle reaches its completion" — the entire doctrine of the Great Vehicle is gathered here, nothing left out.
Looking back over this chapter, you see how artful Asanga's opening is: with a single list he has accomplished three things at once — a table of contents for the whole book, a body of evidence that the Great Vehicle is the Buddha's word, and a map from ordinary person to buddhahood. The ten themes mark out what each of the following ten chapters will teach; they prove that what this treatise teaches is indeed the Buddha's Dharma; and they spread out before your eyes, all at once, the entire order of the path of cultivation-and-realization. From the second chapter on, Asanga will unfold these ten one by one in detail — and the first stop is that consciousness lying hidden at the very bottom: the alaya-vijnana, the storehouse consciousness.
Later Reception
The next two divisions unfold the storehouse consciousness and the three natures named here. The Thirty Verses inherits both, the Twenty Verses establishes consciousness-only from the side of defense, and the Cheng weishi lun gathers and expands the line. This later reception marks subsequent development without rewriting the present division.
第二分 所知依分Chapter Two — The Basis of the Knowable (Plain Vernacular)
全文五層 →Full five layers →經論宗依
本分先引《阿毘達磨大乘經》的界頌與阿賴耶頌,又引《解深密經》的阿陀那頌,從經證建立所知依。世親、無性二釋進一步開出攝藏三義、異名與破異執的論證;義疏所講的藏識,須同時守住這些經證與古釋。
請你先靜下來,問自己一件事:在你所有念頭的底下,在那個你一向喚作『我』的東西的更深處,還有沒有一層你自己根本感覺不到的心,一刻不停地在運轉? 你做的每一件事、起的每一個念,做完、起完就過去了,可它們真的就憑空消失了嗎?業造下之後藏到哪裡去,能隔一生、隔多生再來結果?你辛苦修來的善法又寄存在何處,不隨前念的熄滅而一併熄滅?
無著菩薩造《攝大乘論》,立大乘為十根支柱,稱「十種殊勝」;而這十根之中,第一根、也是其餘九根都要踩上去的那塊地基,他叫它『所知依』——一切『所應知道的道理』所依靠的根本。地基是什麼?無著開門見山,一個字都不繞:就是阿賴耶識。
他為什麼非立這麼一個識不可?正因為上面那串問題,若找不到一個能貫穿生死、能攝持業種、能讓修行不落空的根本識,輪迴就講不通,解脫也講不通。所以這一整分,從頭到尾只做一件事:把這層藏在最底下、你感覺不到卻片刻不離的心,一寸一寸安立起來,並且最後正面證明它「決定是有」。以下順著無著的話講下來。
一、『阿賴耶』就是一個『藏』
無著起手先交代來歷。世尊在哪裡說過這個識?在一部叫《阿毘達磨大乘經》的經裡,有兩首偈。前一首說:「無始時來界,一切法等依,由此有諸趣,及涅槃證得」——從無始以來,就有這麼一個作為根本的『界』,一切法都平等地依著祂;正因為有祂,才有六道輪迴,也才有涅槃的證得。後一首點名:「由攝藏諸法,一切種子識,故名阿賴耶」——正因為祂收藏著一切法的種子,所以叫祂阿賴耶。
『阿賴耶』這三個字,翻過來就是『藏』。為什麼叫藏?無著說有三層意思,缺一不可。
其一,祂是被收藏的地方。我們起的每個念、做的每件事,凡屬雜染的,都會在這個識裡留下一份『將來能再生起同類東西』的潛力,存進去——所以對這些雜染法來說,祂是收藏處,是『果』。其二,祂是能生出東西的主人。存進去的潛力不是死的;因緣一到,祂又從這個識裡把現行生出來——所以反過來,祂又是一切法生起的『因』。其三,祂是被誤認作自我的對象。在更底層,有一個微細的心(下面要講的『染污意』),無始以來一直把這個識緊抱著當『我』。
被藏、能藏、被執為我——三義合起來,才叫阿賴耶識。世親與無性於此釋名,皆順這『攝藏』三義開講;無性更簡別一句:這裡的『藏』唯就雜染這一面說,不是把清淨法也算進去。
二、阿陀那識——把生命『續下去』的那股執持力
同一個識,經裡還換別的名字稱呼,每個名字都點出祂的一種作用。第一個別名,最深,叫阿陀那識,意思是『執持識』。無著引《解深密經》的一首偈來說祂,這偈你務必慢慢讀——
「阿陀那識甚深細,一切種子如瀑流,我於凡愚不開演,恐彼分別執為我。」
請看這個『瀑流』的比喻有多準。一道瀑布,遠看像一條靜止懸著的白練,彷彿是『一個東西』掛在那兒;可你湊近看,它哪有一刻是同一捧水?是後浪推著前浪、剎那剎那不停地流,才在外表撐出那條『不變的白練』。阿陀那識就是這樣:祂甚深、極細,前一念才滅、後一念就生,相續不斷,從不停留,卻在這不停的奔流中撐起了『一個我』的假象。世尊說「我於凡愚不開演」——對根器還沒成熟的人,先不挑明這個識,正是怕他們一聽說有個又深又細、又貫穿生死的識,立刻又把祂抓來當『我』,反而誤事。
祂執持什麼?無著說兩樣。一是執持我們這具有色的身體——正因為有祂在背後不斷地『抓著』,眼耳鼻舌身這些根才不壞散、能撐過一期壽命;人一斷氣、祂一離開,身體立刻就敗壞了。二是投胎受生的那一剎那,由祂去『抓取』當生的果報身,作新一期生命的依託。一句話:阿陀那,就是把生命『續下去』的那股執持力。
三、心、意、識——三個字,各指一物
祂又叫心。佛常連說『心、意、識』三個字,乍聽像同義反覆,其實這三者各有所指,無著在此一一拆開。
『心』就是這個積集種子的阿賴耶識——『心』者『積集』義,祂積集著種種法薰下來的種子,像一座不斷累積的庫;離開阿賴耶識,再也找不到別的東西堪作『心』的本體。『識』指前六識,作用是『了別』——分辨眼前的境,這是好懂的。而『意』,最容易被滑過去,卻最關鍵,所以無著要單講。
『意』有兩種。一種好懂:前一念剛滅的識,給後一念讓出位子、作它生起的依靠,這叫『等無間』的意——『等無間』就是中間沒有任何間隔、前滅後生緊接著。另一種就幽微極了:有一個心,從不間斷地在背景裡,把那個阿賴耶識執為『我』。這個心,就是下一段的主角——染污意。
四、那個一直在偷偷執『我』的心:染污意
染污意是什麼?這是一個老跟四種煩惱綁死在一起的心:把這身心當我的「薩迦耶見」(我見)、覺得我高人一等的『我慢』、貪愛這個我的『我愛』、對真相蒙昧的『無明』。染污意一刻不停地執阿賴耶識為我,而且這四樣煩惱與之形影不離。
問題來了:你憑什麼說底下真有這麼一個心?你又看不見它。無著的辦法極漂亮——他不直接給你看,他叫你把它拿掉試試,看會冒出多少說不通的亂子。他一口氣排出六種過失:
第一,若沒有它,那種誰都拗不過、跟具體善惡無關、底色般始終存在的「不共無明」就無處安立了。第二,五識生起時各有它『俱有依』(同時並存的所依根)——這套『五同法』的道理也跟著垮。第三,連『阿賴耶』『阿陀那』這些名相的『訓釋詞』(依字釋義的說法)都立不住。第四,無想定與滅盡定這兩種深定本該有高下之別——無想定還留著我執的染污,滅盡定才真把它伏住;可你若不立染污意,這兩種定就分不出深淺了。第五,生在無想天的眾生,一整期生命裡本該還潛伏著我執我慢;拿掉染污意,這就說不成了。第六,也是最切身的一條:我們明明在行善、或在發呆放空(無記)的時候,那股『以為有個我』的底味照樣在——它連你睡著都還在運轉。若說『執我』只是偶爾跟惡念一起冒出來,那就解釋不了:為什麼行善、無記的當下也照樣有我執?
六條過失條條都指向同一個結論:底層確有一個微細、持續、不分善惡都在運轉的執我之心。這六過的歸謬正是無著立染污意的命脈——世親順論逐一訓釋這六過,無性則在釋六過之外,更把根本論收攝六過的那首偈也申析開來,並點出它的性質:它不善也不惡(無記),卻像一層蒙在眼上的薄翳,遮住我們見真相的眼——這叫「有覆無記」。『有覆』就是有遮蔽,『無記』就是不記為善也不記為惡。
五、聲聞乘為什麼不明說——卻早已暗暗點到
有人會追問:這麼要緊的一個識,為什麼早期講給聲聞弟子聽的經裡不直接講?無著的回答很有分寸:不是不知道,而是『對那群人不必挑明』。聲聞行者求的是了脫自己這一身的生死,並不需要遍知一切法的底細,所以不對他們細說這個深細的識,他們照樣修得成解脫;可菩薩要遍知一切、要成就佛那『無所不知之智』,就非把這個根本講清楚不可——否則「不易證得一切智智」。
而且聲聞乘其實早就『暗示』過了。經裡說眾生「愛阿賴耶、樂阿賴耶、欣阿賴耶、憙阿賴耶」——眾生深深貪戀、依依不捨的那個東西,正是這藏識。不同部派也各用自己的名字點到祂:大眾部叫祂『根本識』,並用一個樹的比喻——祂像樹根,一切識都依著祂而起,離了根就什麼也長不出來;化地部叫祂「窮生死蘊」,意思是窮盡生死、一路相續到底的那一蘊——因為他們注意到:有時候(像某些無心的位次)眼前的身心活動會中斷,可生命並沒有真的斷,足見底下必有個不斷的東西續著。
種種名字,其實指的是同一個識。無著用一個很美的說法收束:阿賴耶識「成大王路」——就像四面八方的小路最後都通向同一條「大王之路」(主幹大道),名號再多,通的是同一處。
六、為什麼只有『藏識』配叫阿賴耶——一道漂亮的反證
既然眾生「愛阿賴耶」,就有人猜:那個被愛著、抱著不放的『阿賴耶』,會不會其實另有所指?有人說是這具五蘊身(五取蘊),有人說是那種伴著貪的快感(貪俱樂受),有人說是『覺得有個我』的我見(薩迦耶見),還有人乾脆說『心意識本是一個東西,只是字面不同』。無著說,這幾家「由教及證,愚於藏識」——是因為對藏識還不明白,才這麼猜的。
他怎麼破?用一招極漂亮的反證:凡是會被人厭離、想擺脫的東西,就絕不可能是眾生最深執為我的那個。你看——生在最苦的惡趣裡,眾生對這受苦的五蘊身只想趕快甩掉,怎會抱五蘊身為我?修到第四靜慮以上,那種伴貪的快感早就沒了、甚至成了被嫌棄的東西,怎會抱樂受為我?在正法中真信解了無我的人,對『我見』處處提防厭惡,怎會抱我見為我?可是——哪怕你生地獄一心求離苦身、哪怕你入深定厭離了樂受、哪怕你信解無我厭離了我見,有一樣東西你從來、從來沒想過要離開,那股底層的執我之愛始終死死纏著祂:那就是阿賴耶識。
正因為唯獨祂符合『無論如何都被執為我、卻從不被厭離』這條件,所以只有祂,才真配叫阿賴耶。世親於此就三反例作簡明的訓詁;無性則逐家申其立計之由,破得更詳——分二阿賴耶這一段,正是古德二釋最見功力、開合最分明之處。
七、藏識的三個面相:祂怎麼『持種』
把這個識看得更立體些,無著給了三個面相,是同一個識的三個看法。自相(祂本來的樣子):祂能攝持一切種子,這是祂的本色——一座持種的庫。因相(祂作為原因的那一面):庫裡的種子,時時刻刻在當一切雜染法生起的因。果相(祂作為結果的那一面):而這座庫之所以裝著這些種子,又是被無始以來一切雜染法薰出來的——所以祂同時也是被薰的『果』,並且念念相續地生下去。同一個識,從『持』看是自相,從『生』看是因相,從『被薰』看是果相。
八、什麼是『薰習』——苣蕂與花的香
種子是怎麼來的?關鍵在『薰習』這個詞,而薰習的關鍵,又在四個字:俱生俱滅。能薰的東西(比如一個念頭)和被薰的心同時生、同時滅,就在這同生同滅的一剎那,被薰的心裡留下了『將來能再生起同類東西』的潛力——這份潛力就是種子,留下它的這個過程就是薰習。
無著舉了三個例子,第一個最傳神:拿花來薰苣蕂(胡麻、芝麻)。花和芝麻一起放、一起收,花謝了、芝麻收了,可這芝麻就帶上了花香的因,日後榨出油來仍有花香。芝麻和花「俱生俱滅」,香的因就這樣薰進去了——阿賴耶識受薰的道理,跟這一模一樣。第二個例子:貪心重的人,每起一次貪就薰一次,心裡帶貪的因愈積愈厚,所以積習難改。第三個例子:好學多聞的人,每一次專注聽聞都薰下一份記持的因,所以能把所學牢牢攝持,成為『持法的人』。
九、種子不是倉庫裡一粒粒的小東西
這裡要破一個很自然的誤會:種子,是不是像一粒粒米,分開地、實實在在堆在『識』這座倉庫裡?無著說,都不是。種子並非另有一個個獨立的『實物』住在識中,但也不是跟識完全沒分別、混成一團分不出。那它到底是什麼?它就是這個識『能生出某種東西的功能差別』——是一種潛能、一種傾向,不是一顆顆小球。正因為這識帶著種種不同的生果功能,才把祂叫「一切種子識」。
那麼識和祂生出的雜染法,是什麼關係?是同時、互相作因。無著一連用了三個比喻。第一個:明燈的焰與炷——油燈的火焰和燈芯,是同一個剎那互相成就的:芯燒出焰、焰又燒著芯,誰也不在誰之後,是「同時更互」。第二個:兩束蘆葦對靠——兩束蘆葦互相撐著,同時站住、誰也不倒;藏識和雜染法就這樣同時互為因,識持種而生法(識是因),法現行又薰回識(法是因),來回不斷。
第三個比喻最妙,講『種子明明無差別,怎能生出萬般有差別的法』——纈衣入染缸。一塊要紮染(古代的紮染工藝,先把布按花樣紮起來)的布,當它紮著、還沒下缸的時候,看上去渾然一色,看不出什麼花樣;可一下染缸,那斑斕的花紋、交錯的圖像就一齊顯現出來了。種子薰進識裡的時候也是這樣,渾然一味、看不出差別;等到『結果』這口染缸現前,無量差別的諸法才一齊顯出來。
十、兩種緣起,與生盲摸象
『緣起』講的是萬法怎麼依條件而起。無著說,這道理在大乘裡極細極深,略分兩種。第一種,叫「分別自性緣起」:一切法之所以能生,是因為藏識能變現出種種不同體性(自性)的法——這是講萬法生起的總根源。第二種,就是大家熟悉的十二因緣,叫「分別愛非愛緣起」:它管的是眾生在善道惡道裡,受用可愛、不可愛的種種果報——這是講苦樂果報怎麼來的。
為什麼非分這兩種不可?因為人一旦不懂第一種(根源的緣起),就會亂猜萬法的『第一因』:有人說是某個冥冥的自性,有人說是宿命註定,有人說是大自在天變的,有人說有個實在的我在主宰,有人乾脆說沒有因、純屬偶然。一旦不懂第二種(果報的緣起),就會以為真『有個我在造業、有個我在受報』。
無著用一個生盲摸象的比喻點破。一群生來就看不見的人,從沒見過象;有人牽來一頭象讓他們摸。摸到鼻子的、摸到牙的、摸到耳朵的、摸到腿的、摸到尾的、摸到背脊的,各摸著一塊。問他們象長什麼樣,答案五花八門:摸到鼻的說象像犁柄,摸到牙的說像杵,摸到耳的說像畚箕,摸到腿的說像石臼,摸到尾的說像掃帚,摸到背的說象像一座石山。無明的人對這兩種緣起的亂猜,正是如此:各抓著一端,就自以為見了全象。而阿賴耶識的全貌——祂的自性、祂作因、祂作果——就像那頭他們始終沒摸全的整象:誰也沒見著全象,卻人人都在下判語。
十一、種子要合的條件,與內種、外種
種子要能真當種子,得合幾個條件,傳統歸成六樣(種子六義)。無著在偈裡列得很緊,這裡用今語舒展開來:一要剎那即滅(它得是剎那生滅的活東西,不是僵著不動的死物,這樣才有生機);二要俱有(要和它生的果同時並存,不是隔代相望);三要恒隨轉(一類相續、不間斷地隨之而轉);四要決定(善因生善果、惡因生惡果,因果決定不亂套);五要待眾緣(不是隨時自己就冒,要等眾緣湊齊才生果);六要唯能引自果(只引生自己這一類的果,種瓜得瓜、種豆得豆,瓜種絕不長出豆來)。
無著還特別分『外種』與『內種』。外種,像田裡的穀麥,有時不靠薰習、借點外緣也能生(拿穀子去種、不必先『薰』它)。可內種——也就是我們心裡由業和聞法薰成的種子——卻非有薰習不可。這一點極要緊:假如連聽聞正法薰下的種子都可以『不薰自有』,那修行就講不通了(不修也能得果、修了反而可能失去,全亂了套)。所以無著強調:哪怕是外種,歸根到柢也要靠內在藏識的薰習作緣,才真正立得住。
十二、根本識與活動識,怎麼互相依存
除了當根本的阿賴耶識,其餘那些向外活動、受用境界的識(前面說的前七轉識),可合稱『能受用的識』。根本識像底盤,活動識像在底盤上跑的車。無著引《中邊分別論》的一首偈點明:一個叫『緣識』(作所緣依託的根本識),一個叫『受用者』(受用境界的活動識)。
這兩者怎麼配合?還是那句互相作對方的條件:諸法薰進藏識(法為因、識為果),藏識又生諸法(識為因、法為果),來來回回,互為因果。這裡無著又引《阿毘達磨大乘經》一偈坐實:「諸法於識藏,識於法亦爾,更互為果性,亦常為因性。」
緣的種類也就理清了:在『根源緣起』裡,根本識與活動識互為親因(因緣);到了『果報緣起』(十二因緣)那邊,根本識則是幫襯的增上緣。前六識的生起,靠的是增上緣、所緣緣、等無間緣這幾種。三種緣起——窮盡生死的(根源)、感召善惡趣的(果報)、受用境界的(活動識)——加起來,四種緣(因緣、增上緣、所緣緣、等無間緣)就都齊了。
十三、最關鍵的證明:沒有藏識,染與淨統統立不住
前面安立了藏識的種種名相,現在無著要正面證明這個識「非有不可」。他的策略很乾脆——把藏識拿掉,你會發現染污的一面和清淨的一面通通講不通。
先看煩惱這一面。 假設沒有藏識,那貪等煩惱的種子只能存在前六識裡。可前六識是斷斷續續的——眼識才滅,耳識、意識就插進來把它隔斷了。一個剛滅、現在已經沒有體的眼識,怎麼可能跨過中間這一串隔斷,把種子交給後來的貪?已經沒有的東西不能生果。再說,這薰下的種子要存哪兒也成問題:存在『貪』裡嗎?貪自己也生滅不住、留不住種。存在別的識裡嗎?別的識各依各的根,又不和它同生同滅。存在它自己裡嗎?它根本不和自己同生同滅。哪兒都存不住。可見:必須有一個相續不斷、能穩穩存種的識——那就是藏識。
再看造業這一面。 十二因緣裡『行緣識』這一環,講的就是業行薰成識中的種子;沒有藏識來存,這一環就接不上,後面『取緣有』也跟著垮了。
再看受生這一面。 投胎的時候,中陰身的染污意識先滅,要和母胎裡那團初凝的胎質(羯羅藍)結合。問題來了:去跟胎質結合的那個識,若說它就是『意識』,會冒出一串矛盾——母胎裡豈不就有兩個意識同時在轉了?而且這個結合識是恆時的、不攀緣外境的,根本不像意識的脾性。無著順著逼問:那這結合識到底是不是「一切種子識」?若是,那祂其實就是阿賴耶識,你不過換了個『意識』的名字叫祂罷了;若說『依著祂而起的後一個識』才是種子識,那就成了——作因的識反而不持種、作果的識倒持種,因果顛倒。怎麼推,都只剩一條出路:那結合識不是意識,正是執持生命的異熟識(阿賴耶)。 此外,執持根身、識與名色「如蘆束相依」地互相撐著、有情賴以維繫的『識食』、在等引地(定地)受生、生到無色界、臨終時身體由下往上(或由上往下)一截截地變冷……這些只要少了藏識,全都說不成。
再看世間清淨這一面(比如從欲界修上色界定)。用來修的,是欲界的善心;要修成的,是色界的定心。可這兩者並不同時生滅,前者沒法直接薰成後者的種子;而過去多生雖也修過定心,那些定心早已過去、現在沒有體了,也當不了今天的種子。所以必須有個藏識,把定心的種子一路傳到今天來當因,欲界善心只是從旁幫忙的緣。
最後看出世清淨這一面。 佛說,出世的正見要靠「聽聞正法」加「如理思惟」這兩個因才生得起來。可問題是:聽法的時候耳識在動,思惟的時候耳識早不起了;意識又老被別的雜念打斷。哪怕一剎那薰下了種子,這一念意識轉眼就過去、沒有體了,怎麼還能當種子去生起後來的出世心?而且「如理思惟」是世間心,『正見』是出世心,兩者從不同時生滅,世間心薰不出出世心。結論又一次被逼出來:必須有個藏識,把聽聞薰下的種子攝持住,出世清淨才講得通。
十四、那麼,解脫到底從哪裡來?——聞法薰成的清淨種子
這就帶出全分最深、也最動人的一問:如果藏識裡裝的都是雜染種子,那能對治雜染、把人領向解脫的「清淨種子」,到底從哪兒冒出來?出世的心,是我們無始以來從沒修過、從沒生過的,照理出世心的種子根本就不存在——種子既然本來就沒有,出世心又怎麼生得出來?
無著的回答,是整部論的樞紐:出世心的種子,是『從最清淨法界等流的正聞薰習』生的。意思是——諸佛所親證的那個最清淨的真實(法界),會『平等地流出』為正法的言教;我們去聽聞、去薰習這份從清淨法界流出來的正法,就在心裡薰下了一種全新的種子。這種子不是從藏識的染種裡長出來的,而是從『聽聞清淨正法』這件事薰成的。
接著是最精微的一步。有人會追問:這份聞法薰成的種子,到底算不算藏識的一部分?無著說,兩邊都不對。若說聞薰種子就是藏識的本性,種子自己也是染的,怎麼反過來對治染?若說聞薰種子完全不屬於藏識,又依託在哪裡、靠什麼存在?正解是:在還沒成佛之前,這清淨種子寄住在藏識裡,和藏識一起運轉,就像水和乳摻在一起——同處共存,體性卻不相同。聞薰種子的身分始終是『藏識的對治者』,是混在染識裡頭、卻不屬於染識的一股清流。
這股清流會長大:由下品薰成中品,由中品薰成上品,靠的是不斷地聞、思、修。而且要知道,這正聞薰成的清淨種子,其實就是『法身的種子』——清淨種子眼下雖還寄在世間的藏識裡,本性卻是出世的、是從最清淨法界流出來的。即使還沒現起成出世心,清淨種子也已在發揮力量:對治煩惱、對治墮惡趣的勢力、瓦解既造的惡業、讓人有緣親近承事諸佛菩薩。菩薩修得的這份薰習,將來成就的是『法身』;聲聞、獨覺修得的,則只成就『解脫身』(只了脫生死,未圓滿法身)。
於是最美的一幕出現了,這就是『轉依』——轉換生命所依的那塊底盤。隨著清淨種子由下而中而上、節節增長,那個裝染種的異熟識就節節消減;等到清淨這邊圓滿、染污那邊的種子徹底斷盡,生命的『底盤』就整個換掉了——這叫轉依。無著用一個絕妙的比喻收束:水和乳摻在一起,鵝去喝,竟能只把乳喝走、把水留下;清淨種子在染識中漸漸增長、染種漸漸消盡,正像這隻鵝飲乳一樣,能在渾摻一處中,只取那一分而把另一分留下。又像人修到離欲時,散亂的薰習一點點減、定的薰習一點點增,慢慢就轉過來了。
——請你特別留意這一段:它回答了『染識何以能生淨』這個看似自相矛盾的大問題。答案不是『染識自己變出了淨』,而是『另有一股從清淨法界來的清流,暫寄在染識中,終將反客為主』。這是《攝大乘論》整套修行觀的基石。
十五、滅盡定裡,到底還有沒有心?
聖教說,修到『滅盡定』(連最細的心識活動都止息的甚深定)的時候,『識仍不離身』。那這個不離身的識,是哪一個?只能是藏識——因為滅盡定要止息的,是前六識和那些染污的心所,並不是要對治藏識。如果連藏識都斷了,出定的時候,生命憑什麼接得回來?正因為藏識並沒有斷,出定才接得上。
有人偏要說『滅盡定裡其實還留著一個意識在活動』,無著一口氣列了一長串矛盾把它駁倒:既然名叫『滅盡』定,還留個意識在那兒攀緣、在那兒運轉,那還算什麼『滅盡』?種種都說不通。結論還是同一個:要有那個不離身的藏識,這些位次才講得通。講到這裡,全部證明合攏:離了藏識,染、淨都不成立,所以這個識,決定是有。
十六、藏識的種種面相
證成了藏識實有,無著再把祂的『分類面相』理一遍,幫我們看得更細。
按所薰的種類,可分三種薰習:『名言』的(用語言概念去分別事物,薰下萬法生起的親因)、『我見』的(染污意執我所薰下的)、『有支』的(造善惡業、感未來果報所薰下的)。換個角度,又可分四類差別:新薰起的(引發)、感異熟果的(異熟)、作染污意所緣的(緣相),以及下面要細講的『相貌』。
『相貌』裡,最值得講的是一組:共相與不共相。共相,是『器世間』(山河大地這個共同世界)的種子;不共相,是各人『根身』的種子。這一組解釋了一件我們習以為常、其實極深的事:為什麼我們各有各的身體(不共),卻共享著同一個世界(共)?因為共相的種子,是大家共同變現、共同維繫的。也正因如此,當一個修行人證了道、心已轉淨,他能滅掉的『只是自己根身那一份染種』(不共相);那個共同的世界(共相),卻因為還被無數沒證道的人共同執持著,並不會跟著消失——但在已淨的人眼裡,同樣一個世界,卻顯出清淨來。經裡的偈點明這層:同一個東西,不同心境的瑜伽行者會看出不同的相(這正是『萬法唯識』的有力證據——好幾位瑜伽行者看同一物,各人所見都能成立,足見所見的境其實是各自的識變現出來的);乃至清淨的佛土,也由佛的清淨見而顯現。
此外還有幾組面相,一併點到。麤重與輕安:煩惱的種子讓身心粗重、僵滯不堪,善法的種子讓身心輕快、堪能用功。有受盡與無受盡:已成熟的善惡果報種子,受報受完也就了了(有受盡);而名言薰下的種子,無始以來戲論流轉、相續不盡(無受盡)。還有如幻的譬喻——藏識所變現的,如幻、如陽焰、如夢、如眼翳所見的空花,似有而非實。最後是從凡到聖的一條光譜:煩惱全縛的凡夫(具縛)、伏而未斷的世間離欲者(損減)、分斷的有學聖者與菩薩(一分永拔)、斷盡煩惱障的阿羅漢獨覺、二障俱斷的如來——這條由染到淨、層層遞進的光譜,也唯有安立了藏識持種,才排得出來。
結語、為什麼這個識是「無覆無記」——以及它通向哪裡
最後一問,收束全分:既然善業、惡業都從藏識生,為什麼藏識所感的那個果報體(祂的異熟性),卻是「無覆無記」——既不善也不惡的中性?
無著的回答很見功力:正因為祂中性,才能同時容得下善與惡兩種種子並存。 善和惡彼此相違、勢不兩立,可它們都能存進一個中性的庫裡;也正因為祂中性,從染到淨的整個升沉轉換,才跑得起來。試想:如果這塊底盤本身就是善的、或就是惡的,那染淨同處、漸轉漸淨就根本不可能了。所以異熟識只能是無覆無記。
這,就是〈所知依分〉從頭到尾的全副用心:先安立一個無覆無記、能持種受薰的阿賴耶識,作一切染淨法的共同地基;輪迴與還滅、繫縛與解脫,全都在這塊地基上發生。地基立定了,下一分〈所知相分〉才好接著講——立足於這個『所知依』,我們所要認識的種種法,究竟會現出什麼樣的『相』?那便是三自性(依他起、遍計所執、圓成實)的一片天地了。無著要從這層『藏在最底下的心』,一路把你領到『世界與心如何呈現』的真相門前。
承衍
《唯識三十論頌》開篇承用阿賴耶識、異熟與一切種子,又續說染污意;《成唯識論》再廣開其義。這條承衍可顯所知依如何成為後出唯識論書的地基,但本分仍以攝論三譯與二釋為準。
Scriptural and Commentarial Ground
This division first cites the realm verse and the storehouse verse of the Abhidharma Mahayana Sutra, then the appropriating-consciousness verse of the Samdhinirmocana Sutra. The two ancient commentaries unfold the three senses of storing, the alternate names, and the refutations of rival accounts; the exposition keeps those warrants together.
Settle yourself first, and ask yourself one thing. Beneath all your thoughts, deeper than that thing you have always called "I" — is there a layer of mind you cannot feel at all, running on without a single pause? Every act you perform, every thought you raise, passes away the moment it is done; but do they truly vanish into nothing? Once an act of karma is done, where is it stored away, that it can ripen into its fruit a lifetime — many lifetimes — later? And the wholesome qualities you laboured to cultivate — where are they kept, that they do not perish together with the thought that preceded them?
Asanga composed the Mahayanasamgraha, setting up ten pillars for the Great Vehicle, which he calls the "ten kinds of excellence"; and of these ten pillars, the first — the very ground on which the other nine must all stand — he calls the "basis of the knowable": the root upon which everything that ought to be known depends. And what is this ground? Asanga says it at the outset, without circling around a single word: it is the storehouse consciousness (alaya-vijnana).
Why must he posit such a consciousness at all? Precisely because of that string of questions above: unless one can find a root consciousness that runs through birth-and-death, that can hold and carry the seeds of karma, that keeps practice from coming to nothing — then samsara makes no sense, and liberation makes no sense either. So this whole chapter, from beginning to end, does one thing only: inch by inch it establishes this mind that lies hidden at the very bottom, which you cannot feel yet which never leaves you for an instant, and at the last it proves head-on that it most certainly exists. What follows expounds Asanga's words in order.
1. "Alaya" simply means a "store"
Asanga begins by giving the lineage. Where did the World-Honoured One ever speak of this consciousness? In a sutra called the Abhidharma-mahayana-sutra, there are two verses. The first says: "From beginningless time there is the realm (dhatu), the equal support of all dharmas; because of it there are the destinies of rebirth, and the attainment of nirvana as well" — from beginningless time there has been just such a fundamental "realm" on which all dharmas equally rest; precisely because it exists, there is the round of the six destinies, and the realization of nirvana as well. The second verse names it outright: "Because it stores and holds all dharmas, it is the consciousness containing all seeds; therefore it is called the alaya" — precisely because it stores up the seeds of all dharmas, it is called the alaya.
These syllables "alaya," rendered over, mean "store." Why "store"? Asanga says there are three senses, none of which may be missing.
First, it is the place where things are stored. Every thought we raise, every act we do — whatever is defiled — leaves in this consciousness a portion of potential "to give rise again later to something of the same kind," which is deposited into it. So with respect to these defiled dharmas, it is the place of storage, the "fruit." Second, it is the master that gives rise to things. The potential deposited into it is not dead; when conditions are right, it again brings forth the active arising out of this consciousness. So, conversely, it is also the "cause" of the arising of all dharmas. Third, it is the object mistakenly grasped as a self. At a deeper level there is a subtle mind (the "defiled mind" to be discussed below) that, from beginningless time, has been clutching this consciousness as "I."
Stored, storing, and grasped as a self — these three senses taken together are what is called the storehouse consciousness. In glossing the name here, both Vasubandhu and Asvabhava expound it along these three senses of "storing and holding"; Asvabhava adds one distinguishing remark: the "store" here is spoken of only on the side of defilement — it does not reckon the pure dharmas into it.
2. The appropriating consciousness — the force of holding that keeps life "continuing on"
The same consciousness is called by yet other names in the sutras, each name pointing to one of its functions. The first alternate name, the deepest, is the appropriating consciousness (adana), which means "the consciousness that holds and appropriates." Asanga cites a verse from the Samdhinirmocana-sutra to describe it, and this verse you must read slowly —
"The appropriating consciousness is deep and subtle; all its seeds are like a torrent. I do not expound it to the foolish, lest they discriminate and grasp it as a self."
See how exact the simile of the torrent is. A waterfall, seen from afar, looks like a still white ribbon hung in the air, as though "one thing" were draped there; but come close, and where is it ever the same handful of water for even a moment? It is wave pushing wave, instant after instant flowing without pause — and only so does it prop up, on the surface, that "unchanging white ribbon." The appropriating consciousness is just like this: deep, exceedingly subtle, the prior thought-moment perishing the very instant the next is born, continuous and unbroken, never resting — and yet within this ceaseless rushing it props up the illusion of "an I." The World-Honoured One says, "I do not expound it to the foolish": for those whose capacity is not yet ripe, he does not at first make this consciousness plain, precisely for fear that the moment they hear there is a consciousness so deep and subtle, running through birth-and-death, they would at once seize upon it as "I," and so come to harm.
What does it hold and appropriate? Asanga says two things. One, it appropriates this material body of ours — precisely because it is there behind the scenes ceaselessly "holding on," the faculties of eye, ear, nose, tongue, and body do not decay and scatter, and can last out a single lifespan; the moment one's breath stops and it departs, the body at once decays. Two, at the very instant of taking rebirth, it "appropriates" the fruiting body of that life, to serve as the support for a new span of life. In a word: adana is the very force of holding that keeps life "continuing on."
3. Mind, thought, consciousness — three words, each pointing to its own thing
It is also called mind. The Buddha often says "mind, thought, consciousness" in a single breath, and at first this sounds like a synonymous repetition; in truth these three each point to something distinct, which Asanga here takes apart one by one.
"Mind" (citta) is this storehouse consciousness that accumulates seeds — "mind" means "accumulation," and it accumulates the seeds perfumed in by all the various dharmas, like a storehouse that piles up without cease; apart from the storehouse consciousness, no other thing can be found fit to be the substance of "mind." "Consciousness" (vijnana) refers to the first six consciousnesses, whose function is "discerning" — distinguishing the object before one; this much is easy to grasp. But "thought" (manas), most easily glossed over, is the most crucial, and so Asanga discusses it separately.
"Thought" is of two kinds. One is easy: the consciousness that has just perished in the prior moment yields its place to the next moment and serves as its support for arising — this is the thought of "immediate succession" ("immediate succession" meaning that between them there is no interval at all, the prior perishing and the next being born in unbroken sequence). The other is exceedingly subtle: there is a mind, never interrupted, that in the background grasps that storehouse consciousness as "I." This mind is the protagonist of the next section — the defiled mind (klista-manas).
4. The mind that all along is secretly grasping "I": the defiled mind
What is the defiled mind? It is a mind bound up inseparably with four afflictions: the "view of a personal self" (the self-view that takes this body-and-mind to be "I"); "self-conceit" (feeling oneself superior); "self-love" (craving for this self); and "ignorance" (being benighted about the truth). It grasps the storehouse consciousness as "I" without a moment's pause, and these four follow it like an inseparable shadow.
Here comes the question: on what grounds do you say there really is such a mind underneath, when you cannot see it? Asanga's method is exquisite — rather than show it to you directly, he tells you to try removing it and see how many things stop making sense. He lays out in one stretch six faults:
First, if it were absent, that "unshared ignorance" — the kind no one can overcome, unconnected to any particular good or evil, present always like a ground-colour — would have nowhere to be established. Second, when the five (sense-)consciousnesses arise, each has its "co-existent support" (the faculty-support that exists simultaneously with it); this doctrine of "the five sharing one rule" would collapse along with it. Third, even the "explanatory glosses" (the explanations of meaning by the words) of terms like "alaya" and "adana" could not stand. Fourth, the two deep attainments — the attainment of no-thought and the attainment of cessation — ought to differ in rank: the attainment of no-thought still retains the defilement of self-grasping, while only the attainment of cessation truly subdues it; yet if you do not posit a defiled mind, these two attainments cannot be told apart in depth. Fifth, a being born in the heaven of no-thought ought, throughout that whole span of life, still to have self-grasping and self-conceit latent within; remove the defiled mind, and this cannot be accounted for. Sixth — and this one is the most intimate — even while we are plainly doing good, or in a blank, indeterminate (avyakrta) state, that undertone of "supposing there is an I" is still there; it goes on running even while you sleep. If "grasping a self" only occasionally arose together with evil thoughts, then there would be no explaining why self-grasping is equally present in the very moments of doing good and of being indeterminate.
All six faults point to one conclusion: there is indeed underneath a subtle, continuous, self-grasping mind that runs on regardless of good or evil. These six reductios are the very lifeblood of Asanga's establishing of the defiled mind — Vasubandhu glosses these six faults one by one in line with the treatise, while Asvabhava, besides explaining the six faults, further unfolds the verse in which the root treatise gathers up the six faults, and points out its nature: it is neither wholesome nor unwholesome (indeterminate), yet like a thin film cast over the eye, veiling the eye that would see the truth — this is called "obstructive-indeterminate." "Obstructive" means it veils; "indeterminate" means it is recorded as neither wholesome nor unwholesome.
5. Why the Sravaka Vehicle does not say it outright — yet has already quietly pointed to it
Someone may press: such an important consciousness — why is it not spoken of directly in the early sutras taught to the disciples of the Sravaka (Hearer) path? Asanga's answer is finely measured: it is not that it was unknown, but that "for that group there was no need to make it plain." Sravaka practitioners seek to be freed from the birth-and-death of this single body of theirs; they have no need to know thoroughly the inner workings of all dharmas, and so this deep and subtle consciousness is not expounded to them in detail — they still accomplish liberation all the same. But the bodhisattva must know all things thoroughly, must accomplish the Buddha's "omniscient knowledge," and so cannot but make this root clear — otherwise "it is not easy to attain the wisdom of all-knowing-wisdom."
And in fact the Sravaka Vehicle had long since "hinted" at it. A sutra says that beings "love the alaya, delight in the alaya, rejoice in the alaya, take joy in the alaya" — the thing that beings deeply crave and cannot bear to part with is precisely this storehouse consciousness. Different schools too each pointed to it by their own names: the Mahasamghika school called it the "root consciousness," using a tree simile — it is like the root of a tree, on which all the consciousnesses depend in order to arise; cut from the root, nothing can grow. The Mahisasaka school called it the "aggregate that lasts to the end of birth-and-death," meaning the aggregate that exhausts birth-and-death and continues all the way through — because they had noticed that sometimes (as in certain mindless states) the present activity of body-and-mind is interrupted, yet life is not truly cut off, which shows that underneath there must be something unbroken continuing on.
The various names, in truth, all refer to the one same consciousness. Asanga draws it together with a beautiful image: the storehouse consciousness "becomes the great royal road" — just as the small paths from all directions finally lead to the one same "great royal road" (the main thoroughfare), so however many its names, they all lead to the one same place.
6. Why only the "storehouse" deserves to be called alaya — an elegant counter-proof
Since beings "love the alaya," some conjectured: this "alaya" that is loved and clung to — might it in fact be something else? Some said it is this five-aggregate body (the five appropriated aggregates); some said it is that pleasurable feeling accompanied by craving (the joy conjoined with craving); some said it is the "sense that there is an I," the view of a personal self; and some said outright that "mind, thought, and consciousness are at bottom one thing, only the words differ." Asanga says that these various parties, "by both scripture and reasoning, are confused about the storehouse consciousness" — it is because they are not yet clear about the storehouse consciousness that they conjecture so.
How does he refute them? With an exquisite counter-proof: whatever a person comes to loathe and wish to be rid of can never be the very thing that beings most deeply grasp as a self. Consider: born into the most miserable evil destinies, beings want only to fling off this suffering five-aggregate body as fast as they can — how could they cling to it as "I"? Cultivated above the fourth meditative absorption, that craving-accompanied pleasure has long since vanished, has even become a thing despised — how could one cling to it as "I"? One who within the true Dharma has genuinely understood selflessness guards against and loathes "self-view" at every turn — how could he cling to it as "I"? And yet — even if you are born in hell and single-mindedly seek to leave the suffering body, even if you enter deep absorption and have come to loathe pleasurable feeling, even if you understand selflessness and have come to loathe self-view, there is one thing you have never, ever thought of leaving, to which that underlying self-loving grasp clings on and on for dear life: and that is the storehouse consciousness.
Precisely because it alone meets the condition of "being grasped as a self no matter what, yet never being loathed," it alone truly deserves to be called the storehouse consciousness. Vasubandhu gives a concise gloss on the three counter-examples here; Asvabhava unfolds, party by party, the grounds on which each set up its position, and refutes them in fuller detail — this passage on the storehouse consciousness in Chapter 2 is just where the two ancient commentaries are at their most skilful, their analysis most clearly articulated.
7. The three characteristics of the storehouse consciousness: how it "holds the seeds"
To see this consciousness more in the round, Asanga gives three characteristics, three ways of looking at the one same consciousness. The self-characteristic (its own native aspect): it can hold and carry all seeds — this is its native colour, a storehouse that holds the seeds. The cause-characteristic (its aspect as a cause): the seeds in the storehouse are, moment by moment, serving as the cause for the arising of all defiled dharmas. The fruit-characteristic (its aspect as a result): and the reason this storehouse comes to hold these seeds is that it has been perfumed by all defiled dharmas from beginningless time — so it is at the same time the "fruit" that is perfumed, continuing to arise thought after thought. The one same consciousness: viewed from "holding" it is the self-characteristic, from "giving rise" it is the cause-characteristic, from "being perfumed" it is the fruit-characteristic.
8. What "perfuming" is — the scent of flower in sesame
Where do the seeds come from? The key lies in the word "perfuming," and the key to perfuming lies in four words: arising together, perishing together. The thing that perfumes (a thought, say) and the mind that is perfumed arise at the same time and perish at the same time, and in that very instant of co-arising and co-perishing there is left in the perfumed mind a potential "to give rise again later to something of the same kind" — this potential is the seed, and the process that leaves it is perfuming.
Asanga gives three examples, the first the most vivid: perfuming sesame with flowers. The flower and the sesame are placed together and gathered together; the flower withers, the sesame is gathered, yet the sesame has taken on the cause of the flower's scent, so that the oil pressed from it later still carries that fragrance. The sesame and the flower "arise together and perish together," and so the cause of the scent is perfumed in — the principle by which the storehouse consciousness is perfumed is exactly this. The second example: a person heavy with greed perfumes once with every arising of greed, and the greed-laden cause within the mind grows ever thicker, so that the ingrained habit is hard to change. The third example: one who learns much and hears much perfumes in a portion of the cause of retention with each attentive act of hearing, and so can firmly hold what has been learned, becoming a "holder of the Dharma."
9. Seeds are not little things stacked one by one in a warehouse
Here a very natural misunderstanding must be broken: are seeds, then, like grains of rice — separate, solid, heaped up inside this "consciousness" as a warehouse? Asanga says: not at all. Seeds are not a set of independent "real things" residing in the consciousness; but neither are they utterly undifferentiated from the consciousness, fused into one mass beyond telling apart. What, then, are they? They are just this consciousness's "differentiated capacity to give rise to a particular kind of thing" — a potency, a tendency, not a set of little balls. Precisely because this consciousness carries within it all the various fruit-giving capacities, it is called the "consciousness containing all seeds."
Then what is the relation between the consciousness and the defiled dharmas it gives rise to? They are simultaneous, mutually serving as cause. Asanga uses three similes in a row. The first: the flame and the wick of a lamp — the flame and the wick of an oil-lamp are accomplished by each other in the very same instant: the wick burns out the flame, and the flame in turn burns the wick; neither comes after the other, but "simultaneously and mutually." The second: two bundles of reeds propped against each other — two reed-bundles support each other and stand at the same moment, neither falling. The storehouse consciousness and the defiled dharmas are mutual causes in just this way, at the same time: the consciousness holds the seeds and gives rise to the dharmas (the consciousness is cause), and the dharmas, manifest in act, perfume back into the consciousness (the dharmas are cause), back and forth without cease.
The third simile is the finest, addressing "the seeds are plainly without distinction, so how can they give rise to dharmas of every distinct kind?" — tie-dyed cloth into the dye-vat. A piece of cloth to be tie-dyed (the old craft of tie-dyeing, in which the cloth is first bound up according to a pattern): while it is still bound and has not yet gone into the vat, it looks all of one colour, and no pattern can be made out; but the moment it goes into the dye-vat, the riotous figures, the interlacing images, all show forth at once. So too when the seeds are perfumed into the consciousness — all of one flavour, no distinctions to be seen; and when the dye-vat of "fruition" comes forth, the boundless distinctions among the dharmas show forth all at once.
10. The two dependent originations, and the blind men touching the elephant
"Dependent origination" speaks of how all dharmas arise in dependence on conditions. Asanga says this principle is exceedingly subtle and deep within the Great Vehicle, and may be roughly divided into two. The first is called "the dependent origination that distinguishes own-being": all dharmas can arise because the storehouse consciousness can manifest dharmas of all various own-natures (own-beings) — this speaks of the total source of the arising of all dharmas. The second is the familiar twelvefold conditioned arising, called "the dependent origination that distinguishes the loved and the unloved": it governs the loved and unloved fruits of recompense that beings undergo in the good and evil destinies — this speaks of how the fruits of pleasure and pain come about.
Why must these two be distinguished? Because once a person fails to understand the first (the dependent origination of the source), he will wildly guess at a "first cause" of all dharmas: some say it is some hidden own-being, some say it is fixed by fate, some say it is the transformation of Mahesvara (the Great Lord-god), some say there is a real self in command, and some say outright that there is no cause at all, that it is pure chance. And once one fails to understand the second (the dependent origination of recompense), one will suppose there truly "is an I that creates karma, an I that undergoes recompense."
Asanga breaks this open with a simile of blind men touching an elephant. A group of men blind from birth, who have never seen an elephant; someone leads an elephant to them to feel. One feels the trunk, one the tusk, one the ear, one the leg, one the tail, one the spine — each touching one part. Asked what an elephant is like, their answers run all over: the one who felt the trunk says an elephant is like a plough-handle; the one who felt the tusk, like a pestle; the one who felt the ear, like a winnowing-basket; the one who felt the leg, like a mortar; the one who felt the tail, like a broom; the one who felt the back, like a stone mountain. The wild guessing of the ignorant about these two dependent originations is exactly this: each clutching one end, each supposing he has seen the whole elephant. And the whole of the storehouse consciousness — its own-being, its acting as cause, its acting as fruit — is like that whole elephant they never managed to touch in full: no one has seen the whole elephant, yet everyone is handing down a verdict.
11. The conditions seeds must meet, and inner seeds and outer seeds
For seeds to truly serve as seeds, they must meet several conditions, traditionally grouped into six (the six features of seeds). Asanga lists them tightly in verse; here they are stretched out in present-day language. First, perishing in the instant (a seed must be a living thing of instantaneous arising-and-perishing, not a rigid dead thing, so that it has vital force). Second, co-existence (it must exist simultaneously with the fruit it gives rise to, not facing it across generations). Third, continuously following on (continuing of one kind, uninterruptedly following along). Fourth, being determinate (a wholesome cause gives a wholesome fruit, an unwholesome cause an unwholesome fruit; cause and effect are determinate and do not get crossed). Fifth, awaiting the assembly of conditions (it does not pop up of itself at any time, but awaits the gathering of conditions before it gives fruit). Sixth, drawing forth only its own fruit (it draws forth only the fruit of its own kind — plant melons and you get melons, plant beans and you get beans; a melon-seed will never grow a bean).
Asanga further distinguishes "outer seeds" and "inner seeds." Outer seeds, like the grain in the field, can sometimes arise even without perfuming, by borrowing some outer condition (you take grain and sow it without first "perfuming" it). But inner seeds — that is, the seeds within our minds perfumed by karma and by hearing the Dharma — cannot do without perfuming. This point is utterly crucial: if even the seeds perfumed in by hearing the true Dharma could exist "of themselves without perfuming," then practice would make no sense (you could attain the fruit without cultivating, and might even lose it by cultivating — all thrown into disorder). So Asanga stresses: even outer seeds, at bottom, must also rely on the perfuming of the inner storehouse consciousness as their condition before they can truly stand.
12. Root-consciousness and active consciousnesses, how they depend on each other
Besides the storehouse consciousness that serves as the root, those other consciousnesses that turn outward and enjoy objects (the seven active consciousnesses spoken of earlier) may together be called "the consciousnesses that enjoy." The root consciousness is like the chassis, the active consciousnesses like the cars running on the chassis. Asanga cites a verse from the Madhyanta-vibhaga to make it plain: one is called the "conditioning consciousness" (the root consciousness that serves as object-support), the other the "enjoyer" (the active consciousness that enjoys objects).
How do these two work together? Again that same phrase — each serving as the other's condition: the dharmas perfume into the storehouse consciousness (the dharmas are cause, the consciousness is fruit), and the storehouse consciousness in turn gives rise to the dharmas (the consciousness is cause, the dharmas are fruit), back and forth, mutually cause and fruit. Here Asanga cites another verse from the Abhidharma-mahayana-sutra to settle it: "All dharmas store within the consciousness, and the consciousness within the dharmas likewise; reciprocally they are each other's fruit-nature, and constantly each other's cause-nature."
The kinds of condition are thereby sorted out too: in the "dependent origination of the source," the root consciousness and the active consciousnesses are each other's direct cause (the causal condition); over in the "dependent origination of recompense" (the twelvefold chain), the root consciousness is the assisting dominant condition. The arising of the first six consciousnesses relies on these — the dominant condition, the object-condition, and the immediately-preceding condition. The three dependent originations — that which exhausts birth-and-death (the source), that which summons the good and evil destinies (recompense), and that which enjoys objects (the active consciousnesses) — together complete all four conditions (causal condition, dominant condition, object-condition, immediately-preceding condition).
13. The most crucial proof: without the storehouse consciousness, neither defilement nor purity stands
Having set up the various names of the storehouse consciousness, Asanga now means to prove head-on that this consciousness "cannot but exist." His strategy is direct — take the storehouse consciousness away, and you will find that the side of defilement and the side of purity both stop making sense.
First, the side of the afflictions. Suppose there is no storehouse consciousness; then the seeds of greed and the other afflictions could only reside in the first six consciousnesses. But the first six consciousnesses are intermittent — the eye-consciousness has just perished when the ear-consciousness or the mind-consciousness cuts in and interrupts it. An eye-consciousness that has just perished, and now has no substance at all, how could it leap across this whole string of interruptions and hand the seed over to a later greed? What no longer exists cannot give a fruit. And where the perfumed seed is to reside is also a problem: reside in "greed"? Greed itself does not stay put, arising and perishing, and cannot retain a seed. Reside in some other consciousness? The other consciousnesses each depend on their own faculty, and do not co-arise and co-perish with it. Reside in itself? It does not co-arise and co-perish with itself at all. Nowhere can it reside. Which shows: there must be a consciousness continuous and unbroken, able to store the seeds steadily — and that is the storehouse consciousness.
Next, the side of creating karma. In the twelvefold chain, the link "consciousness conditioned by formations" speaks precisely of the karmic formations being perfumed into seeds within the consciousness; with no storehouse consciousness to store them, this link cannot be joined, and the later "existence conditioned by clinging" collapses along with it.
Next, the side of taking rebirth. At the moment of taking rebirth, the defiled mind-consciousness of the intermediate-state being first perishes, and must join with that first-congealed embryonic matter (the kalala) in the mother's womb. Here comes the problem: that consciousness which goes to join with the embryonic matter — if you say it is just the "mind-consciousness," a string of contradictions arises: would there not then be two mind-consciousnesses turning at once in the mother's womb? Moreover, this joining consciousness is constant and does not take outer objects as its support — which is utterly unlike the temperament of the mind-consciousness. Asanga presses on: is this joining consciousness, then, the "consciousness containing all seeds" or not? If it is, then it is in fact the storehouse consciousness, and you have merely renamed it "mind-consciousness." If you say it is "the later consciousness that arises in dependence on it" that is the seed-containing consciousness, then it comes out that the consciousness serving as cause does not hold the seeds while the consciousness serving as fruit holds the seeds — cause and effect reversed. However you push it, only one way out remains: that joining consciousness is not the mind-consciousness, but precisely the ripening consciousness (the alaya) that appropriates and holds life. Beyond this, the appropriating of the material faculties; consciousness and name-and-form propping each other up "like bundles of reeds leaning together"; the "consciousness-as-nutriment" by which sentient beings are sustained; taking rebirth in a state of even-concentration (a meditative ground); being born into the formless realm; the body growing cold section by section from below upward (or from above downward) at the time of death — all of these, the moment the storehouse consciousness is lacking, can no longer be accounted for.
Next, the side of worldly purity (for instance, cultivating up from the desire-realm to the form-realm absorption). What one cultivates with is the wholesome mind of the desire-realm; what is to be accomplished is the concentrated mind of the form-realm. But these two do not co-arise and co-perish, and the former cannot directly perfume into the seed of the latter; and although one may have cultivated the concentrated mind in many past lives, those concentrated minds have long since passed and have no substance now, and cannot serve as today's seed. So there must be a storehouse consciousness to carry the seed of the concentrated mind all the way down to today to serve as the cause, with the wholesome mind of the desire-realm only assisting from the side as a condition.
Finally, the side of supramundane purity. The Buddha says that the supramundane right view arises from two causes: "hearing the true Dharma" and "thinking it through in accordance with principle." But the problem is: while hearing the Dharma the ear-consciousness is active, and while thinking it through the ear-consciousness is no longer arising; and the mind-consciousness is forever being interrupted by other scattered thoughts. Even if a seed is perfumed in for a single instant, this thought of mind-consciousness passes in the blink of an eye and has no substance — how could it still serve as a seed to give rise to the later supramundane mind? Moreover, "thinking it through in accordance with principle" is a worldly mind, and "right view" is a supramundane mind; the two never co-arise and co-perish, and the worldly mind cannot perfume out the supramundane mind. The conclusion is forced once again: there must be a storehouse consciousness to hold and carry the seed perfumed in by hearing, before supramundane purity can make sense.
14. So where, then, does liberation come from? — the pure seeds perfumed by hearing the Dharma
This brings out the deepest and most moving question of the whole chapter: if what the storehouse consciousness holds is all defiled seeds, then the "pure seed" that can counteract defilement and lead a person toward liberation — where on earth does it spring from? The supramundane mind is something we have never cultivated, never given rise to, from beginningless time; by rights its seed simply does not exist — and if the seed never existed, how could the supramundane mind ever be brought forth?
Asanga's answer is the pivot of the whole treatise: the seed of the supramundane mind arises from the "perfuming of right hearing, equally flowing forth from the most pure dharma-realm." That is to say — that most pure reality (the dharma-realm) personally realized by the Buddhas "flows forth equally" as the verbal teaching of the true Dharma; and we, by hearing and being perfumed by this true Dharma that flows forth from the pure dharma-realm, perfume into the mind a brand-new seed. It does not grow out of the defiled seeds of the storehouse consciousness; rather, it is perfumed in by the very act of "hearing the pure true Dharma."
Then comes the most delicate step. Someone will press: does this seed perfumed in by hearing the Dharma count as part of the storehouse consciousness or not? Asanga says: both sides are wrong. If you say it is the very nature of the storehouse consciousness, then it too is defiled — how could it turn around and counteract defilement? If you say it does not belong to the storehouse consciousness at all, then on what does it rest, by what does it exist? The correct view is: before Buddhahood is attained, this pure seed lodges within the storehouse consciousness and turns together with it, just like water and milk mixed together — co-resident in one place, yet of a nature that is not the same. Its identity is always that of "the counter-agent of the storehouse consciousness," a pure current mixed in among the defiled consciousness yet not belonging to the defiled consciousness.
This pure current will grow: from the lower grade it is perfumed into the middle grade, from the middle into the higher, by ceaseless hearing, thinking, and cultivating. And one must know that this pure seed perfumed in by right hearing is in fact the "seed of the dharma-body" — though for now it still lodges within the worldly storehouse consciousness, its nature is supramundane, flowing forth from the most pure dharma-realm. Even before it has manifested as the supramundane mind, it is already exerting its power: counteracting the afflictions, counteracting the force that drags one into the evil destinies, breaking down the evil karma already made, and making a person able to draw near and serve the Buddhas and bodhisattvas. The perfuming a bodhisattva cultivates will in the future accomplish the "dharma-body"; what Sravakas and Pratyekabuddhas cultivate accomplishes only the "liberation-body" (freed from birth-and-death alone, the dharma-body not yet perfectly-accomplished).
And so the most beautiful scene appears, and this is "the transformation of the basis" — the changing-over of the very ground on which life depends. As the pure seed grows by stages from lower to middle to higher, the ripening consciousness that holds the defiled seeds wanes by stages; and when the side of purity is perfected and the seeds on the side of defilement are utterly cut off, the "ground" of life is changed over altogether — this is the transformation of the basis. Asanga draws it together with a marvellous simile: water and milk are mixed together, and a goose, drinking, can drink off only the milk and leave the water behind; the pure seed gradually grows within the defiled consciousness while the defiled seeds gradually waste away, just like this goose drinking the milk — able, within what is all blended in one place, to take only the one portion and leave the other behind. It is also like a person who, cultivating to the point of leaving craving behind, finds the perfuming of distraction lessening little by little while the perfuming of concentration increases little by little, and so gradually turns over.
This passage answers the great, seemingly self-contradictory problem of "how a defiled consciousness can give rise to purity." The answer is not "the defiled consciousness itself produced purity," but "there is a separate pure current, come from the pure dharma-realm, lodging for a time within the defiled consciousness, which will in the end turn from guest into host." This is the cornerstone of the whole practice-view of the Mahayanasamgraha.
15. In the attainment of cessation, is there still a mind, or not?
The sacred teaching says that when one cultivates to the "attainment of cessation" (the deep absorption in which even the subtlest activity of mind-consciousness is stilled), "consciousness still does not depart the body." Then this consciousness that does not depart the body — which one is it? It can only be the storehouse consciousness — because what the attainment of cessation stills is the first six consciousnesses and those defiled mental factors; it is not aimed at counteracting the storehouse consciousness. If even the storehouse consciousness were cut off, then when one emerges from the absorption, by what would life be picked up again? Precisely because the storehouse consciousness is not cut off, emergence from the absorption can be picked up.
Someone insists on saying "in the attainment of cessation there is in fact still a mind-consciousness active," and Asanga lists in one breath a long string of contradictions to refute it: since it is named the "attainment of cessation," if there were still a mind-consciousness there taking objects, there turning on, then what kind of "cessation" would that be? Every which way it fails to hold. The conclusion is still the same one: there must be that storehouse consciousness which does not depart the body, before these states can make sense. With this, the whole proof draws together: leave out the storehouse consciousness, and neither defilement nor purity is established; therefore this consciousness most certainly exists.
16. The various modes of the storehouse consciousness
Having proven that the storehouse consciousness really exists, Asanga goes over its "modes of difference" once more, to help us see it in finer detail.
By the kind of perfuming, it may be divided into three perfumings: that of "name-and-language" (using verbal concepts to discriminate things, perfuming in the direct cause for the arising of all dharmas); that of "self-view" (perfumed in by the defiled mind's grasping of a self); and that of "the limbs of existence" (perfumed in by creating wholesome and unwholesome karma and summoning future fruits of recompense). From another angle, it may be divided into four kinds of difference: that newly perfumed and arisen (instigation); that summoning the fruit of ripening (ripening); that serving as the object of the defiled mind (the object-aspect); and the "modes of appearance" to be discussed in detail below.
Within the "modes of appearance," the most worth discussing is one pair: the shared characteristic and the unshared characteristic. The shared characteristic is the seeds of the "container world" (this common world of mountains, rivers, and the great earth); the unshared characteristic is the seeds of each individual's "faculty-body." This pair explains something we take for granted yet is in truth exceedingly deep: why is it that we each have our own body (unshared), yet share one and the same world (shared)? Because the seeds of the shared characteristic are manifested in common, sustained in common, by all. And precisely because of this, when a practitioner has realized the Way and his mind has turned pure, what he is able to extinguish is "only that portion of defiled seeds belonging to his own faculty-body" (the unshared characteristic); that common world (the shared characteristic), because it is still held in common by countless beings who have not realized the Way, does not vanish along with it — but to the one already purified, that same one world shows forth as pure. The verse in the sutra makes this layer plain: of the one same thing, yoga-practitioners of differing states of mind will make out differing characteristics (this is precisely strong evidence for "all dharmas are consciousness-only" — several yoga-practitioners look at one same object and what each sees can each be established, which shows that the objects seen are in fact manifested by each one's own consciousness); and even the pure Buddha-land is manifested by the Buddha's pure seeing.
Beyond this there are several more pairs of modes, touched on together. Coarse-heaviness and pliancy: the seeds of the afflictions make body and mind coarse, heavy, and unworkable; the seeds of wholesome dharmas make body and mind light, quick, and capable of effort. The exhaustible-in-experience and the inexhaustible-in-experience: the seeds of already-ripened wholesome and unwholesome fruits are spent and done once their recompense has been undergone (exhaustible-in-experience); whereas the seeds perfumed in by name-and-language flow on in proliferation from beginningless time, continuing without end (inexhaustible-in-experience). There is also the simile of illusion — what the storehouse consciousness manifests is like an illusion, like a mirage, like a dream, like the sky-flowers seen by an eye with a cataract: seeming to exist, yet not real. And finally a spectrum from ordinary to noble: the ordinary person fully bound by the afflictions (fully bound); the worldly one who has left craving behind, suppressing but not yet cutting off (diminished); the partly-cut learners of the noble path and the bodhisattvas (one portion forever uprooted); the Arhats and Pratyekabuddhas who have cut off the affliction-obscuration; and the Tathagata who has cut off both obscurations — this spectrum, ascending layer by layer from defiled to pure, can likewise only be laid out by positing the storehouse consciousness as holder of the seeds.
Conclusion: why this consciousness is "non-obstructive-indeterminate" — and where it leads
A last question, to draw together the whole chapter: since both wholesome and unwholesome karma arise from the storehouse consciousness, why is the fruiting body it summons (its ripening-nature) "non-obstructive-indeterminate" — neutral, neither wholesome nor unwholesome?
Asanga's answer is masterful: precisely because it is neutral, it can hold the seeds of both good and evil at the same time. Good and evil are mutually opposed, irreconcilable; yet both can be deposited into one neutral storehouse. And precisely because it is neutral, the whole rising and sinking, the turning-over from defiled to pure, can be set in motion. Consider: if this ground were itself wholesome, or itself unwholesome, then the co-residence of defilement and purity, the gradual turning-pure, would be flatly impossible. So the ripening consciousness can only be non-obstructive-indeterminate.
This, then, is the whole aim of "The Basis of the Knowable" from beginning to end: first to establish a non-obstructive-indeterminate storehouse consciousness, able to hold the seeds and receive perfuming, as the common ground of all defiled and pure dharmas; samsara and the return-to-cessation, bondage and liberation, all take place upon this ground. Once the ground is fixed, the next chapter, "The Characteristic of the Knowable," can take up the thread: standing upon this "basis of the knowable," what "characteristics" will the various dharmas we are to know actually show forth? That is the whole country of the three natures (the other-dependent, the wholly-imagined, the perfectly-accomplished). From this layer of "the mind hidden at the very bottom," Asanga means to lead you all the way to the threshold of the truth of "how world and mind present themselves."
Later Reception
The Thirty Verses opens by taking up the storehouse consciousness, maturation, all seeds, and then the defiled mind; the Cheng weishi lun later expands them. This later reception shows how the basis of the knowable became a foundation for subsequent Yogacara treatises while leaving the three recensions and two commentaries primary here.
第三分 所知相分Chapter Three — The Characteristic of the Knowable (Plain Vernacular)
全文五層 →Full five layers →經論宗依
本分以大乘經教所說的三性、唯識與四種清淨為宗依,並引《十地經》《解深密經》等經義展開唯識無境。世親、無性二釋從依他起、遍計所執、圓成實的關係及諸識安立開解,本分義疏依其共同骨架講述,不以後說回填。
世界明明就在眼前——山在那裡、聲音傳過來、手一伸就摸到杯子。憑什麼說我們把它看錯了?
這是這一分一上來就要你正視的難題。前一分『所知依』講的是:萬法究竟依靠著什麼——是阿賴耶識,那層藏著一切種子、最底下的心。可是『依』只說了底盤,還沒說相狀。所以這一分緊接著轉問:依在這底盤之上、我們要去認識的一切法,到底『長什麼樣子』?無著的回答,是整個唯識學最核心、也最動人的一張地圖——三自性。而這張地圖真正要回答的,正是那個燙手的問題:世界錯在哪一層、又該怎麼把它看正?
把這三個字看懂,唯識的大半就通了。以下順著無著的話,一段一段講下來。
一、三自性:同一個世界的三層身分
一切法,可以從三個角度去看——這就是『三自性』(三種『自性』,即三種存在的樣態)。但你要先記住一句最關鍵的話:它們講的不是三個東西,而是同一件事的三層身分。
第一層,依他起——『依靠其他眾多條件而生起』。眼前這個世界,沒有一樣是自己單獨冒出來的:都是眾緣湊合、剎那生滅、剛生起就留不住、得靠條件接著撐。這種『緣生緣滅、不能自存』的樣態,就是依他起。而在唯識看來,這『依他起』的具體內容,並不是心外的磚石草木,而是以阿賴耶識為種子而現起的種種『識』——是心識自己的流動。
第二層,遍計所執——『周遍地計度、執取出來的東西』。本來只有識在流動,可是我們的心硬是在上面加了一層:把識所現的影像,當成『心外實有的東西』去抓。這個被我們妄加上去、其實根本不存在的『心外實境』,就是遍計所執。它的特點是——看起來歷歷在目,其實了不可得。眼前世界錯就錯在這一層。
第三層,圓成實——『圓滿成就的真實』。就在依他起之上,那個被我們妄執為實的『心外境』,其實永遠沒有、怎麼找都找不到。而這個『妄執之境的永遠落空』,本身就是一條最真實的法則——這就是圓成實,也就是真如。
請務必記住三者的關係,這是整分的鑰匙:圓成實不是另外一個東西,而是『依他起上面、遍計所執的永遠落空』。 換句話說,當你在緣起的萬象上,徹底看穿『並沒有一個心外實境』,那看穿處所顯的空性真如,就是圓成實。所以三性從來不是三個並排的物事,而是同一個依他起——緣生的一面是依他起,被妄執的一面是遍計所執,妄執永遠落空的一面是圓成實。一塊礦石,三層讀法;後面金土藏的比喻,會把這句話燒給你看。
二、十一識:所謂『世界』,其實是十一類心的現起
無著怕你把『依他起=識』聽成一句空話,於是他把這『識』攤開來,數給你看——它其實是十一類識,而這十一類,恰恰把我們以為的『整個外在世界』全收了進去。
最先是三個關於『身』的識:身識,就是眼耳鼻舌身意這六根的識;身者識,是把這根身執為『我』的那一分;受者識,是領納、受用的那一分。接著是領受的兩頭:彼所受識,是被領受的六塵境——色聲香味觸法;彼能受識,是能領受的六識。再往外鋪開:世識(時間相續之識)、數識(數量、計算之識)、處識(空間、處所之識,也就是器世界)、言說識(語言、名言之識)、自他差別識(區分自己與他人之識),末了是善趣惡趣死生識(生死流轉、升沉六道之識)。十一類,數盡了。
這十一識從哪裡來?正好對應前一分講的三種熏習(種子的三個來源),這是一條漂亮的接榫。前面九識——身、身者、受者、所受、能受、世、數、處、言說——都是「名言熏習」的種子所生,也就是我們無始以來用語言概念去分別、所積下的習氣;自他差別識,是「我見熏習」的種子所生,那底層恆執我的染污意所積;善趣惡趣死生識,是「有支熏習」的種子所生,善惡業(十二有支)所積、牽引未來苦樂果報的。
若把這十一識配回傳統的『十八界』,就更見骨架:身、身者、受者三識,就是六根(六內界);彼所受識,就是六塵(六外界);彼能受識,就是六識(六識界);剩下的世、數、處、言說、自他差別、善趣惡趣死生諸識,是這根、境、識在不同位上的種種差別相。一句話收住:我們以為『有一個外在世界、有一個我在裡頭活動』,其實整幅圖景都只是這十一類識的現起——這就是依他起。世界沒有在外面,它在十一類心裡現。
三、唯識無義:那場夢,把問題說透了
既然依他起只是識,那『心外實境』(無著給它一個名字叫『義』)就根本沒有。可是——回到我們一開頭的難題——境界明明歷歷在前,憑什麼說它沒有?
無著不跟你硬辯,他先請你回想一場夢。
人在夢裡,明明看見山河、房舍、林木,有色有聲,宛然在前;色聲香味觸,林木地山,「似義影現」,活生生擺在那裡。可是一醒來才知道:夢裡根本沒有那些『外境』,有的只是夢心自己現的影像。醒著的世界也是如此——一切時、一切處,都只是識在現,並沒有心外的實物。無著還隨手添了幾個同類的影子:幻術師變出的象馬(幻誑)、渴鹿把陽焰看成水奔過去(鹿愛,即陽焰)、害眼病的人看見空中有花(翳眩)——全是『看起來分明有、其實根本沒有』。眼前世界,跟夢、跟幻、跟陽焰、跟空花,是同一回事。
這裡你會立刻反問——這也正是無著替你問的那一句:如果醒著也像做夢,為什麼人從夢中醒來,能回頭認出『剛才那場是夢、是唯識』,可是對著醒時的世界,卻怎麼也認不出它也是唯識?
無著的答覆極妙:要等『真智』現前,這個『認出』才會翻轉過來。你還在夢裡的時候,是認不出自己在做夢的——非得醒了才認得出;同樣,沒得到真實智慧的覺悟之前,認不出醒境也是唯識,得了真智,才認得出。所以凡夫認不出,不是因為醒境真有外物,而是因為『真智之醒』還沒到。我們此刻,不過是還沒醒的夢中人。
那麼還沒得真智的人,怎麼『推知』這一切唯識?無著給兩條路:聖教與正理。
聖教這條路,有兩段最有力。一是《十地經》裡佛明說的——「如是三界,皆唯有心」:三界萬有,不離一心。二是《解深密經》裡佛與彌勒(慈氏)菩薩一段極細的對話。彌勒問:修定時心裡現的那個影像,跟那能觀的心,是一個還是兩個?佛說:不是兩個——因為那影像本來就只是識,我向來說『心所緣的,只是心自己現的』。彌勒再追一句:若影像就是這心,那豈不成了『心自己抓自己』?佛答得入微:其實沒有一個東西能抓另一個東西;只是這個心一生起時,就帶著這麼一個影像現出來罷了。就像照鏡子——明明照的是自己這張臉,卻說『我看見一個影像』,還以為那影像是離開本人、另外存在的。 心也正是這樣:它一現起,就好像有個『跟自己不同的、被看的東西』浮現出來;其實能看所看都是這一個心,並沒有外境可抓。
正理這條路,無著舉修定為例。修不淨觀的人,在定心中專注觀想一具青瘀腫脹的屍體,那青瘀的影像清清楚楚——可是心外哪裡真有一具屍體?所見的,無非是自己的心現的。由這個現成的例子可以推知:一切識都只是識,沒有外境。無著還補了一刀更細的:這定中的影像,並不是『回憶』出來的(它是當下現前安住的);而靠聽聞、思惟而起的那兩種記憶,所緣的更是『過去』的、早已謝滅的境——既然所緣根本不是現存的外物,那它還能現出影像,就更證明:一切唯識。
四、識為什麼偏要現得像『實在的東西』
還有人不服:就算夢喻說得通,可是眼前的色法明明『有質有礙』,摸得到、看得見,又『一類堅住、相續不斷』——不像念頭那樣剎那就變;這麼結實的東西,怎麼也是識?
無著不躲,他反過來問一個更深的問題:如果這些識本身只是識(沒有外色),那它為什麼偏偏要現得『像有質礙的色』,而且還現得這麼穩、這麼久?
答案出人意表,卻一針見血:正因為要給『顛倒』和種種染污法當立足處。 識必須現出一個穩固、像真的色境,我們的顛倒妄執才有地方可掛。你順著想下去:如果識不現出像真的外境,那麼『本來沒有外境、卻硬執有外境』這種顛倒就無從生起;顛倒生不起,煩惱障、所知障這些染污也就無從談;染污都沒有了,那麼『對治染污而立的清淨法(修行、解脫)』也跟著落空。換句話說——整個流轉與還滅、染與淨的戲,都需要一個『像真的世界』當舞台,這就是為什麼識要現得像實在的色。無著在這裡綴了一首偈,把它收成一句:所謂的『色』(被看的、像實境的相)與能看它的識,其實就是一體之識的兩面——所取的『色識』與能取的『非色識』,彼此相依,缺一不可,誰也離不開識。
五、成立唯識:相分與見分
無著接著把『諸識怎麼成立為唯識』收成三個要點。第一,唯識:一切識都沒有外境,所以說『唯是識』。第二,二性:識一現起,就分成『所取的一面』(相分,像被看的境)和『能取的一面』(見分,能看的識)——而這兩面都還是識自己變的。第三,種種:一個識能現出種種不同的行相,一心而現多境。
這『相分、見分』值得說細一點。眼耳鼻舌身這前五識,各以自己那一分『被看的境』為相分、以『能看的識』為見分;第六意識特別,它能遍緣一切——從眼一直緣到法——所以它的相分廣到包羅萬象,而以『能分別的意識』為見分。正因為意識最會分別,它能變現得好像一切識都在它裡頭生起。無著此處的偈頌點題:唯識有『二』(相見二分)有『種種』,會觀的人用智慧去契入;一旦悟入『萬法唯心』,連帶地,對那被執的境(乃至能取的心)也就能伏除、遠離——這正是修行的下手處:先見唯識,再離能所二取。
六、三個名字,各從哪裡得來
為什麼這三層偏偏叫「依他起、遍計所執、圓成實」?各有各的道理,名字裡就藏著義理。
依他起之得名:它本只是識,是『似有外境』現起的所依。叫它『依他起』,一來因為它『從自己的熏習種子所生、依靠眾緣才起』——依他眾緣,故名依他;二來因為它『一生起、下一剎那就沒有力量自存』(剎那即滅,要靠緣接續),這種處處依他、不能自立的性格,也叫依他起。
遍計所執之得名:它依著依他起而起,其實一無所有,只是『似有外境』的假相。叫它「遍計所執」,是因為它由『無量行相的意識,周遍計度、顛倒地生出這個似有之相』——是計出來、執出來的;它自己的體相根本沒有,有的只是『被計執出來的相』,故名遍計所執。
圓成實之得名:它就是『遍計所執永遠沒有』的那個真相。叫它『圓成實』,有三層意思:一,它『不變不易』(真如恆常,不隨妄變),所以圓滿成就而真實;二,它是『清淨智的所緣』(清淨心所對的境);三,它是『一切善法中最殊勝、最究竟的義』(勝義中的勝義)。由這三層,叫圓成實。——再提醒一次整分的鑰匙:圓成實守的是『法相』的讀法,即依他起上『妄執之境永遠落空』所顯的真如,不是另立一個常住實體。
七、是誰在『遍計』、被計的又是誰
遍計所執要能成立,總得有『能遍計的』和『所遍計的』這兩頭。
誰能遍計?——是第六意識。為什麼是它?因為它最會分別:它拿自己的名言習氣作種子,又拿一切識的名言習氣作種子,所以能起無邊的分別行相,對什麼都要計度一番,故名遍計(能周遍計度者)。所遍計的是誰?——是依他起,那些被它計度的緣生諸法。而當意識用這種『計執之相』把依他起當對象去抓時,那層被加上去的、似有實境的相,就叫「遍計所執自性」。一句話:意識是能計的那隻手,依他起是被計的那塊料,計出來那層『心外實有』的假相,就是遍計所執。
那意識具體『怎麼計』?無著一連發問——它緣什麼境、取什麼相、由什麼執著、由什麼起語、由什麼言說、增益出什麼?答案串成一條:它以『名言』(概念)為所緣,在依他起上抓取那似境之相,憑妄見而執著,憑尋伺而起語,憑見聞覺知四種言說而說,終於『在本無外境處,硬加為實有』。緣名、取相、執著、起語、增益——這一連串,就是遍計的整套運作。
八、三性是一還是異?各還能再開幾種?
三性是一還是異?——無著答得乾淨:『不是一,也不是異』。因為它們本是同一個依他起,只是從不同『角度』(異門)去看,才分成三:從『依緣而起』的角度看是依他起,從『被意識計執』的角度看是遍計所執,從『妄執永遠落空』的角度看是圓成實。同一個東西、三個角度——所以不能說它們是三個各別的物事(非異),也不能說它們根本是同一回事、沒有分別(非不異)。
那這樣三性會不會混成一團、沒了分別?——不會。成這一性的『角度』,並不就是成另一性的角度:由『依緣起』這角度所成的是依他起,它並不就由此同時成了遍計或圓成;餘二亦然。所以三性雖同依一體,而角度各別,差別宛然,並不相濫。
無著還把每一性再開細:依他起有二種(一是依緣熏習而生,二是其染淨不能自定、要依緣才成);遍計所執有二種(一計法的『自性』,如『這是色』;二計法的『差別』,如『這色是常是樂』);圓成實有二種(一是諸法本具的真如「自性圓成實」,二是離垢所顯的「清淨圓成實」)。而遍計本身又有四種——計自性、計差別、有覺(善於名言、知而計)、無覺(不善名言、懵然而計);更有五種,講的是名與義之間怎麼互相計度:依名計義、依義計名、依名計名、依義計義、依名義雙計。這些拆得這麼細,無非是把『妄心如何在名言與境相之間打轉』一層一層攤給你看。
九、十種分別 → 十種散動 → 般若為何只講『無分別』
這是整分一段極漂亮的收束,把唯識和般若接到了一起。
無著先把一切「虛妄分別」總攝為十種:① 根本分別(就是阿賴耶識,一切分別的根);② 緣相分別(所緣的相分,即色等識);③ 顯相分別(能顯的見分,即眼識等及所依);④ 緣相變異分別(所緣相的種種變化:老、樂受、貪、苦與時序、乃至地獄等諸趣、欲界等諸界的變化);⑤ 顯相變異分別(能顯那一分隨之而起的變化);⑥ 他引分別(被別人的教法引起的,或聞邪法、或聞正法);⑦ 不如理分別(外道聞邪法所起);⑧ 如理分別(正法中聞正法所起);⑨ 執著分別(不如理作意、以薩迦耶見(我見)為本的六十二種惡見);⑩ 散動分別(就是菩薩所要對治的「十種散動」)。
這第十種,正是大乘修行的對治重點。所謂十種散動,是心一面對真如就會偏掉的十個方向:無相、有相、增益、損減、一性、異性、自性、差別、如名取義、如義取名。說白了,就是在『有/無、增/減、一/異、自性/差別、名↔義』這幾對上,心總忍不住往一邊滑出去。
而這裡藏著一把鑰匙:整部《般若》之所以反覆說「無分別智」,正是為了對治這十種散動。 把『所對治的十散動』和『能對治的無分別智』一配對,《般若》一經的綱領就全在這裡了——這也是唯識家讀般若的下手處:般若講的『無分別』,不是什麼都不知道,而是不在這十個方向上亂滑。
十、名字配不上實體;但依他起並非斷無
無著接著要證一件事:在依他起上現的那層『似有外境』(遍計所執),其實『配不上任何實體』——它只是名言貼上去的,不對應一個真東西。怎麼知道?他給三個『對不上』:一,名字還沒安立之前,根本沒有相應的認知——名字若真能指到一個實體,那沒命名以前也該先有那認知,可事實是沒有;二,一物可以有許多名字——名字若各指一個實體,一物豈不就有了好多個體?三,名與義的搭配根本不定(同名異物、異名同物)——名字若真定指一體,哪會這麼亂?由這三點可知:那似有之境,純是名言貼上去的,並無實體。
可是這裡立刻冒出一個危險的問題:既然『顯現出來的』(遍計)其實一無所有,那為什麼不乾脆說『連依他起也整個沒有』? 無著在這裡要替你擋住一個深坑——惡取空,那種把一切都撥成沒有的斷滅見。
他說:若連依他起也沒了,那圓成實也就跟著沒了——因為圓成實是『依他起上妄執落空』所顯的,沒有依他起這塊地,真如便無處可顯;圓成實一沒,就「一切皆無」,墮入斷滅。而且,依他起、圓成實若都沒了,就犯『沒有染、也沒有淨』的大過——可是流轉(染)與還滅(淨)明明現實可見,所以絕不能說一切都沒有。結論立住了:遍計所執要破(它本就無),但依他起與圓成實不能撥無。 這就是唯識『破而不墮空』的分寸——一手遮遣惡取空,一手保住依、圓二性。
十一、方廣大教:三性配四清淨;八個比喻破八個疑
諸佛在大乘方廣教裡,用三問三答把三性點出來。問『怎麼認識遍計所執?』——凡經中說『無所有』處,就是在指遍計(它本就沒有)。問『怎麼認識依他起?』——凡用幻、陽焰(炎)、夢、鏡像(像)、光影、谷響、水中月、變化這八個比喻處,就是在指依他起(似有而非實)。問『怎麼認識圓成實?』——就是經中說『四清淨』處。哪四清淨?一,自性清淨(真如本身,別名空、實際、無相、勝義、法界);二,離垢清淨(這真如離了一切障垢);三,得此道清淨(能證離垢的道:菩提分、波羅蜜等);四,生此境清淨(能生此道的教法,即大乘正法)。後兩種(道與教)雖屬有為,但因為它們是『成就清淨的助緣』,所以不算遍計(不是無所有);又因為它們是『最清淨法界流出來的』,所以也不算雜染依他起——於是都收歸圓成實。這四種,把一切清淨法收盡了。
接著無著解釋一個好問題:經裡為什麼偏用「幻等八喻」說依他起?——原來是為破別人對唯識的八種疑,一疑配一喻,喻喻對症:
有人疑『既然沒有外境,怎麼會有境界現前?』——用幻事喻:幻術師變的象馬,無實而宛然現。 疑『沒有外境,怎麼有心、心所在那裡活動?』——用陽焰喻:陽焰無水,而動相宛然。 疑『沒有外境,怎麼有苦樂的受用?』——用夢喻:夢裡無境,而苦樂宛然可受。 疑『沒有外境,怎麼有淨業不淨業招感的苦樂果報?』——用鏡像喻:鏡中無物,而妍醜之像宛然應現。 疑『沒有外境,怎麼有種種識生起?』——用光影喻。 疑『沒有外境,怎麼有種種言說戲論?』——用谷響喻:空谷無聲源,而回響宛然。 疑『沒有外境,入定時怎麼還能分明取境?』——用水中月喻:水裡無月,而月影宛然可取。 疑『沒有外境,菩薩又怎能以無顛倒心、為利眾生而故意受生?』——用變化喻:如變化身,不受實生死之染,而能現受生。
八喻破八疑,把依他起『似有而非實』這四個字,從八個方向各鑿透一遍。
十二、生死與涅槃,不是兩件事;金土藏的比喻
有一部《梵問經》裡,佛說了一句奇話:『如來不得生死,也不得涅槃。』這是什麼意思?
無著解:這是說,在同一個依他起上,生死與涅槃並非兩個各別的東西——同一個依他起,從『被妄執』那一分看就成了生死,從『妄執落空、真如顯』那一分看就成了涅槃。既然同依一體,所以如來於中『並沒有另一個生死可得、另一個涅槃可得』。這句話,須如實領受,不必替它調軟。
又有《阿毘達磨大乘經》說『法有三種:雜染分、清淨分、通二分』,講的也是同一件事:一個依他起上,遍計所執那一分是雜染,圓成實那一分是清淨,而依他起本身,是『通染通淨』的那一分。
到這裡,無著拿出了整分最精采的一個比喻——金土藏,藏金的礦石。前面三性的鑰匙、『同一塊礦三層讀法』那句話,他現在真的把礦石放進火裡燒給你看。
一塊金礦石裡,有三樣東西:地界(礦的底質)、土、金。沒煉的時候,你看得見『土』,看不見『金』——可這正是顛倒:土相其實是虛妄地現的,金才是真有卻藏著不露。一經火煉,土相不見了,金相就顯現出來。而那『地界』呢——現土的時候是虛妄地現、現金的時候是真實地現,所以地界是『通二分』的,染淨兩邊它都通。
我們這『虛妄分別的識』(依他起)正是這塊地界:無分別智的火還沒燒時,識上現的是虛妄的遍計、真實的圓成藏而不露;一旦被無分別智的火一燒,圓成實就顯、遍計就隱。所以這依他起識,恰恰像金土藏裡的地界,通著染淨兩分。配起來看:地界=依他起,土=遍計所執,金=圓成實,火=無分別智。所謂修行——就是這一場『煉礦見金』。世界沒換,礦石還是那塊礦石;換的是火到了,金顯出來了。
十三、常與無常……一切對立,都『無二』
佛有時說「一切法常」,有時說「一切法無常」,有時又說「非常非無常」——到底哪句算數?
無著說:都對,看你站在哪一分上說。同一個依他起:從圓成實那一分說它『常』(真如不變),從遍計所執那一分說它『無常』(妄相生滅、本來就無),從通二分說它「非常非無常」。常與無常如此『無二』,其餘一長串對立也全是這樣——苦與樂、淨與不淨、空與不空、我與無我、寂靜與不寂靜、有自性與無自性、生與不生、滅與不滅、本來寂靜與非本來寂靜、自性涅槃與非自性涅槃,乃至生死與涅槃——統統『無二』。
為什麼?因為每一對的兩邊,不過是同一個依他起的不同分(角度)上說的,看似頂頭相反,其實本不為二。於是這裡顯出讀經的一把總鑰匙:遇到看似自相矛盾的佛語,先別急著判哪句對——先問一句『這是從哪一性、哪一分說的』,矛盾就化開了。
十四、四種意趣、四種祕密
佛說法常有『言外之意』,無著把它歸納成四意趣、四祕密,提醒我們別死在句下。
四意趣,講的是『佛說這話的用意』。一,平等意趣——佛說『我往昔就是某某古佛』,是依諸佛法身平等而說,不是說那真是同一個人。二,別時意趣——像『誦某佛名就決定得菩提』『只要發願就往生極樂』這類話,是『別在另一個時節』而說的(世親、無性二釋申其義):為策勵懈怠的人,把『要在久遠以後才成的果』說得像『現在就成』,用意是先把人勸上那個『因』去(誦名、發願是得果的遠因,並不是當下念一句就到了果地)。三,別義意趣——像『要供養過恆河沙數那麼多的佛,才能解大乘義』,別有所指。四,補特伽羅意樂意趣——隨各人根性而一抑一揚:對某人先讚布施、回頭又貶布施(對持戒、修定也這樣),這是因材施教,不是自相矛盾。
四祕密,講的是『佛說法的隱密方式』。一,令入祕密——對淺機之人,先依世俗說『有人、有法、有種種差別』,把他先引進門。二,相祕密——在某處說諸法之相,顯出三自性。三,對治祕密——在某處說八萬四千種對治。四,轉變祕密——在某處用『翻轉過來的意思』,讓同樣的字句顯出另一層深義。無著舉了一首偈,正是這『轉變』的活樣本:
論中舉頌:「覺不堅為堅,善住於顛倒,極煩惱所惱,得最上菩提。」
把不堅的當作堅、安住於顛倒之中、被極重的煩惱所煩惱——卻就在這裡得最上菩提。字面句句像反話,這正是「轉變祕密」的本來面目:須如實傳它、不可替它磨平。
(按:其中「別時意趣」一段,歷來被引去解淨土『誦名、發願即得往生』之說,是判教史上的爭點;此處只依無著原意如實開講,不替後世的論諍定案。)
十五、怎麼造一部大乘釋論;『語義』一段
最後,無著示範『要註釋一部大乘經,該從哪三方面下手』:一說緣起,二說從緣所生的法相,三說語義。
一、緣起:就是前一分講過的——名言熏習所生的諸法,此果從彼種而生;阿賴耶(異熟識)與七轉識,互為緣而生起。二、從緣所生的法相:緣生的識,有相分、有見分,以識為體;而這依他起,可以『以因緣依處為相、以遍計所執為相、以法性(圓成實)為相』,正好把三自性顯出來。這裡有個要緊的扣子:遍計所執在依他起上『實在沒有』,圓成實在依他起上『實在有』;所以『無(遍計)與有(圓成)、不得與得』就在同一個依他起上同時成立——凡夫見的是那『沒有的遍計』,聖者見的是那『有的圓成』;得了這個(圓成)就不再得那個(遍計),抓著那個(遍計)就見不到這個(圓成)。三、語義:其法是『先立一個總句,再用其餘各句一一開顯』,可從『德處』(講佛的功德)或『義處』(講菩薩的法)兩面說。德處,以「最清淨覺」為總句,用佛的二十一種功德去開顯它;義處,以『於一切有情起利益安樂的增上意樂』為總句,用菩薩的三十二種法去開顯,而這三十二句又可科判成十六種『業』(作用)。末了一頌總收:正因為有那『最初一句』,其餘各句才分別顯出它的『功德種類』與『義的差別』。
德處:最清淨覺與佛二十一種功德
這二十一句經文與二十一種功德,無性教我們的讀法只有一條:「後諸句中皆應如是互相配屬」——每一個功德名,都是在開示前面那一句經文;經句是所詮之德,功德名是能詮之釋。以下逐一配屬開講。
第一、「於所知一向無障轉功德」,開示經句「不二現行」。無性釋:佛智於一切所知一向無障而轉,於萬事品類無著無礙;不像聲聞的智「有處有障、有處無障」,兩種現行輪替。既無此二種現行,故名「不二現行」;由此得名「最清淨覺」——智、斷之功能都圓滿了。走次第,這是第一環:聲聞於所知境有『正智』與「不染無智」(不染污的無知)二種現行,佛無此二,故智德圓滿。
第二、「於有無無二相真如最勝清淨能入功德」,開示經句「趣無相法」。無相之法即真如:真如有圓成實相、無遍計所執相——『無相』不是什麼都沒有,是『無』那個所執之相,而這『無』本身是實有的。這正回到本分的骨幹論式:依他起中,無遍計故、有圓成故。「最勝清淨」,謂真如於一切法中最為第一、遠離一切客塵垢染;『能入』,自己既能入,也令他人能入。次第上,此句顯斷德圓滿——不住生死相、不住涅槃相。
第三、「無功用佛事不休息住功德」,開示經句「住於佛住」。佛作佛事不假功用、於有情中無有間斷,恒常正住天住、梵住、聖住——天住即四種靜慮,梵住即悲等四無量,聖住即空、無相等住。不像聲聞要作功用方能成辦利生之事,也不像外道雖有所住而非殊勝天住。次第上承前而問:以何方便得此涅槃?——由於空與大悲中善巧安住,故不住生死、亦不住涅槃。
第四、「於法身中所依意樂作業無差別功德」,開示經句「逮得一切佛平等性」。無性分三面釋『無差別』:所依無差別——一切佛皆依清淨智;意樂無差別——皆懷利益安樂一切有情的勝意樂;作業無差別——皆作受用、變化二身的利他事業。不像聲聞等,唯有所依一分。次第上承前而問:這佛住,是諸佛所共、還是各別?——故次說「逮得一切佛平等性」:諸佛一切行相展轉和雜而住,佛佛平等。
第五、「修一切障對治功德」,開示經句「到無障處」。無性釋:久已串習對治煩惱障、所知障的聖道,一切種智於定得自在,已到達永離一切障氣的所依之處。次第上這裡是一個關節:至此自利圓滿說竟,以下廣說利他圓滿——此句先顯佛已得對治一切所化眾生障礙之力。
第六、「降伏一切外道功德」,開示經句「不可轉法」。無性釋:佛的教法與證法,皆不為他人所能動轉——沒有別的法勝過於此,故一切外道自然摧伏。次第上:魔等能退轉他人之法、能轉壞有情所作的義利;於佛此中無有是事,故名不可轉法。
第七、「生在世間不為世法所礙功德」,開示經句「所行無礙」。『所行』,謂常所遊履之處。佛雖行於世間,『利、衰』等能起愛恚的世法(頌中所謂『八法』)卻拘礙不了祂。無性引頌:「諸佛常遊於世間,利樂一切有情類,八法熱風邪分別,不能傾動不拘礙。」次第上:於利樂有情的種種所作中,無有高下能為拘礙,故名所行無礙。
第八、「安立正法功德」,開示經句「其所安立不可思議」。『所安立』,即契經等十二分教——正法之所以名安立,在於它安立了諸法彼彼的自相與共相。如此安立,非諸愚夫之覺所能行;出世間故,所以「不可思議」。次第上:依前「所行無礙」的方便,能作有情種種饒益之事,故其所安立不可思議。
第九、「授記功德」,開示經句「遊於三世平等法性」。於三世平等的法性中能遍遊涉:在三世平等性裡,過去、未來曾轉當轉之事,隨能解了、皆如現在——所以能授記。次第上又設一問:如是加行,諸佛世尊是同是別?——不別。遊於三世平等法性,三世諸佛利有情之事皆相似。
第十、「於一切世界示現受用變化身功德」,開示經句「其身流布一切世界」。隨其所化、遍諸世界,示現受用、變化兩身而利樂之。次第再問:如是利生之事,是一個一個世界依次去作嗎?——不是。其身流布一切世界,於一切諸世界中頓現成佛。
第十一、「斷疑功德」,開示經句「於一切法智無疑滯」。佛於一切境善能決定:若於諸法自己尚不決定,便不能決他人之疑;離了決定,也談不上斷疑。次第上:為顯能斷彼彼處所生起之疑,故次說此句。
第十二、「令入種種行功德」,開示經句「於一切行成就大覺」。此句無性、世親俱不別釋,其義全在次第:所化有情種性各別,佛如其所應、方便化導,令入種種之行——為顯此巧方便智,故說「於一切行成就大覺」。
第十三、「當來法生妙智功德」,開示經句「於諸法智無有疑惑」。無性舉例:聖聲聞會說『此人全無少分善根』而棄捨之;佛薄伽梵卻知他後時善法當生——現證知他尚有餘生微少的善根種子隨逐。次第上:即依所化有情「有能、無能」的善巧差別,故次說此句。
第十四、「如其勝解示現功德」,開示經句「凡所現身不可分別」。隨有情種種勝解,現金色等身;雖現此身,佛於其中無有分別——如末尼珠、如簫笛,隨感而應、自無分別。廣說如《如來密經》。次第上:於所化有情的邪、正、邪正俱行之中,所應現之相不可分別,為現此事故說此句。
第十五、「無量所依調伏有情加行功德」,開示經句「一切菩薩等所求智」。由無量菩薩之所依,為調伏諸有情故發起加行,以佛為增上力、以聞法為先而獲得妙智;異類菩薩攝受付囑,展轉相續、無間而轉——由此證得一切菩薩等所求之智。世親補一句:這不是說諸佛已得自他平等還要更求此智,而是唯有諸佛已作如是殊勝的調伏之事。次第上:為引發、任持不定種性的聲聞菩薩而讚大乘,故說此句。
第十六、「平等法身波羅蜜多成滿功德」,開示經句「得佛無二住勝彼岸」。無性存二訓:一、『無二』故名平等,依平等法身、波羅蜜多於果位成滿;二、或『平等』即無減無增——法身之中波羅蜜多一切成滿,其間再無或增或減,不像菩薩地中波羅蜜多還有增有減。次第上:為遮所化有情於大師起『是一切智、非一切智』之疑,故說此句。
第十七、「隨其勝解示現差別佛土功德」,開示經句「不相間雜如來解脫妙智究竟」。觀眾生勝解差別,現金、銀等種種佛土而不相間雜;世尊勝解現前之時,隨眾所樂悉皆顯現、無不了知——故名「如來解脫妙智究竟」。無性自注:此中『勝解』,說為『解脫』。次第上:聞「一切佛平等」之言,便疑一切佛應同一性;為遮此疑,故說不相間雜。
第十八、「三種佛身方處無分限功德」,開示經句「證無中邊佛地平等」。無性存三讀:一、如世界無中無邊,佛地亦爾,功德方處無有分限。二、或世界方處無邊,諸佛三身即於其中稱世界之量平等遍滿——法身等就住在這些世界中,不在別處。三、或法身等於佛地中平等遍滿、無中無邊無有分限——此法身等遍一切處,為諸眾生現作饒益,然「非自性無中無邊」(無性原語)。次第上:不一不異,其相如何?為答此問,故說證無中邊佛地平等。
第十九、「窮生死際常現利益安樂一切有情功德」,開示經句「極於法界」。法界最清淨故,能起等流的契經等法;窮極此法界,於當來世的一切有情,如其所應、常能現作利益安樂。次第上:常、無常等一切皆落二邊相攝,如何是無相?為避此難,故說極於法界——最清淨、離諸戲論,是法界之相。
第二十、「無盡功德」,開示經句「盡虛空性」。虛空以無障為性,於有對之物以不障為業;『性』者界也,持自相故。窮盡如是虛空之性:如虛空無邊無際、無盡無減、無生無滅、無有變易,一切時現前容受一切質礙——法身亦爾,常現前以作一切有情利樂為相,盡一切界遍作眾生饒益之事、無有休息。
第二十一、論文末後一『等』字,等取究竟功德,開示經句「窮未來際」。此功德窮未來際、常無間斷——窮於未來無際之際,顯佛功德永無窮盡,以所化有情永無窮盡故。次第亦收在此:如是種種利生之事,要經多少時?——盡虛空性、窮未來際。
以上二十一句,句句「互相配屬」。世親釋亦逐句作此配屬,唯方向互逆——以經句釋功德名;兩家所配全同。
義處:三十二法與十六業
由義處者,總句是「於一切有情起利益安樂增上意樂」。無性分列三類:有利益而非安樂的——如貪重的人強修梵行;有安樂而非利益的——如縱欲的人受用種種有罪的境界;有利益亦是安樂的——如塵垢薄的人樂修梵行。菩薩於此作如是心:如何令一切有情皆得無上的利益安樂?『意樂』,以欲與勝解為自性;此意樂殊勝,故名「增上意樂」。其餘諸句,皆是此初句的差別——無性說,三十二法「由十六業分別顯示」;以下即按十六業逐一開講,而每一句中,「利益安樂增上意樂」皆應配釋進去。
業一、展轉加行業,解釋句二「令入一切智智故」。譬如一燈轉燃千燈——菩薩令有情入一切智智,入者復令餘者入,展轉加行、燈燈相續。由此業故,那利益安樂的增上意樂便得顯現。
業二、無顛倒業,解釋句三「自知我今何假智故」。利樂的增上意樂,也可能是顛倒的——所以須「自知我今何假」:我唯有如是聞慧、了知教證,自有堪能,起隨其所應的無倒加行。無性引頌:「諸有自稱量,勤求所求處,彼不逮劬勞,而能到所到。」並云如是等頌應當廣說。
業三、不待他請自然加行業,解釋句四「摧伏慢故」。他人雖不來請,菩薩自然往彼、為說正法。
業四、不動壞業,解釋句五「堅牢勝意樂故」。生死眾苦,不能動壞其所發之心——故名堅牢。
業五、無求染業,有三句差別,解釋句六「非假憐愍故」、句七「於親非親平等心故」、句八「永作善友乃至涅槃為後邊故」。無性以三重「有染/無染」對顯:若有染繫,由愛染之因,假作憐愍、暫時攝受;無染繫者,非假憐愍,一切時恒不捨離——此釋「非假憐愍」。若依愛染而作憐愍,於親非親有愛有恚、心不平等;無染心者,於親非親二品平等而轉——此釋『平等心』。若有愛染而作憐愍,但至命終、憐愍隨轉;無愛染而生憐愍,生生之中憐愍恒常隨轉——故菩薩乃至涅槃,永作善友。
業六、相稱語身業,有二句差別,解釋句九「應量而語故」、句十「含笑先言故」。無性但云:此二句,是與利益安樂增上意樂『相稱』的語業、身業之所解釋。
業七、平等業,解釋句十一「無限大悲故」。若只對苦者起大悲,於樂、於捨便不能及——那是「非平等業」的一分之轉。菩薩的大悲,於樂、於苦、於非苦樂所攝的有情,見其皆被生死眾苦隨逐,平等憐愍、無有差別——故說此名平等業。
業八、無下劣業,解釋句十二「於所受事無退弱故」。專為拔濟一切有情,猶如荷負重擔;見此重擔,心無怯懼、不捨勤苦,如所擔而辦成——故說名無下劣業。
業九、無退轉業,解釋句十三「無厭倦意故」。所化有情的種種邪惡之行,不能令其退轉——以此是與利益安樂增上意樂相應之業故。
業十、攝方便業,解釋句十四「聞義無厭故」。『聞』,是所聞的契經等法,非泛泛之聞;『義』,即彼法所詮之義。於此聞與義常無厭足——這正是能攝受、成熟有情的巧方便之性,故名攝方便業。聞義無足,則如其所堪能、應正道理而化導之。
業十一、厭惡所治業,有二句差別,解釋句十五「於自作罪深見過故」、句十六「於他作罪不瞋而誨故」。『所治』謂貪瞋等;欲令遠離,故名厭惡。於自己的罪深見過失、速疾厭離,方能制止他人所不應作——言有威肅故,非餘所能制。無性引契經:「若自住邪行,便受他譏論,是人終不能,制止他過失。」又引世俗之言:「若自犯愆過,經時不觀察,不如理遠離,慢不取其德。」若懷瞋忿而誨他人之犯,非利益、非方便,言不威肅,他人反轉違背、起諸邪行。故又有頌:「憐愍如一子,誨舉他所犯,決定令受持,後不復當犯。」
業十二、無間作意業,解釋句十七「於一切威儀中恒修治菩提心故」。普於一切所作事中,無間斷地修治菩提心。無性引《所行清淨契經》:「若見坐時,發如是心:願諸眾生,坐菩提座。」並云如是等頌。
業十三、勝進行業,有七句差別,解釋句十八至二十四——六波羅蜜多的正加行(不悕異熟而行施,不依一切有趣受持戒,於諸有情無恚礙而行忍,為欲攝受一切善法勤精進,捨無色界修靜慮,方便相應修般若),及由四攝事攝方便。離如前所說的所治過失等,於極喜等後後諸地中轉得增勝、趣向成滿;因名為業,是所作故。無性自道:此中前四種波羅蜜多,句義易了,不再別釋;有差別者,略釋如下。捨無色界修靜慮:菩薩不生無色界中,因為在那裡見不到能作利樂有情之事;也不數數入無色等至,因為不見那裡有多少功德之所依。『捨』,是離的意思。方便相應修般若:與大悲相應而修習妙慧,方能作有情的種種利樂之事;若無此慧,於諸有情的利益安樂便無從談起——菩薩專為此事而求佛果。頌曰:「雙修習慧悲,能作他利樂,利他行正道,一向趣菩提。」由四攝事攝方便:四攝事者,布施、愛語、利行、同義。無性存二重配釋:一者,由布施攝受他,由愛語方便開解、為說法相,由利行隨其所應勸彼修善,由同義於最後時令彼同得不共功德;二者,或由布施令成法器,由愛語得法勝解,由利行依法勝解發起正行,由同義令所起之行轉得清淨、轉復微妙——由此具攝方便之自性。
業十四、成滿加行業,有六句差別,解釋經中八句——無性自解其數:「由親近善士等六句,釋經所說八句;作意功德、助伴功德各釋二故。」由此加行能令成滿,故名成滿加行,此即是業。逐一配之:於持戒破戒善友無二(釋親近善士)——有善尸羅名持戒,有惡尸羅名破戒;於此二種能說法的人,為聞法故、恭敬法故,起善友之想無有差別;由是因緣,於破戒者不應一向說他不是善友。頌曰:「若有戒足雖羸劣,而能辯說利多人,如佛大師應供養,愛彼善說故相似。」以殷重心聽聞正法——於如所說的廣義等中,由十六行而聽聞法。以殷重心住阿練若——離聚落過一俱盧舍名阿練若,於中居止名住;如應而住、無有慢緩,名殷重心。於世雜事不愛樂(釋離惡尋思)——不愛世間歌舞戲笑等種種雜事,即是遠離欲等相應的不正尋思。作意功德(釋二句:於下劣乘曾不欣樂、於大乘中深見功德)——捨聲聞獨覺乘之愛,與大乘功德之愛相應。助伴功德(釋二句:遠離惡友、親近善友)。
業十五、成滿業,有三句差別——無量清淨、得大威力、證得功德——解釋經句「恒修治四梵住」「常遊戲五神通」『依趣智』三句。無性云:成滿之相名成滿業,此中『業』聲是『相』的別名。無量清淨釋四梵住:慈悲喜捨四種無量名四梵住,由此表知所有內德成滿清淨。得大威力釋五神通:遊戲五通名為威力;漏盡智通是解脫智,名大威力——或取菩薩增上神通名大威力——如是亦名成滿之相。證得功德釋依趣智:謂已證得現前自在;各別內證,名依趣智——「不唯於義,依趣於識非寂靜故」(無性原語)。
業十六、安立彼業,有四句差別——御眾功德、決定無疑教授教誡、財法攝一、無雜染心——解釋經句「於住正行不住正行諸有情類不棄捨」『言決定』『重諦實』「大菩提心恒為首」四句。由此安立利益安樂增上意樂,此即是業,故名安立彼業。御眾功德釋不棄捨:於持戒、犯戒的有情,或驅擯、或攝受,都是要令其出不善處、安立於善處——故名不棄捨。決定無疑教授教誡釋言決定:言有威肅故;言若不定,即不威肅。財法攝一釋重諦實:財攝、法攝合成一種;積集財法、無異分別,平等分布、如先所許,如是施與、除現所無。頌曰:「財供養能令,眾生盡壽命;法供養能令,究竟天寂靜。」無雜染心釋大菩提心恒為首:由菩提心所攝受故,凡有所作,終不貪求他人的供事等,唯求證得無上菩提。
論主以一頌收束語義一段:「由最初句故,句別德種類;由最初句故,句別義差別。」——德處的二十一句、義處的三十二句,都由最初一句開出差別。無性於此但云:「此伽他中,其義易解,無勞重釋。」義疏亦如之。
結語
所知相這一分,從頭到尾只做一件事——回答我們一開頭那個難題:世界明明在眼前,憑什麼說看錯了、又怎麼把它看正?它的答覆,就是把『我們所認識的一切』安頓在三自性這張地圖上。看清了:我們執以為實的那個心外世界(遍計所執),本來沒有,是那層硬貼上去的妄相;真正在流動的,只是依緣而起、似有非實的識(依他起),如夢、如幻、如陽焰、如水中月;而就在這似有非實的緣起上,徹見『妄執之境永遠落空』,當下所顯的真如(圓成實),就是解脫所歸——也就是那塊礦石被無分別智的火煉過之後,顯出來的金。三性同依一體、由角度而分,所以生死與涅槃不二、常與無常不二;一切佛語的密意,都可由這一把鑰匙打開。
可是看清了相,畢竟還只是『知道』。下一分「入所知相」要追問的,正是:既已認得這所知之相,該怎麼真正『悟入』它、從凡轉聖?——從知到入,從地圖到上路,那才是修證真正的入口。
承衍
《唯識三十論頌》承用三性與唯識,《辯中邊論》以虛妄分別開其中道,《唯識二十論》從無境防難相應而發;《成唯識論》另有後出的細分。互讀可見義脈,卻不以後說回填本分的意識、相見與三性判攝。
Scriptural and Commentarial Ground
This division grounds the three natures, consciousness-only, and the four purities in Mahayana scriptural teaching, drawing also on the Ten Grounds and Samdhinirmocana scriptures. The two ancient commentaries explain the relations among the other-dependent, wholly-imagined, and perfectly-accomplished and the establishing of the consciousnesses; later formulations are not read back into the root.
The world is plainly right here before our eyes — the mountain stands over there, the sound carries across, reach out a hand and you touch the cup. On what grounds do we say we have seen it wrongly?
That is the hard problem this chapter makes you face the moment it opens. The previous chapter, "The Basis of the Knowable," asked: on what, in the end, do all dharmas rest? — on the alaya-consciousness, that deepest layer of mind that stores all the seeds. But "support" stated only the foundation; it had not yet stated the appearance. So this chapter turns at once to the next question: resting upon that foundation, all the dharmas we are to know — what, exactly, do they look like? Asanga's answer is the single most central, and most moving, map in all of Yogacara — the three natures (三自性). And what this map really sets out to answer is precisely that scalding question: at which layer is the world mistaken, and how is it to be seen rightly?
Understand these three words and more than half of Yogacara opens up. What follows takes Asanga's words and explains them, one section at a time.
I. The three natures: three identities of one and the same world
All dharmas can be viewed from three angles — this is the "three natures" (the three kinds of "self-nature," that is, three modes of existence). But first hold fast to the one most crucial sentence: they are not speaking of three things, but of three identities of one and the same thing.
The first layer, other-dependent (依他起) — "arising in dependence on other, manifold conditions." In this world before us not a single thing pops up on its own: all are an assembly of conditions, arising and perishing in an instant, unable to hold themselves the moment they arise, needing conditions to prop them up next. This mode of "condition-born, condition-perished, unable to subsist on its own" is the other-dependent. And in Yogacara's view, the concrete content of this "other-dependent" is not brick and stone, grass and tree outside the mind, but the various "consciousnesses" that arise with the alaya-consciousness as their seed — it is the flowing of mind-consciousness itself.
The second layer, wholly-imagined (遍計所執) — "the thing pervasively reckoned up and grasped at." Originally there is only consciousness flowing; yet our mind forcibly adds a layer on top: it takes the image manifested by consciousness and grabs at it as "a thing really existing outside the mind." This "real outer realm" that we falsely add — which in fact does not exist at all — is the wholly-imagined. Its mark is this: it looks vividly present, yet is utterly unfindable. This is exactly the layer where the world before our eyes goes wrong.
The third layer, perfectly-accomplished (圓成實) — "the perfectly-accomplished real." Right upon the other-dependent, that "outer realm outside the mind" which we falsely grasp as real is in truth eternally absent — search as you will, it is nowhere to be found. And this "eternal falling-away of the falsely-grasped realm" is itself the most real of principles — this is the perfectly-accomplished, which is suchness (真如).
Be sure to hold the relation of the three, for it is the key to the whole chapter: the perfectly-accomplished is not some other thing, but "the eternal falling-away, upon the other-dependent, of the wholly-imagined." In other words, when, upon the manifold of dependent arising, you see through utterly that "there is no outer realm outside the mind," the emptiness, the suchness, disclosed at that seeing-through is the perfectly-accomplished. So the three natures are never three things ranged side by side, but one and the same other-dependent: its condition-born side is the other-dependent, its falsely-grasped side is the wholly-imagined, the side where the false grasp eternally falls away is the perfectly-accomplished. One block of ore, three layers of reading; the gold-earth-ore figure further on will fire this sentence into you.
II. The eleven consciousnesses: what we call "the world" is in fact the arising of eleven kinds of mind
Asanga fears you will hear "other-dependent = consciousness" as an empty slogan, so he spreads this "consciousness" open and counts it out for you — it is in fact eleven kinds of consciousness, and these eleven gather up the whole "external world" we take ourselves to live in.
First come three consciousnesses concerning the "body": the body-consciousness (身識), the consciousness of the six faculties — eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, mind; the body-bearer-consciousness (身者識), the portion that grasps this bodily frame as "I"; the enjoyer-consciousness (受者識), the portion that receives and makes use. Then the two ends of reception: the received-consciousness (彼所受識), the six sense-objects received — form, sound, smell, taste, touch, dharmas; the receiving-consciousness (彼能受識), the six consciousnesses that receive. Then it spreads further outward: the time-consciousness (世識, of temporal succession), the number-consciousness (數識, of quantity and counting), the place-consciousness (處識, of space and locale — that is, the receptacle-world), the speech-consciousness (言說識, of language and naming), the self-and-other-distinction-consciousness (自他差別識, that divides oneself from others), and last the good-destiny-and-bad-destiny-death-and-birth-consciousness (善趣惡趣死生識, of cyclic birth-and-death, rising and sinking through the six paths). Eleven kinds, counted to the end.
Where do these eleven consciousnesses come from? They correspond exactly to the three perfumings (the three sources of seeds) taught in the previous chapter — a beautiful joint. The first nine — body, body-bearer, enjoyer, received, receiving, time, number, place, speech — are all born of the seeds of name-and-speech perfuming (名言熏習): the habit-energy we have laid down since beginningless time by discriminating through language and concept. The self-and-other-distinction-consciousness is born of the seeds of self-view perfuming (我見熏習): laid down by the defiled mind at the base that constantly grasps an "I." The good-destiny-and-bad-destiny-death-and-birth-consciousness is born of the seeds of existence-member perfuming (有支熏習): laid down by good and evil karma (the twelve members of existence), which draws future fruits of pain and pleasure.
Map these eleven consciousnesses back onto the traditional "eighteen elements" and the skeleton shows even more clearly: the three — body, body-bearer, enjoyer — are the six faculties (the six inner elements); the received-consciousness is the six objects (the six outer elements); the receiving-consciousness is the six consciousnesses (the six consciousness-elements); and the rest — time, number, place, speech, self-and-other-distinction, good-and-bad-destiny-death-and-birth — are the manifold differentiated aspects of these faculties, objects, and consciousnesses in their various positions. One sentence closes it: we take it that "there is an external world, and an I living and acting within it," but the whole picture is nothing but the arising of these eleven kinds of consciousness — and this is the other-dependent. The world is not out there; it arises within eleven kinds of mind.
III. Consciousness-only-without-a-real-object: that one dream says it all
Since the other-dependent is only consciousness, then the "real realm outside the mind" (which Asanga gives a name — "object," 義) simply does not exist. But — back to our opening problem — the realm is plainly, vividly there before us; on what grounds do we say it is not there?
Asanga does not argue head-on with you; first he asks you to recall a dream.
In a dream a person plainly sees mountains and rivers, houses, groves — there is form, there is sound, all as if present; form, sound, smell, taste, touch, groves, ground, mountains, "the image of a seeming-object manifests," set out there alive. Yet upon waking one knows: in the dream there were no such "outer realms" at all — there was only the image the dreaming mind itself manifested. The waking world is just the same — at all times, in all places, it is only consciousness manifesting; there is no real thing outside the mind. Asanga adds, in passing, a few shadows of the same kind: the elephants and horses a conjuror produces (the illusion, 幻誑); the thirsty deer that takes a mirage for water and rushes toward it (the deer-thirst, 鹿愛, that is, the mirage / 陽焰); the man with eye-disease (翳眩) who sees flowers in empty space — all of them "look distinctly present, yet are utterly not there." The world before our eyes is one and the same affair as the dream, the illusion, the mirage, the sky-flower.
Here you will at once object — and this is exactly the question Asanga asks for you: if waking is also like dreaming, why is it that a person, on waking from a dream, can turn back and recognize "that just now was a dream, was consciousness-only," yet facing the waking world can in no way recognize that it too is consciousness-only?
Asanga's reply is exquisite: only when "true wisdom" (真智) comes forth does this "recognition" flip over. While you are still in the dream you cannot recognize that you are dreaming — only on waking do you recognize it; likewise, before the awakening of true wisdom is attained you cannot recognize that the waking realm too is consciousness-only — only when true wisdom is attained do you recognize it. So the ordinary being's failure to recognize is not because the waking realm really has outer things, but because the "waking of true wisdom" has not yet arrived. At this moment we are simply persons in a dream who have not yet woken.
Then how is one who has not yet attained true wisdom to "infer" that all this is consciousness-only? Asanga gives two roads: scripture (聖教) and right reasoning (正理).
The road of scripture has two most forceful passages. One is the Buddha's plain saying in the Dasabhumika-sutra — "Thus the three realms are mind-only": all that is in the three realms does not depart from one mind. The other is a very fine dialogue between the Buddha and Maitreya (Cishi 慈氏) Bodhisattva in the Samdhinirmocana-sutra. Maitreya asks: the image that appears in the mind during meditative concentration, and the mind that observes it — are they one or two? The Buddha says: not two — because that image is from the start only consciousness; I have always said that what the mind takes as object is only what the mind itself manifests. Maitreya presses again: if the image is just this mind, does it not become "the mind grasping its own self"? The Buddha answers with great subtlety: in truth there is no thing that can grasp another thing; it is only that this mind, when it arises, arises bearing just such an image. It is like looking in a mirror — plainly what is reflected is one's own face, yet one says "I see an image," and takes it that the image exists apart from the person, separately. The mind is exactly so: the moment it arises, it is as though "a thing different from itself, a thing seen," floats up; but in truth the seer and the seen are this one mind, and there is no outer realm to grasp.
The road of right reasoning Asanga illustrates with meditation. One who practices the contemplation of impurity, in the concentrated mind, fixes attention on a bloated, livid corpse, and the livid image is utterly clear — yet where outside the mind is there really a corpse? What is seen is nothing but the manifestation of one's own mind. From this ready example one can infer: all consciousness is only consciousness, with no outer realm. Asanga adds one finer cut: this image in concentration is not "recollected" (it is present-abiding, here and now); and the two kinds of memory that arise from hearing and from reflecting take as their object what is "past," long since perished — since the object is not an existing outer thing at all, that it can still manifest an image proves all the more: everything is consciousness-only.
IV. Why consciousness insists on manifesting as "a real thing"
Still someone is unconvinced: granted the dream-simile holds, yet the form before our eyes is plainly "substantial and resistant" — touchable, visible — and moreover "of one kind, firmly abiding, continuous and unbroken," not changing in an instant like a thought; how can a thing this solid also be consciousness?
Asanga does not duck; he turns it around and asks a deeper question: if these consciousnesses are themselves only consciousness (with no outer form), why do they insist on manifesting "as if there were resistant form," and manifest it so stably, for so long?
The answer is unexpected, yet goes to the heart: precisely in order to serve as a foothold for "inversion" and the various defiled dharmas. Consciousness must manifest a stable, seemingly-real form-realm so that our inverted false grasp has somewhere to hang. Follow it through: if consciousness did not manifest a seemingly-real outer realm, then the inversion of "there being no outer realm from the start, yet forcibly grasping that there is one" could not arise; if inversion cannot arise, then the defilements — affliction-obstruction and the obstruction-to-the-knowable — cannot be spoken of; and if defilement is altogether gone, then the "pure dharmas set up to counter defilement" (practice, liberation) fall away with it. In other words — the whole play of cycling-and-returning, defiled-and-pure, needs a "seemingly-real world" as its stage: this is why consciousness must manifest as if it were substantial form. Here Asanga sets down a verse and closes it into one line: the so-called "form" (the seen, the seemingly-real aspect) and the consciousness that sees it are in fact two sides of one consciousness — the grasped "form-consciousness" and the grasping "non-form-consciousness," mutually dependent, neither dispensable, neither apart from consciousness.
V. Establishing consciousness-only: the image-portion and the seeing-portion
Asanga next gathers "how the consciousnesses are established as consciousness-only" into three points. First, consciousness-only: all consciousnesses have no outer realm, so we say "only consciousness." Second, the two natures: the moment consciousness arises it divides into "the grasped side" (the image-portion, 相分, like the realm seen) and "the grasping side" (the seeing-portion, 見分, the consciousness that sees) — and both sides are still consciousness's own transformation. Third, the manifold: one consciousness can manifest many different appearances, one mind manifesting many realms.
This "image-portion and seeing-portion" deserves a finer word. The first five consciousnesses — eye, ear, nose, tongue, body — each take their own portion of "the realm seen" as image-portion, and "the consciousness that sees" as seeing-portion. The sixth, the mental consciousness, is special: it can take all as object — from the eye all the way to dharmas — so its image-portion is broad enough to embrace the whole manifold, while it takes "the discriminating mental consciousness" as its seeing-portion. Precisely because the mental consciousness discriminates best, it can manifest as if all consciousnesses arose within it. Asanga's verse here makes the point: consciousness-only has "two" (image-portion and seeing-portion) and "the manifold"; one who contemplates enters by wisdom; and once one awakens into "all dharmas are mind-only," along with that one can subdue and grow free of the grasped realm (and even the grasping mind) — this is exactly where practice takes hold: first see consciousness-only, then leave behind the grasping-grasped duality.
VI. The three names, and where each is got from
Why are these three layers named "other-dependent, wholly-imagined, perfectly-accomplished" in just these words? Each has its own reason; the doctrine is hidden inside the names.
The naming of the other-dependent: it is only consciousness, the support upon which "seeming-to-have-an-outer-realm" arises. It is called "other-dependent," first, because it "is born from its own perfuming-seeds and arises only in dependence on the manifold conditions" — depending on other conditions, hence other-dependent; second, because "the moment it arises, the very next instant it has no power to subsist on its own" (it perishes in an instant, needing conditions to continue) — this character of depending-on-other everywhere, unable to stand on its own, is also why it is called other-dependent.
The naming of the wholly-imagined: it arises in dependence on the other-dependent, yet is in fact nothing at all, merely the false appearance of "seeming-to-have-an-outer-realm." It is called "wholly-imagined" because it is "the mental consciousness, of measureless aspects, pervasively reckoning up and invertedly producing this seeming-appearance" — it is reckoned out, grasped out; its own substance-appearance does not exist at all, all there is is "the appearance reckoned and grasped," hence wholly-imagined.
The naming of the perfectly-accomplished: it is the truth that "the wholly-imagined is eternally absent." It is called "perfectly-accomplished" in three senses: one, it is "unchanging and unaltering" (suchness is constant, not following false change), hence perfectly-accomplished and real; two, it is "the object of pure wisdom" (the realm faced by the pure mind); three, it is "the most excellent, most ultimate meaning among all good dharmas" (the supreme among the supreme). By these three it is called perfectly-accomplished. — One reminder again of the key to the whole chapter: the perfectly-accomplished keeps the reading of "the character of dharmas," that is, the suchness disclosed by "the falsely-grasped realm eternally falling away" upon the other-dependent; it is not the setting up of some separate permanent real substance.
VII. Who is doing the "imagining," and who is the wholly-imagined
For the wholly-imagined to be established, there must be the two ends: "the one that imagines" and "the one that is wholly-imagined."
Who imagines? — the sixth, the mental consciousness. Why it? Because it discriminates best: it takes its own name-and-speech habit-energy as seed, and also takes the name-and-speech habit-energy of all consciousnesses as seed, so it can raise boundless discriminating aspects, must reckon up everything, hence the name imagining (the one that pervasively reckons up). Who is the wholly-imagined? — the other-dependent, those condition-born dharmas it reckons up. And when the mental consciousness, with this "reckoning-grasping appearance," takes the other-dependent as object and grasps at it, that added layer, the appearance of seeming-real-realm, is called the "wholly-imagined nature." In one line: the mental consciousness is the hand that reckons, the other-dependent is the material reckoned, and the false appearance of "really existing outside the mind" reckoned out is the wholly-imagined.
How, concretely, does the mental consciousness "reckon"? Asanga asks in a string — on what realm does it take object, what appearance does it grasp, by what does it attach, by what does it raise speech, by what does it speak, what does it superimpose? The answers thread into one: it takes "name" (concept) as object, grasps that seeming-realm's appearance upon the other-dependent, attaches by false view, raises speech by inquiry-and-investigation, speaks by the four kinds of speech (seeing, hearing, sensing, knowing), and finally "superimposes as real, upon a place where there is no outer realm at all." Object-by-name, grasp-the-appearance, attach, raise-speech, superimpose — this string is the whole working of imagining.
VIII. Are the three natures one, or different? And into how many can each be further opened?
Are the three natures one or different? — Asanga answers cleanly: "neither one, nor different." For they are from the start one and the same other-dependent, divided into three only by being viewed from different "angles" (gateways, 異門): from the "arising in dependence on conditions" angle it is the other-dependent; from the "reckoned and grasped by the mental consciousness" angle it is the wholly-imagined; from the "the false grasp eternally falling away" angle it is the perfectly-accomplished. One and the same thing, three angles — so one cannot say they are three separate things (not different), nor say they are simply one and the same affair with no distinction (not not-different).
Then will the three natures blur into one, distinction lost? — No. The "angle" that constitutes one nature is not the angle that constitutes another: what the "arising in dependence on conditions" angle constitutes is the other-dependent — it does not thereby simultaneously constitute the wholly-imagined or the perfectly-accomplished; and so for the other two. So the three natures, though resting on one substance, are by angle distinct, their distinctions clearly drawn, not running together.
Asanga further opens each nature finer. The other-dependent has two kinds (one, arising from perfuming in dependence on conditions; two, its defiled-or-pure character not settling itself, needing conditions to be constituted). The wholly-imagined has two kinds (one, reckoning a dharma's "self-nature," as "this is form"; two, reckoning a dharma's "distinction," as "this form is permanent, is pleasant"). The perfectly-accomplished has two kinds (one, the suchness inherent in all dharmas — the "self-nature perfectly-accomplished"; two, the "purified-of-defilement perfectly-accomplished" disclosed when separated from defilement). And imagining itself has four kinds — reckoning self-nature, reckoning distinction, having-awareness (good at name-and-speech, knowing-and-reckoning), without-awareness (not good at name-and-speech, reckoning blindly); and five kinds more, which speak of how name and object reckon each other up: reckoning object by name, reckoning name by object, reckoning name by name, reckoning object by object, reckoning both by name-and-object together. These are split this fine for one purpose only: to lay open, layer by layer, "how the false mind circles between name-and-speech and realm-appearance."
IX. Ten discriminations → ten distractions → why prajna teaches only "non-discrimination"
This is one supremely beautiful close of the chapter, joining Yogacara to prajna.
Asanga first gathers all "false discrimination" into ten kinds: ① root-discrimination (this is the alaya-consciousness, the root of all discrimination); ② object-appearance discrimination (the image-portion taken as object, that is, form-and-the-rest consciousness); ③ manifesting-appearance discrimination (the seeing-portion that manifests, that is, the eye-consciousness and the rest, with their supports); ④ object-appearance-alteration discrimination (the manifold alterations of the object-appearance: aging, pleasant feeling, greed, suffering and the change of seasons, even the destinies such as the hells, the alterations of the realms such as the desire-realm); ⑤ manifesting-appearance-alteration discrimination (the alteration arising in the manifesting portion accordingly); ⑥ other-led discrimination (raised by another's teaching, whether hearing false dharma or hearing true dharma); ⑦ improper discrimination (raised by the outer paths hearing false dharma); ⑧ proper discrimination (raised within the true dharma by hearing true dharma); ⑨ attachment discrimination (improper attention, the sixty-two wrong views rooted in the view of self, satkaya-drsti); ⑩ distraction discrimination (the "ten distractions" the bodhisattva is to counter).
This tenth is exactly the focus of countering in Mahayana practice. The so-called ten distractions are the ten directions in which the mind slips off the moment it faces suchness: no-appearance, has-appearance, superimposition, denial, oneness, difference, self-nature, distinction, grasping object after name, grasping name after object. Plainly put: on the pairs "is/is-not, adding/subtracting, one/different, self-nature/distinction, name↔object," the mind cannot help sliding out to one side.
And here a key is hidden: the whole of the Prajnaparamita, in teaching "non-conceptual wisdom" (無分別智) over and over, does so precisely to counter these ten distractions. Pair "the ten distractions to be countered" with "the non-conceptual wisdom that counters them," and the entire program of the Prajna scriptures is right here — this too is where the Yogacarins take hold of prajna: the "non-discrimination" prajna teaches is not knowing nothing, but not sliding off wildly in these ten directions.
X. The name does not match a real substance; yet the other-dependent is not sheer nothing
Asanga next sets out to prove one thing: the layer of "seeming-to-have-an-outer-realm" (the wholly-imagined) manifested upon the other-dependent in fact "matches no real substance" — it is only a name-and-speech pasted on, and corresponds to no real thing. How is this known? He gives three "mismatches." One, before a name is established there is no corresponding cognition — if a name really pointed to a real substance, then before naming there ought already to be that cognition; but in fact there is not. Two, one thing can have many names — if names each pointed to a substance, would not one thing then have many substances? Three, the pairing of name and object is altogether unsettled (same name for different things, different names for the same thing) — if a name really fixed-on one substance, how could it be so loose? By these three it is known: that seeming-realm is purely a name-and-speech pasted on, with no real substance.
But here at once springs up a dangerous question: since "what is manifested" (the wholly-imagined) is in fact nothing at all, why not simply say "the other-dependent too is entirely nothing"? Here Asanga must block a deep pit for you — nihilistic emptiness (惡取空), that annihilationist view which sweeps everything away into nothing.
He says: if the other-dependent too were gone, then the perfectly-accomplished would go with it — for the perfectly-accomplished is disclosed by "the false grasp falling away upon the other-dependent"; without the ground of the other-dependent, suchness would have nowhere to be disclosed; once the perfectly-accomplished is gone, then "all is nothing," and one falls into annihilation. Moreover, if both the other-dependent and the perfectly-accomplished were gone, one commits the great fault of "neither defilement nor purity" — yet cycling (defilement) and returning (purity) are plainly, actually visible, so one absolutely cannot say all is nothing. The conclusion stands: the wholly-imagined is to be refuted (it was never anything), but the other-dependent and the perfectly-accomplished cannot be swept into nothing. This is Yogacara's measure of "refuting without falling into emptiness" — one hand wards off nihilistic emptiness, the other hand preserves the other-dependent and the perfectly-accomplished natures.
XI. The great Vaipulya teaching: three natures matched to four purities; eight similes refute eight doubts
In the Mahayana Vaipulya teaching, the Buddhas point out the three natures by three questions and three answers. Asked "how is the wholly-imagined to be known?" — wherever a scripture says "there is nothing at all," it points to the wholly-imagined (which was never anything). Asked "how is the other-dependent to be known?" — wherever it uses the eight similes illusion, mirage (炎), dream, mirror-image (像), light-and-shadow, valley-echo, moon-in-water, magical-transformation, it points to the other-dependent (seeming-to-be, yet not real). Asked "how is the perfectly-accomplished to be known?" — it is where a scripture teaches "the four purities." Which four purities? One, self-nature purity (suchness itself, also named emptiness, the real limit, the markless, the supreme, the dharma-realm); two, purity of separation-from-defilement (this suchness separated from all obstruction-defilement); three, purity of the path that attains this (the path able to realize separation-from-defilement: the limbs of awakening, the perfections, and so on); four, purity of the realm that gives rise to this (the teaching able to give rise to this path, that is, the Mahayana true dharma). The latter two (path and teaching), though conditioned, count as not wholly-imagined (not nothing) because they are "conditions accomplishing purity"; and because they "flow out from the utterly pure dharma-realm," they count as not the defiled other-dependent — so both are gathered into the perfectly-accomplished. These four gather up all pure dharmas entire.
Then Asanga explains a good question: why does the scripture use just the "eight similes of illusion and the rest" for the other-dependent? — It is to refute another's eight doubts about consciousness-only, one doubt matched to one simile, each simile fitting its ailment:
Someone doubts "since there is no outer realm, how can a realm appear before one?" — use the illusion-event simile: the elephants and horses the conjuror produces, unreal yet vividly manifest. Doubts "with no outer realm, how do mind and mental factors operate there?" — use the mirage simile: the mirage has no water, yet the moving appearance is vivid. Doubts "with no outer realm, how is there the enjoyment of pain and pleasure?" — use the dream simile: in the dream there is no realm, yet pain and pleasure are vividly enjoyed. Doubts "with no outer realm, how do pure and impure karma summon the fruits of pain and pleasure?" — use the mirror-image simile: in the mirror there is no thing, yet images fair and foul vividly answer to it. Doubts "with no outer realm, how do the various consciousnesses arise?" — use the light-and-shadow simile. Doubts "with no outer realm, how do the various proliferating discourses arise?" — use the valley-echo simile: the empty valley has no sound-source, yet the echo is vivid. Doubts "with no outer realm, how, in concentration, can one still distinctly grasp a realm?" — use the moon-in-water simile: in the water there is no moon, yet the moon's reflection is vividly grasped. Doubts "with no outer realm, how can a bodhisattva, with an uninverted mind, for the benefit of beings, deliberately take birth?" — use the magical-transformation simile: like a transformation-body, undefiled by real birth-and-death, yet able to manifest taking birth.
Eight similes refute eight doubts, boring through the four words "seeming-to-be, yet not real" of the other-dependent from eight directions at once.
XII. Birth-and-death and nirvana are not two things; the gold-earth-ore figure
In a scripture, the Brahma-pariprccha (《梵問經》), the Buddha says a strange thing: "The Tathagata attains neither birth-and-death, nor nirvana." What does this mean?
Asanga explains: this says that upon one and the same other-dependent, birth-and-death and nirvana are not two separate things — one and the same other-dependent, viewed from the "falsely-grasped" portion becomes birth-and-death, viewed from the "false grasp falling away, suchness disclosed" portion becomes nirvana. Since both rest on one substance, the Tathagata "attains within it no separate birth-and-death to be got, no separate nirvana to be got." This sentence is to be received as it stands; there is no need to soften it.
And the Abhidharma-mahayana-sutra (《阿毘達磨大乘經》) says "dharmas are of three kinds: the defiled portion, the pure portion, and the portion common to both" — speaking of the same affair: upon one other-dependent, the wholly-imagined portion is the defiled, the perfectly-accomplished portion is the pure, and the other-dependent itself is the portion "common to defilement and purity."
Here Asanga brings out the most brilliant figure of the whole chapter — gold-earth-ore (金土藏), the ore that holds gold. The earlier key to the three natures, that sentence "one block of ore, three layers of reading" — now he really puts the ore into the fire and smelts it before you.
In a block of gold-ore there are three things: the earth-element (地界, the underlying matrix of the ore), the earth-soil (土), and the gold (金). Before smelting, you can see the "soil" and cannot see the "gold" — yet this is exactly the inversion: the soil-appearance is in fact falsely manifested, while the gold is what is truly there but hidden, undisclosed. Once put through fire, the soil-appearance vanishes and the gold-appearance manifests. And that "earth-element"? — when manifesting soil it manifests falsely, when manifesting gold it manifests truly; so the earth-element is "common to both," running through both defilement and purity.
This "false-discriminating consciousness" of ours (the other-dependent) is exactly this earth-element: while the fire of non-conceptual wisdom has not yet smelted it, what manifests upon the consciousness is the false wholly-imagined, with the true perfectly-accomplished hidden, undisclosed; once the fire of non-conceptual wisdom smelts it, the perfectly-accomplished manifests and the wholly-imagined hides. So this other-dependent consciousness is exactly like the earth-element in the gold-earth-ore, running through the two portions of defilement and purity. Match them up: earth-element = other-dependent, soil = wholly-imagined, gold = perfectly-accomplished, fire = non-conceptual wisdom. What is called practice is just this one smelting of ore to see gold. The world is not exchanged; the ore is still that same block of ore; what is exchanged is that the fire has come, and the gold has shown forth.
XIII. Permanent and impermanent … every opposition is "not two"
Sometimes the Buddha says "all dharmas are permanent," sometimes "all dharmas are impermanent," sometimes "neither permanent nor impermanent" — which saying counts?
Asanga says: all are correct; it depends on which portion you speak from. One and the same other-dependent: from the perfectly-accomplished portion it is "permanent" (suchness unchanging), from the wholly-imagined portion it is "impermanent" (the false appearance arising and perishing, never anything to begin with), from the portion common to both it is "neither permanent nor impermanent." Permanent and impermanent are thus "not two," and the whole long string of further oppositions is just the same — suffering and pleasure, pure and impure, empty and not-empty, self and no-self, calm and not-calm, having-self-nature and without-self-nature, arising and not-arising, ceasing and not-ceasing, originally-calm and not-originally-calm, self-nature-nirvana and not-self-nature-nirvana, and even birth-and-death and nirvana — all "not two."
Why? Because the two ends of each pair are merely spoken from different portions (angles) of one and the same other-dependent; seemingly head-on opposed, they are in truth not-two. And here a master-key to reading scripture shows itself: when you meet what seem self-contradictory words of the Buddha, do not rush to judge which saying is right — first ask "from which nature, which portion, is this spoken?" and the contradiction dissolves.
XIV. The four intentions, the four hidden teachings
The Buddha's teaching often carries a "meaning beyond the words." Asanga gathers it into four intentions and four hidden teachings, reminding us not to die under the letter.
The four intentions (四意趣) speak of "the Buddha's purpose in saying this." One, the intention of sameness — the Buddha says "in the past I was such-and-such an ancient Buddha," spoken in dependence on the sameness of the dharma-bodies of all Buddhas, not that it was literally the same person. Two, the intention of another-time — sayings like "reciting a certain Buddha's name surely gains awakening," "merely making a vow gains birth in Sukhavati" are spoken "for another time" (Vasubandhu and Asvabhava, in their two commentaries, draw out the sense): to spur the indolent, the fruit "accomplished only after long ages" is spoken as if "accomplished now," the purpose being to first urge a person onto that "cause" (reciting the name, making the vow are distant causes of the fruit; it is not that one recitation now arrives at the fruit-ground). Three, the intention of another-meaning — sayings like "only after serving Buddhas as numerous as the sands of the Ganges can one understand the meaning of the Mahayana" point to something else. Four, the intention of a person's disposition — now praising, now demoting, according to each person's capacity: to one person first praise giving, then turn and disparage giving (and likewise for keeping precepts and for cultivation), which is teaching to capacity, not self-contradiction.
The four hidden teachings (四祕密) speak of "the Buddha's hidden way of teaching." One, the hidden teaching that leads in — for those of shallow capacity, first, by conventional truth, teach "there are persons, there are dharmas, there are various distinctions," so as to draw them in the door first. Two, the hidden teaching of appearance — somewhere teaching the appearance of dharmas, disclosing the three natures. Three, the hidden teaching of countering — somewhere teaching the eighty-four thousand kinds of countering. Four, the hidden teaching of turning-around — somewhere using "a turned-around meaning," so that the same words and letters disclose another, deeper layer. Asanga cites a verse, the very living specimen of this "turning-around":
The treatise gives the verse: "Awakening the not-firm as firm, well-abiding within inversion, tormented by the most extreme afflictions, one attains the supreme awakening."
Taking the not-firm as firm, abiding within inversion, tormented by the heaviest afflictions — and yet right here one attains the supreme awakening. Line by line it reads on its face like contrary speech; this is precisely the true face of the "hidden teaching of turning-around": it must be transmitted as it stands, and may not be planed smooth.
(Note: of these, the "intention of another-time" passage has long been drawn upon to interpret the Pure Land teaching of "reciting the name, making the vow, and thereby gaining birth," and is a point of contention in the history of doctrinal classification; here we only expound Asanga's own meaning faithfully, and do not settle the later debates one way or the other.)
XV. How to compose a Mahayana commentary; the passage on "the meaning of the words"
Finally, Asanga demonstrates "to comment on a Mahayana scripture, from which three sides one takes hold": one, speaking of dependent arising; two, speaking of the characteristics of dharmas born from conditions; three, speaking of the meaning of the words.
One, dependent arising: just as taught in the previous chapter — the dharmas born of name-and-speech perfuming, this fruit arising from that seed; the alaya (the maturation-consciousness) and the seven evolving consciousnesses arise as mutual conditions. Two, the characteristics of dharmas born from conditions: the condition-born consciousness has an image-portion and a seeing-portion, with consciousness as its substance; and this other-dependent can be taken "with the cause-condition support as its character, with the wholly-imagined as its character, with dharma-nature (the perfectly-accomplished) as its character" — disclosing precisely the three natures. Here there is a crucial clasp: the wholly-imagined "in fact does not exist" upon the other-dependent, and the perfectly-accomplished "in fact does exist" upon the other-dependent; so "the absence (of the wholly-imagined) and the presence (of the perfectly-accomplished), the not-attaining and the attaining" are established simultaneously upon one and the same other-dependent — the ordinary being sees the "absent wholly-imagined," the noble one sees the "present perfectly-accomplished"; attaining this (the perfectly-accomplished), one no longer attains that (the wholly-imagined); grasping that (the wholly-imagined), one cannot see this (the perfectly-accomplished). Three, the meaning of the words: its method is to "first set up one general phrase, then use the remaining phrases to open it out one by one," and this may be spoken from either "the quality-side" (the Buddha's merits) or "the meaning-side" (the bodhisattva's dharmas). On the quality-side, the general phrase is "the utterly pure awakening," opened out by the Buddha's twenty-one merits; on the meaning-side, the general phrase is "the surpassing resolve to raise benefit and ease in all sentient beings," opened out by the bodhisattva's thirty-two dharmas, and these thirty-two phrases can in turn be classed into sixteen "deeds" (functions). A closing verse gathers it all: precisely because there is that "first phrase," the remaining phrases each disclose its "classes of quality" and its "distinctions of meaning."
The quality-side: the utterly pure awakening and the Buddha's twenty-one merits
These twenty-one sutra lines and the twenty-one merits — Asvabhava gives one rule for reading them all: "in all the later lines, the pairing is to be made in just this way." Each merit-name opens out the sutra line paired with it: the line is the virtue expressed; the merit-name, the gloss that expresses it. Below, the pairs are expounded one by one.
First: "the merit of turning, with respect to the knowable, ever without obstruction" opens out the sutra line "the non-dual conduct." Asvabhava glosses: the Buddha's wisdom turns upon everything knowable without obstruction — toward every thing, every class and kind, unattached and unimpeded; not like the wisdom of the sravakas, "in some places obstructed, in other places not" — two modes of conduct alternating. Since no such two modes of conduct are found here, it is called "the non-dual conduct"; and by this He is named "the utterly pure awakening" — great in capacity, full in wisdom and in severance. In the sequence, this is the first link: toward the knowable the sravakas have two modes of conduct, "right wisdom" and "undefiled not-knowing" (not-knowing that is not defiled); the Buddha has neither of the two — hence the virtue of His wisdom is complete.
Second: "the merit of being able to enter, by the most excellent purity, the suchness that is the 'non-dual characteristic' of 'being and non-being'" opens out the sutra line "turning toward the dharma of no-characteristic." The dharma of no-characteristic is suchness itself: suchness has the perfectly-accomplished mark and has not the wholly-imagined mark — "no-characteristic" is not a blank nothing; it is the absence of that grasped characteristic, and the absence itself is in truth there. This returns us to the backbone argument of this chapter: within the other-dependent, the wholly-imagined is absent, the perfectly-accomplished present. "The most excellent purity": suchness is first among all dharmas, parted from every adventitious stain. "Able to enter": having entered it himself, he leads others in as well. In the sequence, this line shows the virtue of severance complete — abiding neither in the characteristic of birth-and-death nor in that of nirvana.
Third: "the merit of abiding, without effort, in Buddha-work that never rests" opens out the sutra line "abiding in the abode of the Buddhas." The Buddha does the Buddha's work without contrivance, without interruption, among sentient beings, ever rightly abiding in the divine abode, the Brahma abode, and the noble abode — the divine abode being the four meditations; the Brahma abode, compassion and the other measureless minds; the noble abode, the abidings of emptiness, of no-characteristic, and the rest. Not like the sravakas, who must make effort before the work of benefiting beings can be accomplished; nor like the non-Buddhists, who have an abode of sorts, but not the excellent divine abode. In the sequence, a question carries forward: by what means is this nirvana gained? — because he abides well in emptiness and in great compassion, he abides neither in birth-and-death nor in nirvana.
Fourth: "the merit of there being, within the dharma-body, no difference of support, of resolve, or of activity" opens out the sutra line "attaining the equal nature of all Buddhas." Asvabhava explains "no difference" on three sides: no difference of support — all Buddhas alike rest upon the purified wisdom; no difference of resolve — all bear the surpassing resolve to bring benefit and joy to every sentient being; no difference of activity — all perform the altruistic deeds of the enjoyment-body and the transformation-body. Not like the sravakas, who have the support alone. In the sequence, the question carries on: this Buddha-abode — is it shared by all Buddhas, or does each have his own? — hence the next line, "attaining the equal nature of all Buddhas": the conduct of all Buddhas abides interfused, turn upon turn; Buddha and Buddha are equal.
Fifth: "the merit of cultivating the counter to every obstruction" opens out the sutra line "reaching the place of no obstruction." Asvabhava glosses: having long practised the noble path that counters the obstruction of the afflictions and the obstruction upon the knowable, the wisdom-of-every-kind at ease in concentration, he has arrived at the resting-place forever parted from every trace of obstruction. In the sequence, this is a hinge: to here, the fullness of self-benefit has been told; from here, the fullness of benefiting others is set forth at large — and this line first shows that he has gained the counter to every obstruction in those he is to tame.
Sixth: "the merit of subduing all non-Buddhists" opens out the sutra line "the dharma that cannot be turned back." Asvabhava glosses: the Buddha's dharma of teaching and dharma of realization can both be shaken by no one — there is no other dharma that surpasses them — and so all non-Buddhist ways are subdued of themselves. In the sequence: Maras and their kind can turn others back from the dharma, can overturn the aims and benefits sentient beings pursue; with the Buddha, no such thing occurs — hence "the dharma that cannot be turned back."
Seventh: "the merit of being born within the world yet unobstructed by worldly dharmas" opens out the sutra line "conduct without hindrance." "Conduct" means the ground one constantly walks. Though the Buddha walks in the world, the worldly dharmas that stir love and hate — "gain, loss," and the rest — cannot constrain him. Asvabhava cites the verse: "The Buddhas ever range throughout the world, / bringing benefit and joy to every kind of being; / the eight dharmas' fevered winds, deluded reckonings, / can neither sway them nor constrain them." In the sequence: amid all the deeds done for the benefit and joy of beings, nothing high or low can act as hindrance — hence "conduct without hindrance."
Eighth: "the merit of establishing the true Dharma" opens out the sutra line "the establishing of him that is beyond conceiving." "What is established" is the twelvefold teaching, the sutras and the rest — the true Dharma is called an "establishing" because it establishes the own-characteristic and the common characteristic of dharma after dharma. Such an establishing is not what a fool's awareness can walk in; being supramundane, it is "beyond conceiving." In the sequence: by the means of the previous line, "conduct without hindrance," he can do beings every manner of benefiting deed — hence what he establishes is beyond conceiving.
Ninth: "the merit of bestowing prophecies" opens out the sutra line "ranging in the dharma-nature equal throughout the three times." In the dharma-nature equal throughout the three times he ranges everywhere: within that equality of the three times, things past and future — once turned, or yet to turn — he understands as they come, all as if present; and so he can bestow prophecies. In the sequence, again a question is posed: such preparatory practice — is it the same in all Buddhas, the World-Honored Ones, or does each differ? — It does not differ. Ranging in the dharma-nature equal throughout the three times, the deeds of the Buddhas of all three times for the benefit of beings are all alike.
Tenth: "the merit of showing forth the body-of-enjoyment and the body-of-transformation in all worlds" opens out the sutra line "his body spread through all worlds." Following those he is to tame, throughout all the worlds, he shows forth the two bodies — of enjoyment and of transformation — and brings them benefit and joy. In the sequence, the question follows: are these benefiting deeds done world by world, one after another? — They are not. His body is spread through all worlds: in all the worlds at once he appears, attaining Buddhahood.
Eleventh: "the merit of cutting off doubt" opens out the sutra line "in all dharmas a wisdom without doubt or hesitation." The Buddha is well settled upon every object: were he himself unsettled about the dharmas, he could not settle another's doubt; and apart from being settled, there is no "cutting off of doubt" to speak of. In the sequence: to show that he can cut off the doubts arising in this place and in that, this line is next spoken.
Twelfth: "the merit of leading one into the various forms of conduct" opens out the sutra line "in all conduct accomplishing the great awakening." On this line Asvabhava and Vasubandhu alike give only the bare pairing; its sense lies wholly in the sequence: the natures of those to be tamed differ, and the Buddha guides each by the fitting means, leading them into conduct of every kind — to show this skill in means, the line "in all conduct accomplishing the great awakening" is spoken.
Thirteenth: "the merit of the wondrous wisdom that will be born in time to come" opens out the sutra line "in the various dharmas a wisdom without any doubt." Asvabhava gives an example: a noble sravaka may say of someone, "this one has not the least root of goodness," and cast him aside; the Buddha, the Bhagavat, knows that his good dharmas will be born in a time to come — knowing by direct realization that some slight seed of goodness from another life still follows him. In the sequence: it is upon this skilled discernment of the "capable and incapable" among those to be tamed that the line is next spoken.
Fourteenth: "the merit of showing forth according to a being's excellent resolve" opens out the sutra line "whatever body he shows being beyond discriminating." Following the varied resolves of sentient beings he shows a golden hue and the rest; yet though showing such a body, the Buddha holds no discrimination within it — like the mani jewel, like pipe and flute, answering whatever strikes them while themselves without discrimination. It is told at large in the Sutra of the Tathagata's Secret (如來密經). In the sequence: among those to be tamed — the wrong, the right, and those in whom wrong and right run together — the mark he should show cannot be discriminated beforehand; to make this appear, the line is spoken.
Fifteenth: "the merit of disciplining sentient beings, and of the preparatory practice for them, through measureless supports" opens out the sutra line "the wisdom sought by all bodhisattvas." By the measureless supports of the bodhisattvas, preparatory practice is set going for the taming of beings — with the Buddha as the empowering force, and hearing the Dharma as what comes first, the wondrous wisdom is obtained; bodhisattvas of every kind receive it and are entrusted with it, and it turns onward, continuous and unbroken — by this is realized "the wisdom sought by all bodhisattvas." Vasubandhu adds a word: this does not mean that the Buddhas, having gained the equality of self and other, must still go seeking this wisdom — only that the Buddhas alone have already done such excellent deeds of taming. In the sequence: to draw on and sustain sravakas and bodhisattvas of the undetermined lineage, the Great Vehicle is praised — hence this line.
Sixteenth: "the merit of the equal dharma-body and the full accomplishment of the perfections" opens out the sutra line "gaining the Buddha's 'non-dual abode' and surpassing the far shore." Asvabhava keeps two readings: first, "non-dual" is why it is called equal — resting on the equal dharma-body, the perfections come to their fullness at the stage of the fruit; second, or "equal" means neither less nor more — within the dharma-body the perfections are complete, every one, with no increase or decrease among them, unlike the perfections on the bodhisattva stages, which still wax and wane. In the sequence: to bar the doubt that those to be tamed might raise toward the Great Teacher — "is he all-knowing, or is he not?" — this line is spoken.
Seventeenth: "the merit of showing forth Buddha-lands differing according to a being's excellent resolve" opens out the sutra line "the wondrous wisdom of the Tathagata's unmixed liberation, brought to the end." Observing the differing resolves of beings, he shows forth Buddha-lands of gold, of silver, and the rest, each unmixed with the others; when the World-Honored One's resolve stands present, whatever the assembly delights in appears, all of it, nothing unknown — hence it is called "the wondrous wisdom of the Tathagata's liberation, brought to the end." Asvabhava adds a gloss of his own: the word "liberation" here is read as "resolve." In the sequence: hearing the words "all Buddhas are equal," one might suppose that all Buddhas must then be of one single nature; to bar this doubt, "unmixed" is spoken.
Eighteenth: "the merit of the three kinds of Buddha-body being without limit of place" opens out the sutra line "realizing the equality of the Buddha-stage 'without middle, without bound'." Asvabhava keeps three readings: first, as the world is without middle and without bound, so too the Buddha-stage — its merits without limit of place. Second, or: the worlds being boundless in place, the three bodies of the Buddhas fill them equally, measured to the worlds' own measure — the dharma-body and the rest abide in just these worlds, and nowhere else. Third, or: the dharma-body and the rest fill the Buddha-stage equally — without middle, without bound, without limit of place — this dharma-body present everywhere, working benefit for sentient beings; and yet, "not that its own nature is without middle and bound" (Asvabhava's own words). In the sequence: "neither one nor different — then what is its characteristic?" To answer this question, the line "realizing the equality of the Buddha-stage without middle, without bound" is spoken.
Nineteenth: "the merit of, to the very end of birth-and-death, ever showing forth benefit and joy to all sentient beings" opens out the sutra line "reaching the very end of the dharma-realm." Because the dharma-realm is utterly pure, it can send forth the sutras and the rest — the teachings that flow out from it; reaching the very end of this dharma-realm, toward all the sentient beings of times to come, as each is fit, he can ever show forth benefit and joy. In the sequence: "permanent, impermanent — every such pair falls within the two extremes; how then is there a no-characteristic?" To step past this difficulty, "reaching the very end of the dharma-realm" is spoken — utterly pure, parted from every elaboration: such is the characteristic of the dharma-realm.
Twentieth: "the merit that is without end" opens out the sutra line "exhausting the nature of empty space." Empty space has non-obstruction for its nature, and toward resistant things, non-obstructing is its work; "nature" means realm — it holds its own characteristic. To exhaust the nature of empty space: as space is without edge or bound, without exhaustion or lessening, without birth, without ceasing, without change, at every moment presently receiving all that resists — so too the dharma-body: ever presently marked by working the benefit and joy of all sentient beings, through every realm doing beings every good, without rest.
Twenty-first: the final "and the rest" at the close of the treatise's list takes in the merit of the ultimate, which opens out the sutra line "penetrating to the boundless reach of the future." This merit reaches through the end of the future, ever unbroken — to the limit of the limitless future — showing that the Buddha's merits are never exhausted, because the beings to be tamed are never exhausted. And here the sequence too comes to rest: all these kinds of deeds for the good of beings — for how long a time? — exhausting the nature of empty space, penetrating to the boundless reach of the future.
Such are the twenty-one lines, each paired with each. Vasubandhu's commentary makes the same pairings line by line, only in the reverse direction — using the sutra lines to gloss the merit-names; the two masters' pairings agree throughout.
The meaning-side: the thirty-two dharmas and the sixteen deeds
By way of meaning, the opening line is "raising, toward all sentient beings, the surpassing resolve of benefit and joy." Asvabhava lists three cases: there is benefit that is not joy — as when one heavy with craving forces himself to the pure practice; there is joy that is not benefit — as when a pleasure-seeker takes his fill of all manner of faulted objects; and there is what is both benefit and joy — as when one whose dust is thin delights in the pure practice. Here the bodhisattva forms this thought: how shall I bring every sentient being to gain the unsurpassed benefit and joy? "Resolve" has wish and settled conviction (欲・勝解) for its own nature; because this resolve surpasses, it is called "the surpassing resolve." All the remaining lines are the several details of this opening line — Asvabhava says the thirty-two dharmas "are displayed severally by the sixteen deeds"; below they are expounded deed by deed, and into every line, "the surpassing resolve of benefit and joy" is to be read back in.
Deed one, the deed of preparatory practice carried on by turns, explains line two, "leading all sentient beings to enter the 'wisdom of the wisdom of all'." Like one lamp lighting a thousand lamps in turn: the bodhisattva leads beings into the wisdom of the wisdom of all, and those who have entered lead others in — preparatory practice carried on by turns, lamp kindling lamp in unbroken line. By this deed, that surpassing resolve of benefit and joy is made to appear.
Deed two, the deed without inversion, explains line three, "knowing of himself, 'by what now, by what wisdom do I borrow my standing'." Even the surpassing resolve of benefit and joy can be inverted — hence one must "know of himself by what he now stands": I have just such hearing-born wisdom, such understanding of the teaching and the realization; I have in myself the capacity to set going, as is fitting, the uninverted preparatory practice. Asvabhava cites the verse: "Whoever takes his own measure, / and strives for the place to be sought, / he, not overtaken by vain toil, / arrives where there is arriving" — and adds that verses of this kind should be recited at large.
Deed three, the deed of preparatory practice undertaken of itself, without waiting for another's request, explains line four, "crushing pride." Though no one comes to ask, the bodhisattva goes to them of himself and teaches the true Dharma.
Deed four, the deed that does not waver or break, explains line five, "a firm and surpassing resolve." The manifold sufferings of birth-and-death cannot shake or break the mind he has raised — hence, "firm."
Deed five, the deed without seeking-and-defilement, has three lines of difference, explaining line six, "a compassion not feigned," line seven, "a mind level toward kin and not-kin," and line eight, "being ever a good friend, to the very last limit of nirvana." Asvabhava displays the three by a threefold contrast of defiled and undefiled. Where there is defiled bondage, compassion is feigned from a cause of craving — a taking-up for a while; where there is no defiled bondage, the compassion is not feigned, and at no time does he let go — this explains "a compassion not feigned." Where compassion rests on craving, then toward kin and not-kin there is love and there is anger, and the mind is not level; where the mind is without defilement, toward the two alike it turns evenly — this explains "a mind level toward kin and not-kin." Where compassion is made from craving, it follows only to the end of this life; where compassion is born without craving, then life after life the pitying mind constantly follows — hence the bodhisattva, to the very limit of nirvana, is a good friend for ever.
Deed six, the deed of fitting speech-deed and body-deed, has two lines of difference, explaining line nine, "speaking to measure," and line ten, "speaking first with a smile." Asvabhava says only this: the two lines are explained as the speech-deed and the body-deed that are "fitting" to the surpassing resolve of benefit and joy.
Deed seven, the deed that is level amid pleasure, amid pain, and amid the neither-of-the-two, explains line eleven, "a great compassion without limit." If great compassion arose only toward those in pain, it could not reach those in pleasure or in equanimity — the turning of one part only, not the level deed. The bodhisattva's great compassion sees the beings held in pleasure, in pain, and in the neither-painful-nor-pleasant all alike pursued by the manifold sufferings of birth-and-death, and pities them equally, without difference — hence it is called the level deed.
Deed eight, the deed that is not lowly, explains line twelve, "not flinching from any task taken on." Devoted wholly to pulling every sentient being to rescue, as one who shoulders a heavy burden: seeing the burden, his mind knows no dread; he does not lay down the toil; and as he has shouldered it, so he accomplishes it — hence, the deed that is not lowly.
Deed nine, the deed that does not turn back, explains line thirteen, "a mind without weariness." The manifold wrong and evil doings of the beings he is taming cannot make him turn back — for this is a deed joined to the surpassing resolve of benefit and joy.
Deed ten, the deed of the means of attraction, explains line fourteen, "never tiring of hearing the meaning." "Hearing" is the hearing of the sutras and the rest — not hearing at random; "the meaning" is the sense which those teachings express. Of this hearing and this meaning he never has his fill — and this is the very nature of the skillful means that gathers in and ripens sentient beings; hence it is named the deed of the means of attraction. Never sated with hearing and with meaning, he guides beings as far as each can bear, in accord with right reason.
Deed eleven, the deed of loathing what is to be countered, has two lines of difference, explaining line fifteen, "with respect to his own wrongdoing, deeply seeing the fault," and line sixteen, "with respect to others' wrongdoing, not being angry but counseling well." "What is to be countered" means craving, anger, and the rest; because he would have them far removed, it is called loathing. Only one who sees the fault deep within his own wrongdoing, and swiftly turns from it, can restrain another from what should not be done — for then his word carries weight; no other can restrain. Asvabhava cites a sutra verse: "He who himself abides in wrong conduct, / and so receives the taunts of others, / that man will never be able / to halt another's fault." And he cites also a worldly saying: "He who, having erred, / lets time pass without examining, / who does not, as reason bids, part from it — / in pride he takes no virtue from it." If one corrects another's fault while harboring anger, it is neither benefit nor means; the word carries no weight, and the other turns away instead, setting wrong conduct of every kind in motion. Hence the further verse: "With pity, as toward an only child, / counsel and raise up what he has done wrong, / so that he surely takes it and holds it, / and afterward offends no more."
Deed twelve, the deed of unbroken attention, explains line seventeen, "ever cultivating the awakening-mind through all the postures." In every deed done, everywhere, without interruption he cultivates the awakening-mind. Asvabhava cites the Sutra of Purified Conduct (所行清淨契經): "Whenever he sees one seated, / let him form this thought: / may all sentient beings / take their seat upon the seat of awakening" — and adds, "and so on, through verses of this kind."
Deed thirteen, the deed of advancing conduct, has seven lines of difference, explaining lines eighteen through twenty-four — the right preparatory practice of the six perfections (giving without craving the fruit; upholding the precepts without leaning on any destiny; practicing patience toward sentient beings without anger or hindrance; vigorously exerting himself to take up all good dharmas; forsaking the formless realm to cultivate meditative absorption; cultivating wisdom in accord with skillful means), together with the making of means through the four means of attraction. Parting from the faults to be countered, as told before, on the stage of Extreme Joy and on each stage beyond, these grow ever stronger, advancing toward fullness; they are named a "deed" because they are things done. Asvabhava says of them himself: the first four perfections are easy, and he does not gloss them; where there is something distinctive, he explains briefly. Forsaking the formless realm to cultivate absorption: the bodhisattva is not born in the formless realm, for there he sees no deeds that could be done for the benefit and joy of beings; nor does he enter again and again the formless attainments, for he sees there no support for much merit. "Forsaking" means parting. Cultivating wisdom in accord with skillful means: cultivating the wondrous wisdom joined with great compassion, by which the deeds that benefit beings can be done; were this lacking, the benefit and joy of sentient beings would have no footing at all — and it is for just this that he seeks the Buddha-fruit. The verse: "Cultivating wisdom and compassion as a pair, / he can work the good of others; / benefiting others, walking the right path, / he tends toward awakening alone." The four means of attraction: giving, kindly speech, beneficial conduct, and shared purpose (同義 — Asvabhava's wording for the fourth). Asvabhava keeps a double pairing: first — by giving he gathers them in; by kindly speech he opens their understanding through fitting means, teaching the character of the dharmas; by beneficial conduct he urges each, as is fitting, to practice the good; by shared purpose, at the last, he brings them to gain the uncommon merits alike. Second — or: by giving he makes them vessels of the Dharma; by kindly speech he brings them settled conviction in the Dharma; by beneficial conduct, resting on that conviction, they set right practice going; by shared purpose, the practice so raised turns purer still, subtler still — and thus the nature of the means is gathered whole.
Deed fourteen, the deed of the preparatory practice brought to fullness, has six lines of difference, explaining eight lines of the sutra — Asvabhava resolves the count himself: "the six lines, 'drawing near to good people' and the rest, explain the eight lines the sutra states; for 'the merit of attention' and 'the merit of the helping companion' each explain two." By this preparatory practice, fullness is reached — hence its name; and this is the deed. Pair by pair: "a mind without duality toward the precept-keeper, the precept-breaker, and the good friend" (explaining "drawing near to good people") — one of good conduct is called precept-keeper, one of bad conduct precept-breaker; toward either of the two, if he can teach the Dharma, then — for the sake of hearing the Dharma, out of reverence for the Dharma — the thought "good friend" arises without any difference. For this reason, one is not to say of the precept-breaker, without more, that he is no good friend. The verse: "Though his footing in the precepts be weak and lame, / if he can preach well and benefit many, / like the Buddha, the Great Teacher, he should be honored — / for love of his good preaching, he is made like him." "Hearing the true Dharma with an earnest heart" — within the broad meaning as it has been taught, one should hear the Dharma by the sixteen modes. "Abiding in the wilderness with an earnest heart" — beyond a krosa's distance from the settlement is called wilderness; to dwell there is called abiding; to abide as is fitting, without slackness, is the earnest heart. "Taking no delight in worldly miscellany" (explaining "keeping far from evil deliberation") — not delighting in the world's songs, laughter, dances, and suchlike miscellany: this is precisely keeping far from the wrong deliberations joined to desire and the rest. The merit of attention (explaining two lines: "never once yearning after the lesser vehicle," "deeply seeing the merit within the Great Vehicle") — forsaking love for the vehicles of sravaka and pratyekabuddha, joined instead to love of the Great Vehicle's merit. The merit of the helping companion (explaining two lines: "keeping far from evil friends," "drawing near to good friends").
Deed fifteen, the deed brought to fullness, has three lines of difference — measureless purity, gaining great might, and realizing merit — explaining the sutra's three lines: "ever cultivating the four divine abodes," "ever disporting in the five higher knowledges," and "making wisdom his resort." Asvabhava says: the characteristic of fullness is named the deed of fullness; the word "deed" here is another name for "characteristic." Measureless purity glosses the four divine abodes: the four measureless minds — loving-kindness, compassion, joy, and equanimity — are named the four abodes of Brahma (四梵住); by them it is made known that all his inner virtues stand full and pure. Gaining great might glosses the five higher knowledges: to disport in the five knowledges is called might; the knowledge of the exhaustion of the outflows, being the wisdom of liberation, is named the great might — or, the bodhisattva's surpassing spiritual power is what is named the great might — and this too is a characteristic of fullness. Realizing merit glosses "making wisdom his resort": he has realized present mastery; each one's own inner realization is named the resort to wisdom — "not to the meaning only; for to resort to consciousness is no peace" (Asvabhava's own words).
Deed sixteen, the deed of establishing them, has four lines of difference — the merit of governing the assembly; instruction and admonition settled and without doubt; the joining of attraction-by-wealth and attraction-by-Dharma into one; and a mind without defilement — explaining the sutra's four lines: "not forsaking the various sentient beings, whether they abide in right conduct or do not," "being settled in his word," "prizing truthfulness and sincerity," and "ever making the great awakening-mind his forerunner." By this, the surpassing resolve of benefit and joy is established in them; this is the deed — hence, the deed of establishing them. The merit of governing the assembly glosses "not forsaking": toward the precept-keeping and the precept-breaking alike, whether driving out or taking in, his one wish is to bring them out of the unwholesome place and establish them in the good — this is called not forsaking. Instruction and admonition settled and without doubt glosses "being settled in his word": for so his word carries weight; a word unsettled carries none. The joining of wealth and Dharma into one glosses "prizing truthfulness and sincerity": the attraction by wealth and the attraction by Dharma are joined into one kind; amassing wealth and Dharma without discriminating between them, he distributes them evenly, as first promised — giving just so, save only what he does not presently have. The verse: "The offering of wealth can bring / beings to live out their span; / the offering of Dharma can bring / the ultimate calm divine." A mind without defilement glosses "ever making the great awakening-mind his forerunner": because he is held by the awakening-mind, in whatever he does he never covets another's service or offerings — he seeks only the realization of unsurpassed awakening.
The treatise-master closes the section on the sense of the words with a verse: "From the first line come, severally, / the classes of the way of merit; / from the first line come, severally, / the differences of the way of meaning" — the twenty-one lines of the quality-side and the thirty-two of the meaning-side all open out, in their differences, from a single first line. Asvabhava says here only: "In this gatha the meaning is easily grasped; there is no need to labor the gloss." This exposition does likewise.
Conclusion
This chapter, "The Characteristic of the Knowable," does from beginning to end only one thing — answer our opening problem: the world is plainly before our eyes, on what grounds do we say it is seen wrongly, and how is it to be seen rightly? Its answer is to settle "all that we cognize" onto the map of the three natures. Seen clearly: the world outside the mind that we grasp as real (the wholly-imagined) was never there from the start, it is that layer of false appearance forcibly pasted on; what really flows is only the condition-born, seeming-yet-not-real consciousness (the other-dependent), like a dream, like an illusion, like a mirage, like the moon in water; and right upon this seeming-yet-not-real dependent arising, seeing through that "the falsely-grasped realm eternally falls away," the suchness disclosed at that instant (the perfectly-accomplished) is the home of liberation — that is, the gold shown forth after the block of ore has been smelted by the fire of non-conceptual wisdom. The three natures rest on one substance, divided by angle, and so birth-and-death and nirvana are not two, permanent and impermanent are not two; the hidden intent of all the Buddha's words can be unlocked by this one key.
Yet to have seen the characteristic clearly is, after all, still only to "know." What the next chapter, "Entering the Characteristic of the Knowable," asks is precisely: having recognized this characteristic of the knowable, how does one truly "enter into" it, turning from ordinary to noble? — from knowing to entering, from the map to setting out on the road: that is the true gateway of practice-realization.
Later Reception
The Thirty Verses inherits the three natures and consciousness-only, Discerning the Middle and Extremes opens the same line through unreal imagining, and the Twenty Verses develops the defense of objectlessness. The Cheng weishi lun adds later distinctions, which may be compared but not read back into this division.
第四分 入所知相分Chapter Four — Entering the Characteristic of the Knowable (Plain Vernacular)
全文五層 →Full five layers →經論宗依
本分以《十地經》《解深密經》及論中所引二組古頌顯示悟入唯識的道路。世親、無性二釋同以繩蛇喻開三性悟入,無性另詳相、見與自證的分際;義疏據此說明四尋思、四如實智、見道與修道。
前一分(所知相)把『我們所認識的一切』攤在三自性這張地圖上:你執以為實的那個外境,本來就沒有(遍計所執);真正在那裡流動的,是緣起的識(依他起);妄執落空之後所顯露的真如,是圓成實。地圖看懂了。
可是這裡有一道難關,無著這一分要正面接住——
『知道萬法唯識』和『親證萬法唯識』,這中間到底隔著什麼?這一步,怎麼跨過去?
這不是小問題。一個人讀通了唯識的道理,能講、能辯、能寫,可他還是個凡夫;要等到他『親見』了,才從凡轉聖。聽懂一張地圖,和真的把腳踏進那片土地,是兩回事。整個第四分「入所知相」,講的就是這道門怎麼進——從『義理』跨到『修證』的那座橋。以下順著無著的話,一段一段講下來。
一、出發前的盤點:靠什麼本錢、什麼人、在哪裡、靠什麼力量
要悟入,無著先替你把幾樣前提交代清楚,像登山前清點裝備。
靠什麼本錢?——靠「多聞熏習」。一個人廣聞大乘正法,聽久了,心裡會薰下一股力量。妙就妙在這股『聞法的習氣』:它雖然也存在阿賴耶識裡,卻不算賴耶的染污貨——世親在釋論裡點明,這聞熏習所依『乃大乘法所熏的自體,不被阿賴耶識所攝,反而是能對治阿賴耶識的東西』。它就像賴耶持種一樣,成了清淨法的種子。由「如理作意」(合乎正理的用心)帶著它,能生起一種『似有法、似有義、又帶著能見』的『意言』——說白了,就是我們心裡那條由概念、名言組成的內在話語流。無著一上來就點出:悟入,正是從這條『聞法薰成的清淨意言』下手的。
什麼人能入?——資糧備足的菩薩。具體說:大乘聽聞不曾斷過、已經遇過無量諸佛出世、已生起『一向決定的勝解』(堅定不移、絕不回頭的信解)、善根也積得夠厚的人。無性在釋論裡特別補了一句揀別:少聞的人,是進不來這道現觀之門的——他還引了《教授羅怙羅經》來作證,經中佛先問羅怙羅『你已受持正法藏了嗎』,要他『且應先受持法藏』,意思是親證之前,必先飽聞、必先受持。可見『多聞』不是可有可無的鋪墊,是悟入的硬門檻。
在哪裡入?——就在那條『似法、似義、帶能見』的意言上,以及大乘法相所生起的地方。一路要歷經四個階段:勝解行地(隨著所聞先起信解)、見道(如理通達、第一次親見)、修道(對治一切障)、究竟道(離一切障)。朝著一個方向走:「一切法唯有識性」。
靠什麼力量入?——靠善根力撐著。具體是三件事:三種自我策勵(三練磨心)、斷除四種障心(斷四處),以及緣著法義之境、止觀恆常認真用功而不放逸。前兩件,下面分頭講。
二、三帖強心針:三練磨心
菩薩這條路又遠又難,人是會退心的。無著體貼,給了三帖『練磨心』——把鬆掉的道心重新提起來的策勵。
第一帖,想想成佛的人有多少:無量的世界、無量的眾生,每一剎那都有人正在證得無上正等菩提。成佛的人多到這個地步,我憑什麼自認『不行』而退縮?第二帖,想想自己已經到手的本錢:正因為我已生起這份清淨的意樂(向道的深切願心),才談得上行布施等波羅蜜多;既然這份意樂已經到手,那我只要再添一點功夫去修,終究會圓滿——拿『已得的勝意樂』自勵。第三帖,想想果報的道理:世間人做的善還夾著煩惱、還有障礙,尚且能在命終時感得稱心如意、圓滿的身;而我修的是『無障礙的妙善』,憑什麼到頭來反而得不到圓滿?這三番一想,退下去的道心就又挺起來了。
三、要清掉的四種心:斷四處
光是策勵還不夠,悟入時心裡還有四樣東西非斷不可,無著叫它『斷四處』。
第一,放下『聲聞、獨覺那種只求自了』的小乘作意——心若還停在『我自己解脫就好』,就進不了菩薩的大門。第二,斷掉『對大乘的疑惑』——那種異於正信、半信半疑的猶豫。第三,斷掉『法執』:在所聽、所思的法上,又偷偷安一個『我、我所』進去。第四,斷掉『分別』:面對眼前現住、安立的種種相,還忍不住要去作意、去分別它。這四處一清,心就乾淨了,才堪能契入。
四、這一分的心臟:四尋思與四如實智
到這裡,是整個第四分最要緊的地方——究竟怎麼入? 無著的答案,是在那條「似法似義」的意言上,做兩層工夫。
第一層,四尋思。『尋思』就是仔細推求。推求什麼?推求四樣東西:名(概念、名稱)、義(這名稱所指的境)、自性(它的體)、差別(它的種種相)。推求到最後,看出這四樣統統是『假安立』的——都是名言貼上去的標籤,不是實有。
第二層,四如實智。『如實』就是如其本然、徹底地知。在前面尋思的基礎上,更進一步,如實徹知這四樣的假立,徹底看到它們一樣都「了不可得」。
世親和無性在這裡有一個值得一提的分法。世親就『時位』來分:先「推求名、義、自性、差別唯是假立」,這推求的階段叫四尋思;後『如實知它們皆不可得』,這已知的階段叫四如實遍智——一前一後,按時間先後立。無性則就『方便與果』來分:四尋思是「四種方便」(趨入的手段),四如實智是「四種果智」(果地的智)。兩家次第一樣——都是尋思在前、遍智在後;只是一個取時間相,一個取因果相。
菩薩就這樣下功夫:盯著那條似文似義的意言去推——『文字、名稱』不過是意言罷了;『依著這名稱而起的那個義』也不過是意言罷了;連『名與義的體性、差別』全是假立。等到他親證『原來只有意言,外頭根本沒有東西』的那一刻,他就如實知道:名、義、自性、差別都是假立的,那「體性、差別」的相其實壓根沒有,一樣都不可得。就由這四尋思、四如實智,在這條意言上,菩薩便悟入了『一切唯有識性』。
五、繩蛇喻:一條繩上,三層覺受層層脫落
道理講到這裡,無著怕你還是隔了一層,於是搬出一個著名的譬喻——闇中見繩似蛇。這是整分最傳神的一段,請慢慢看。
天黑,你走在路上,瞥見地上盤著一條東西,『蛇!』嚇一跳。可是定睛一看,那裡根本沒有蛇——蛇是錯看出來的,「以無有故」,本來就沒這東西。一旦你看清『沒有蛇』,那個『蛇』的覺受就滅了;可是注意,這時候『這是一條繩』的覺受還在。事情還沒完。你若再細細往下分析,會發現連這條『繩』也不真實:它不過是色、香、味、觸這些成分湊起來的一個相罷了;於是連『繩』的覺受,也要靠這進一步的分析而消掉。
無著把這條繩的妙處,原原本本套到悟入唯識上——心裡那六種「似文似義」的意言相,正像那條闇中的繩。當你伏除了那不實的六相義(看穿外境本無),先滅掉的是『心外有實境』這個錯覺,正如先滅掉『蛇』的覺受;接著退守到『其實只是識』,正如退守到『這是一條繩』。但無著緊接著補上最關鍵的一刀:連『唯識』這個覺受本身,也像『繩覺』一樣,到頭來要一併遣除——「唯識性覺猶如蛇覺亦當除遣」——遣除之後,才顯出那「圓成實自性」的覺。
換句話說,『唯識』不是終點,是過河的船。蛇要遣、繩也要遣;境要遣、連『只是識』的這個念頭也要遣。到了岸,連船都得放下。世親在這裡的釋文簡,只點出這繩喻「顯示悟入三種自性」;無性則發揮得細些(這是二釋一貫的格局:世親逕訓名相,無性多取譬、多申析),甚至另繫一頌——「於繩謂蛇智,見繩了義無」——把這層層脫落再吟詠一遍。
六、就著繩喻,配上三性的次第:遍計 → 依他 → 圓成
繩蛇喻一搭起來,悟入的次第恰好就和三自性對上了號,一層配一層。
第一層,悟入遍計所執性。菩薩看穿『意言所現的那個似義之相』原來是妄計出來的——這就像看穿『蛇』是錯覺。把它認作妄計,便是悟入了遍計所執性(執以為實的外境,本無)。
第二層,悟入依他起性。明白了『這似義之相,其實只是依緣而起的識』——這就像退到『只是一條繩』。把它認作緣起的識,便是悟入了依他起性。
第三層,那圓成實怎麼入?——這一步最細。當菩薩連『這只是識』的那個『唯識想』都進一步滅掉時(連繩覺也遣),他已經把『對義的執取』整個遣除乾淨了;於是任何『似義』都再生不起來,連『似乎還剩個唯識』也生不起來。到這一步,他安住在『一切義都無可分別』之中,在法界裡現前相應而住。就在此刻——那『能緣與所緣平等平等、無有分別』的「無分別智」現起了。到這裡,才叫「已悟入圓成實性」。
一句話收攏:遣境(遍計)、留識(依他)、最後連識想也遣(圓成),無分別智一現前,就是見道的關口。
七、跨過那道門:見道,登上極喜地
菩薩既悟入了唯識性,也就悟入了所知相;由此「入極喜地」——登上菩薩十地的第一地。這一刻發生的事,無著說得很重:他善達法界(通達真如)、生如來家(從此是佛的兒子,注定要成佛)、得到『對一切有情、對一切菩薩、對一切佛都平等』的那種平等心性。
這一刻,就叫「菩薩見道」——第一次親見真如,真正從凡轉聖的關口。請回頭看:前面那麼多功夫——四尋思、四如實智、種種三摩地——全是為了走到這一步的準備(加行);只有跨過這道門,才是真正的『見』。
八、費這麼大勁,到底為了什麼:後得智、轉依,與如幻師
也許你會問:繞了這麼大一圈入唯識,圖個什麼?無著答得很實在。
為了生起『緣一切法總相的出世止觀智』(一種能總緣萬法、超出世間的觀照智慧),以及由它再引出的『後得智』(見道之後、回到事相上運用的智慧)。進一步,是為了:斷掉阿賴耶識裡那些『相』和『見』的種子、長養那『能觸證法身』的種子、完成『轉依』(把生命染污的底盤,整個換成清淨的底盤)、證得一切佛法、證得一切智智。
而那『後得智』有個極漂亮的本事,無著在這裡又搬出本分的第二個譬喻——如幻師。菩薩悟道之後,就像一個高明的魔術師。 魔術師自己變出來的幻象,他自己清清楚楚知道是假的,半點騙不了他;可他偏偏能在這一堆假相裡,照樣有條不紊地說因、說果、利益眾生。菩薩也一樣:阿賴耶識所現的一切了別相,在他後得智眼中「見如幻等性,無倒轉」——看出全是如幻如化,再不被它騙倒,卻能在這如幻的世間善巧地度生。明知是幻,而善用其幻,這正是後得智的真本事。
九、見道之前那四級台階:四三摩地與四順決擇分
回頭補一段。入唯識性的過程,在見道之前還有一段『加行位』的台階——由四種定,撐著四個位次。這四個位次合稱『四順決擇分』(逼近見道、即將『決擇』真理的四級台階,舊稱暖、頂、忍、世第一)。
第一級,暖。靠四尋思,在『淺一層地忍可無義』(初步認可外境沒有)時,起「明得三摩地」——撐起『暖』位。世親逕訓:『明』是顯這下品的『無義智』,『三摩地』是這無義智所依止的定。無性則加了一個『鑽火喻』:這定初次得到『無義智』之明,好比鑽木最初求得了火;而『暖』這個位次,正像鑽火時先冒出的暖氣,是真智即將生起的前相。
第二級,頂。在『深一層地忍可無義』時,起「明增三摩地」(那一分明更增盛了)——撐起『頂』位。
第三級,忍。再靠四如實智,已經入了唯識、對『無義』已能決定不疑,起「入真義一分三摩地」——撐起『忍』位。
第四級,世第一法。從此緊接著,連『唯識想』也伏了下去,起「無間三摩地」——撐起「世第一法」位。
這四級定,因為都緊鄰著見道的現觀,所以總名『現觀邊』。一過世第一法,下一念,就是見道。
十、見了道,還要修:修道怎麼修
見道是『初見』,可不是終點。菩薩入了地、見了道、入了唯識之後,在『修道』位還要怎麼用功?
——在那安立好的『十地』之中(一切經教此時都現前可用),仍靠那『緣一切法總相的出世後得止觀智』,經過長到不可思議的時光(無量百千俱胝那庾多劫),不斷地修習,而漸漸完成『轉依』;並為了證得「三種佛身」(自性身、受用身、變化身),精勤不懈。一句話:見道是『第一次見』,修道是『見了再反覆磨』,一地一地深化下去,直到成佛。
十一、同樣是親證,菩薩和聲聞差在哪:現觀十一差別
這裡無著岔開一筆,回答一個常被問起的問題:聲聞也講『現觀』(現前親證真理),菩薩也講現觀,兩者究竟差在哪?無著一口氣列了十一種不同,我們順著講下來。
一、所緣不同——菩薩所緣的是大乘法。二、資持不同——菩薩靠的是福、智兩種大資糧來支撐。三、通達不同——菩薩能通達『人無我』和『法無我』兩種無我(聲聞偏重人無我這一種)。四、涅槃不同——菩薩取的是『不住生死、也不住涅槃』的無住大涅槃。五、地位不同——菩薩依著十地一級一級而出離。六、七、清淨不同——菩薩不只斷煩惱,還要斷『煩惱的習氣』,更要「淨佛國土」。八、平等心不同——菩薩對自、他一律平等,成熟眾生的加行永不歇手。九、出生不同——菩薩生在如來家。十、受生不同——菩薩常在諸佛的大法會中受生。十一、果不同——菩薩成就的是十力、四無畏、十八不共佛法等無量功德果。
一言以蔽之:聲聞了的是自己一個人的生死,菩薩走的是成佛度生的那條大路。
十二、兩段定中口訣:把理觀落成定中可走的步驟
這一分末了,無著引了兩段現成的『修觀教授』,當作悟入唯識的實修口訣——把前面『四尋思、四如實智、繩蛇喻』這些理上的觀照,落實成定中一步一步可循的功夫。
第一段,《分別瑜伽論》的兩頌。菩薩在定中,先觀『所緣的那個影像,其實只是自己的心』;把那『似有外義』的相滅掉之後,審審地知道:這影像唯是自己心裡的念。這樣安住在內心,先知道『所取的境』並不存在,接著連『能取的心』也不存在,最後能、所雙雙泯滅,一無所得——這就一路通到了『無分別』。這四步(觀影唯心 → 審知唯是自想 → 知所取無 → 知能取亦無、終至無所得),是唯識止觀最凝練的次第。
第二段,《大乘莊嚴論》的五頌。五頌順次說來:㈠ 先備好福、智二種資糧,對法思量、決定無疑,於是了知『一切義趣,原來只是名言一類』;㈡ 既知諸義唯是名言,便安住「似彼唯心」之理而現證真法界,能、所二相一齊脫落;㈢ 體會到『離了心,並沒有別的東西』,進而連『心』也不可得,智者了達能、所『二者皆無』,平等安住在這『二無』的真法界裡;㈣ 智者以無分別智的力量,周遍而平等地恆常隨順而行,滅掉那像荊棘叢一樣的種種過失,如同大良藥能解一切毒;㈤ 在佛所立的妙法之中,以安定的智慧連同信等善根,安住法界,了知一切心念無非分別,於是勇猛精進,迅速奔向功德的彼岸。
這兩段口訣的份量,就在於它把前面所有的『理』,全部交給了『行』——讓你在蒲團上真有步驟可走。
回頭看這一分,無著要回答的,始終是開頭那道難關:『知道唯識』和『親證唯識』,中間隔著什麼?
他的回答,是一整座橋:悟入要先備好聞法的本錢,要靠三練磨心策勵不退、要斷四種障心;真正的方法是「四尋思、四如實智」——看穿名、義、自性、差別全是假立;於是遣外境而悟遍計、留唯識而悟依他、再連『唯識想』也遣而證圓成,無分別智一現前,就登初地、入見道。此後還要在修道位反覆磨,歷十地、無量劫,完成轉依,證三佛身。
而那座橋上最該記牢的一句,是繩蛇喻的點睛:連『這是繩(唯識)』的念頭都要放下——唯識是渡河的舟,到岸便捨。
那麼,悟入之後呢?菩薩既已入了門,接下來靠什麼前進、又會結出什麼果?下一分「彼入因果」,要接著把這個講透:六波羅蜜多(布施、持戒、忍辱、精進、禪定、智慧),既是「悟入唯識」的因,也是它的果——這一條從因到果的菩薩大行,就從那裡展開。
承衍
《唯識三十論頌》後五頌以資糧、加行、通達、修習、究竟承接悟入次第,《辯中邊論》亦有入無相方便可互讀;《成唯識論》再廣開相見諸分。承衍顯示後出開展,不把後來的分判安回攝論原位。
Scriptural and Commentarial Ground
This division draws on the Ten Grounds and Samdhinirmocana scriptures and on two inherited verse sets to display entry into consciousness-only. Both ancient commentaries use the rope-and-snake simile to open entry through the three natures, while one develops the distinctions of image, seeing, and self-awareness more fully.
The previous chapter (the Characteristic of the Knowable) laid everything we cognize onto the single map of the three natures: that external object you grasp as real was never there to begin with (the wholly-imagined nature, parikalpita); what is actually flowing there is the dependently-arisen consciousness (the other-dependent nature, paratantra); and the suchness that shows itself once the false grasping has fallen away is the perfectly-accomplished nature (parinispanna). The map has been read.
But there is a hard pass here that this chapter has to meet head-on —
What exactly stands between "knowing that all phenomena are consciousness-only" and "personally realizing that all phenomena are consciousness-only"? This step — how does one cross it?
This is no small question. A person can master the doctrine of consciousness-only — can expound it, debate it, write it — and still be an ordinary being; only when he has seen it directly does he turn from ordinary to noble. Following a map and actually setting foot on the land are two different things. The whole of Chapter 4, "Entering the Characteristic of the Knowable," is about how one passes through that door — the bridge that carries you from "doctrine" across to "realization." What follows works through Asanga's words, passage by passage.
1. Taking stock before setting out: by what means, what person, where, by what power
Before entering, Asanga first lays out several preconditions for you, like checking your gear before a climb.
By what means? — By the perfuming of much hearing (much study of the teaching). When a person hears the right Mahayana teaching widely, over a long time a force is perfumed into his mind. And here is the marvel of this "perfuming of the heard teaching": although it too resides within the storehouse-consciousness (alaya-vijnana), it is not counted among the defiled stock of the storehouse — Vasubandhu, in his commentary, points out that what this perfuming-of-hearing rests upon "is the very self-substance perfumed by the Mahayana teaching; it is not included within the storehouse-consciousness, but is rather what can counteract the storehouse-consciousness." Just as the storehouse holds seeds, this becomes the seed of pure phenomena. Carried along by "reasoned attention" (yoniso-manaskara, attention in accord with right principle), it gives rise to a kind of mental discourse (manojalpa) that "resembles a phenomenon, resembles a meaning, and carries a seeing-aspect" — put plainly, the inner stream of speech made of concepts and names that runs in our minds. Asanga's opening point is precisely this: entering begins from this pure mental discourse perfumed by the heard teaching.
What person can enter? — A bodhisattva whose provisions are complete. Specifically: one whose hearing of the Mahayana has never broken off, who has already met countless Buddhas appearing in the world, who has already given rise to a resolved conviction set in one single direction (a firm, unwavering conviction that never turns back), and who has accumulated thick enough roots of merit. Asvabhava, in his commentary, adds a pointed distinction: a person of little hearing cannot get through this door of direct realization — and he cites the Sutra of Instruction to Rahula in witness, where the Buddha first asks Rahula, "Have you already upheld the treasury of the right teaching?", urging that he "first uphold the treasury of the teaching," meaning that before direct realization there must first be full hearing, first the upholding. So "much hearing" is no optional preface; it is the hard threshold for entering.
Where does one enter? — Right on that mental discourse "resembling a phenomenon, resembling a meaning, carrying a seeing-aspect," and at the place where the characteristics of the Mahayana teaching arise. The way runs through four stages: the stage of resolved-conviction practice (giving rise to conviction in step with what is heard), the path of seeing (penetrating in accord with principle, the first direct seeing), the path of cultivation (counteracting every obstruction), and the ultimate path (free of every obstruction). And it runs toward one direction: "all phenomena are nothing but the nature of consciousness."
By what power does one enter? — Held up by the power of the roots of merit. Concretely, three things: three forms of self-spurring (the three temperings of the mind), cutting off four kinds of obstructing mind (cutting off four things), and, taking the realm of the teaching's meaning as object, working at calm and insight constantly, earnestly, and without negligence. The first two are taken up in turn below.
2. Three doses of heart-tonic: the three temperings of the mind
The bodhisattva's road is long and hard, and a person's resolve can slacken. Asanga, considerate, gives three doses of "tempering of the mind" — spurrings that lift a slackened resolve back up.
The first dose: consider how many become Buddhas. Across countless worlds, with countless beings, in every single instant someone is realizing unsurpassed perfect enlightenment. With so many reaching Buddhahood, by what right do I decide "I cannot" and shrink back? The second dose: consider the provisions already in hand. It is precisely because I have already given rise to this pure aspiration (the deep, road-bound resolve) that there can even be talk of practicing giving and the other perfections; and since this aspiration is already in hand, I need only add a little more effort to my cultivation and it will, in the end, be brought to fullness — spurring oneself with the "supreme aspiration already attained." The third dose: consider the principle of fruition. Worldly people, whose good deeds are still mixed with affliction and still obstructed, can yet at the moment of death receive a pleasing and complete bodily existence; and I, who cultivate unobstructed excellent good, by what right would I in the end fail to attain fullness? Turn these three over in the mind, and the resolve that was sinking stands straight again.
3. Four kinds of mind to clear away: cutting off four things
Spurring alone is not enough; at the moment of entering there are still four things in the mind that absolutely must be cut off, which Asanga calls cutting off four things.
First, let go of the Hinayana attention of sravakas and pratyekabuddhas that seeks only one's own deliverance — if the mind still rests at "it's enough that I myself am liberated," it cannot enter the great gate of the bodhisattva. Second, cut off doubt about the Mahayana — that wavering, half-believing hesitation contrary to right faith. Third, cut off the grasping of phenomena (dharma-grasping): secretly planting an "I and mine" onto the phenomena one has heard and pondered. Fourth, cut off discrimination: in the face of the various characteristics now present and posited before you, still being unable to resist applying attention to them and discriminating them. Once these four are cleared, the mind is clean, and only then is it fit to enter.
4. The heart of this chapter: the four investigations and the four wisdoms of knowing-as-it-is
Here we reach the most crucial point of the whole chapter — how, finally, does one enter? Asanga's answer is to do two layers of work upon that mental discourse "resembling a phenomenon, resembling a meaning."
The first layer: the four investigations. "Investigation" means careful searching-out. Searching out what? Searching out four things: the name (the concept, the designation), the meaning (the object the name points to), the own-being (its substance), and the distinctions (its various characteristics). Searched out to the end, one sees that all four are alike merely posited by convention — all are labels stuck on by names and words, not real existents.
The second layer: the four wisdoms of knowing-as-it-is. "As-it-is" means knowing them just as they are, thoroughly. On the basis of the prior investigation, one goes a step further and knows-as-it-is that these four are conventionally posited, seeing thoroughly that not one of them can be found at all.
Here Vasubandhu and Asvabhava have a distinction worth noting. Vasubandhu divides it by time-stage: first "searching out that name, meaning, own-being, and distinctions are merely posited" — that searching stage is the four investigations; then "knowing-as-it-is that they are all unfindable" — that already-known stage is the four all-encompassing wisdoms of knowing-as-it-is; one before, one after, set up by temporal sequence. Asvabhava divides it by means and fruit: the four investigations are "four means" (the instruments of approach), and the four wisdoms of knowing-as-it-is are "four fruit-wisdoms" (the wisdom of the fruition-ground). The two masters give the same order — investigation first, all-encompassing wisdom after; one only takes the temporal aspect, the other the cause-and-fruit aspect.
So the bodhisattva works thus: fixing on that mental discourse resembling words and meaning, he searches — "words and names" are nothing but mental discourse; "the meaning that arises in dependence on these names" is likewise nothing but mental discourse; even "the own-being and distinctions of name and meaning" are wholly conventionally posited. And when he personally realizes the moment of "there is only mental discourse — outside, there is no thing at all," he then knows-as-it-is: name, meaning, own-being, and distinctions are all conventionally posited, the very characteristic of "own-being and distinctions" is in fact utterly absent, not one of them can be found. It is by these four investigations and four wisdoms of knowing-as-it-is, upon this mental discourse, that the bodhisattva enters "all phenomena are nothing but the nature of consciousness."
5. The rope-snake simile: on a single rope, three layers of cognition fall away one by one
Having brought the doctrine this far, Asanga, fearing you are still a layer removed from it, brings out a famous simile — seeing a rope in the dark as if it were a snake. This is the most vivid passage in the whole chapter; please read it slowly.
Night has fallen; you are walking on the road and glimpse something coiled on the ground — "A snake!" — and start in fright. But when you look hard, there is no snake there at all — the snake was wrongly seen, "because there was never any such thing," it was never there to begin with. Once you see clearly that "there is no snake," that cognition of "snake" ceases; yet notice — at this point the cognition "this is a rope" is still present. The matter is not finished. If you analyze further, finely, you will find that even this "rope" is not real: it is no more than a characteristic assembled out of color, smell, taste, and touch; and so even the cognition of "rope" must, by this further analysis, dissolve.
Asanga maps the marvel of this rope, just as it stands, onto entering consciousness-only: those six "resembling-words, resembling-meaning" characteristics of mental discourse in the mind are exactly like that rope in the dark. When you subdue those six unreal characteristics of meaning (seeing through the fact that the external object was never there), what ceases first is the illusion that "there is a real object outside the mind" — just as the cognition of "snake" ceases first; then you fall back to "it is in fact only consciousness," just as you fall back to "this is a rope." But Asanga at once adds the most crucial cut: even the cognition of "consciousness-only" itself, like the cognition of "rope," must in the end be discarded together with the rest — "the cognition of the nature of consciousness-only is, like the cognition of the snake, also to be discarded" — and only after it is discarded does the cognition of that "perfectly-accomplished own-nature" show itself.
In other words, "consciousness-only" is not the destination; it is the boat for crossing the river. The snake is to be discarded and the rope too; the object is to be discarded, and even the thought "it is only consciousness" is to be discarded. Once on the far shore, even the boat must be set down. Vasubandhu's gloss here is terse, noting only that this rope-simile "displays the entering into the three natures"; Asvabhava develops it in finer detail (this is the consistent pattern of the two commentaries: Vasubandhu glosses the terms directly, Asvabhava takes up more similes and unfolds more analysis), even attaching a verse of his own — "Toward the rope, the cognition of a snake; seeing the rope, one understands the meaning is absent" — chanting this layer-by-layer falling-away once more.
6. Mapping the rope-simile onto the sequence of the three natures: wholly-imagined → other-dependent → perfectly-accomplished
Once the rope-snake simile is set up, the sequence of entering lines up exactly with the three natures, one layer to each.
The first layer: entering the wholly-imagined nature. The bodhisattva sees through the fact that "the meaning-resembling characteristic that appears in mental discourse" was, after all, falsely conceived — this is like seeing through the fact that the "snake" was an illusion. To recognize it as falsely conceived is to enter the wholly-imagined nature (parikalpita; the external object grasped as real, which was never there).
The second layer: entering the other-dependent nature. Understanding that "this meaning-resembling characteristic is in fact only consciousness arisen in dependence on conditions" — this is like falling back to "it is only a rope." To recognize it as dependently-arisen consciousness is to enter the other-dependent nature (paratantra).
The third layer: how, then, does one enter the perfectly-accomplished nature? — This step is the finest. When the bodhisattva further extinguishes even the "consciousness-only conception" of "this is only consciousness" (discarding even the rope-cognition), he has thereby cleared away the grasping of meaning entirely; and so no "meaning-resemblance" can arise any longer, and not even "it seems there is still a consciousness-only left over" can arise. At this step, he abides in "all meanings are utterly indiscriminable," dwelling in correspondence, present and direct, within the realm of phenomena (dharma-dhatu). And just at this moment — the non-discriminating wisdom (nirvikalpa-jnana), in which "the cognizing and the cognized are equal, perfectly equal, without discrimination," arises. Only here is it called "having entered the perfectly-accomplished nature."
In one phrase: discard the object (wholly-imagined), retain consciousness (other-dependent), and finally discard even the conception of consciousness (perfectly-accomplished) — and the moment the non-discriminating wisdom shows itself is the pass of the path of seeing.
7. Crossing that door: the path of seeing, ascending the Joyful Ground
Having entered the nature of consciousness-only, the bodhisattva has thereby entered the characteristics of the knowable; and by this he enters the Joyful Ground — ascends the first of the ten bodhisattva grounds. Asanga speaks gravely of what happens at this moment: he thoroughly reaches the realm of phenomena (penetrates suchness), is born into the family of the Tathagatas (from now on he is a son of the Buddhas, destined to become a Buddha), and attains that mind-nature which is "equal toward all sentient beings, equal toward all bodhisattvas, equal toward all Buddhas."
This moment is called the bodhisattva's path of seeing — the first direct seeing of suchness, the very pass where one truly turns from ordinary to noble. Look back, please: all that work before — the four investigations, the four wisdoms of knowing-as-it-is, the various concentrations — was all preparation (the applied practices) for arriving at this one step; only by crossing this door is there the true "seeing."
8. What was all this effort for, in the end: subsequently-attained wisdom, the transformation of the basis, and the magician
You might ask: after circling so widely to enter consciousness-only, what is it for? Asanga answers very practically.
It is for giving rise to the "world-transcending calm-and-insight wisdom that takes the general characteristic of all phenomena as object" (a wisdom able to take all phenomena together as object and to contemplate beyond the world), and to the subsequently-attained wisdom (the wisdom applied, after the path of seeing, back among phenomenal affairs) that it further draws forth. Further still, it is for: cutting off those seeds of "characteristic" and "seeing-aspect" within the storehouse-consciousness, nourishing the seed "able to touch and realize the body of teaching," completing the transformation of the basis (replacing the whole defiled foundation of life with a pure foundation), realizing all Buddha-teachings, and realizing the wisdom of all-wisdom.
And that "subsequently-attained wisdom" has one exquisite capacity, for which Asanga here brings out the chapter's second simile — the magician. After his awakening, the bodhisattva is like a skilled magician. The magician knows perfectly well that the illusions he conjures are false — they cannot deceive him in the slightest; yet within this heap of false appearances he can, all the same, methodically speak of cause, speak of fruit, and benefit beings. The bodhisattva is just so: all the cognized characteristics manifest by the storehouse-consciousness, in the eyes of his subsequently-attained wisdom, are "seen as having an illusion-like nature, with no inverted turning" — seen to be entirely illusory and dream-like, no longer deceiving him, and yet within this illusion-like world he can skillfully deliver beings. Knowing full well it is illusion, and yet skillfully using that illusion — this is the true capacity of the subsequently-attained wisdom.
9. The four steps before the path of seeing: the four concentrations and the four factors conducing to penetration
Let us fill in a passage by going back. The process of entering the nature of consciousness-only has, before the path of seeing, a flight of steps belonging to the "applied-practice stage" — four concentrations holding up four positions. These four positions together are called the four factors conducing to penetration (the four steps approaching the path of seeing, about to "discern" the truth — known in the older terms as heat, summit, forbearance, and supreme-worldly-dharma).
First step, heat. By means of the four investigations, when one shallowly accepts that "there is no meaning" (a first acceptance that the external object is absent), there arises the concentration of attaining illumination — holding up the position of "heat." Vasubandhu glosses directly: "illumination" displays this lower-grade "wisdom of no-meaning," and "concentration" is the concentration on which this wisdom-of-no-meaning rests. Asvabhava adds a fire-drilling simile: this concentration's first attainment of the illumination of "wisdom of no-meaning" is like drilling wood and first obtaining fire; and the position "heat" is precisely like the warmth that rises first when one drills for fire — it is the foretoken that the true wisdom is about to arise.
Second step, summit. When one more deeply accepts that "there is no meaning," there arises the concentration of increasing illumination (that measure of illumination grown still more vigorous) — holding up the position of "summit."
Third step, forbearance. Then, by means of the four wisdoms of knowing-as-it-is, having already entered consciousness-only and become settled and undoubting toward "no-meaning," there arises the concentration of one-portion of the true meaning — holding up the position of "forbearance."
Fourth step, supreme-worldly-dharma. From here, immediately, even the "consciousness-only conception" is subdued, and there arises the uninterrupted concentration — holding up the position of "supreme-worldly-dharma."
Because these four concentrations all immediately adjoin the direct realization of the path of seeing, they are together named the "border of direct realization." One step past supreme-worldly-dharma, and the very next thought is the path of seeing.
10. Having seen the path, one must still cultivate: how the path of cultivation is cultivated
The path of seeing is the "first seeing," but it is by no means the destination. After the bodhisattva has entered the ground, seen the path, and entered consciousness-only, how does he work in the path of cultivation?
— Within the established "ten grounds" (where all the teachings of the scriptures are now present and available for use), he still relies on the "world-transcending, subsequently-attained calm-and-insight wisdom that takes the general characteristic of all phenomena as object," and, across spans of time inconceivably long (countless hundreds of thousands of koti-nayuta eons), cultivates without ceasing, gradually completing the "transformation of the basis"; and in order to realize the three bodies of a Buddha (the self-nature body, the enjoyment body, and the transformation body), he practices diligently and untiringly. In a phrase: the path of seeing is "seeing for the first time," and the path of cultivation is "seeing, then grinding it through again and again" — deepening ground by ground until Buddhahood.
11. Both directly realize — so where do bodhisattva and sravaka differ: the eleven differences of direct realization
Here Asanga turns aside for a moment to answer a question often raised: sravakas too speak of "direct realization" (realizing the truth directly and presently), and bodhisattvas too speak of direct realization — so where, after all, do the two differ? Asanga lists eleven differences in one breath; we follow them through.
One, difference of object — what the bodhisattva takes as object is the Mahayana teaching. Two, difference of support — the bodhisattva relies on the two great provisions of merit and wisdom for support. Three, difference of penetration — the bodhisattva can penetrate both kinds of selflessness, the "selflessness of persons" and the "selflessness of phenomena" (the sravaka leans to the one kind, the selflessness of persons). Four, difference of nirvana — the bodhisattva takes up the non-abiding great nirvana, which "abides neither in birth-and-death nor in nirvana." Five, difference of ground — the bodhisattva goes forth ground by ground through the ten grounds. Six and seven, difference of purification — the bodhisattva not only cuts off affliction but must cut off the "habit-energies of affliction," and further "purify the Buddha-lands." Eight, difference of impartial mind — the bodhisattva is impartial toward self and other alike, and his applied practice of maturing beings never rests. Nine, difference of birth — the bodhisattva is born into the family of the Tathagatas. Ten, difference of receiving birth — the bodhisattva constantly receives birth within the great assemblies of all the Buddhas. Eleven, difference of fruit — the bodhisattva accomplishes the immeasurable fruits of merit: the ten powers, the four fearlessnesses, the eighteen distinctive qualities of a Buddha, and the rest.
In a single phrase: the sravaka settles his own one person's birth-and-death; the bodhisattva walks the great road of becoming a Buddha and delivering beings.
12. Two sets of in-concentration instructions: bringing the contemplation of principle down into walkable steps in concentration
At the close of this chapter, Asanga cites two ready-made "instructions for cultivating contemplation" as practical formulas for entering consciousness-only — bringing the contemplation worked out earlier in principle ("the four investigations, the four wisdoms of knowing-as-it-is, the rope-snake simile") down into a step-by-step practice one can follow within concentration.
First set: the two verses of the Treatise Discriminating Yoga. In concentration the bodhisattva first contemplates "the image that is the object is in fact only one's own mind"; having extinguished that characteristic "resembling an external meaning," he examines closely and knows: this image is only a thought within one's own mind. Abiding thus within the inner mind, he first knows that "the grasped object" does not exist, and next that even "the grasping mind" does not exist, and finally both grasped and grasper alike are extinguished, with nothing found at all — and this leads all the way through to "non-discrimination." These four steps (contemplating the image as only mind → examining and knowing it is only one's own thought → knowing the grasped is absent → knowing the grasper is likewise absent, arriving at last at nothing found) are the most concentrated sequence of consciousness-only calm-and-insight.
Second set: the five verses of the Ornament of the Mahayana Sutras. The five verses run in order: (i) First prepare the two provisions of merit and wisdom, ponder the teaching, and become settled and undoubting, whereupon one realizes that "all the import of meaning is, after all, only of the class of names and words"; (ii) Knowing that all meanings are only names and words, one abides in the principle "resembling-that, only mind," and directly realizes the true realm of phenomena, the two characteristics of grasped and grasper both falling away; (iii) Comprehending that "apart from mind there is no other thing," one then realizes that "mind" too is unfindable, and the wise one fully understands that "both are absent," abiding equally in the true realm of phenomena of "the two-absences"; (iv) The wise one, by the power of the non-discriminating wisdom, courses pervadingly, impartially, and constantly in accord, extinguishing the heaped-up faults that are like a thicket of brambles, as a great medicine dissolves all poisons; (v) Within the excellent teaching established by the Buddha, with settled wisdom together with faith and the other wholesome roots, one abides in the realm of phenomena, knows that every thought is nothing but discrimination, and so, vigorous and swift, hastens to the far shore of the ocean of merit.
The weight of these two sets of instructions lies just in this: they hand over all the "principle" set out earlier entirely to "practice" — so that on the meditation cushion you truly have steps to walk.
Looking back over this chapter, what Asanga sets out to answer is, from first to last, the hard pass of the opening: what stands between "knowing consciousness-only" and "personally realizing consciousness-only"?
His answer is a whole bridge: to enter, one must first ready the provisions of hearing the teaching, must rely on the three temperings of the mind to spur oneself and not fall back, and must cut off the four obstructing minds; the true method is "the four investigations, the four wisdoms of knowing-as-it-is" — seeing through the fact that name, meaning, own-being, and distinctions are all conventionally posited; thereby one discards the external object and awakens into the wholly-imagined nature, retains consciousness-only and awakens into the other-dependent nature, and then discards even "the conception of consciousness-only" and realizes the perfectly-accomplished nature; and the moment the non-discriminating wisdom shows itself, one ascends the first ground and enters the path of seeing. Thereafter one must still grind it through, again and again, in the path of cultivation — passing through the ten grounds across countless eons, completing the transformation of the basis, and realizing the three Buddha-bodies.
And the one line on that bridge most to be held fast is the eye-dotting touch of the rope-snake simile: even the thought "this is a rope (consciousness-only)" must be set down — consciousness-only is the boat for crossing the river; once on the shore, it is let go.
What, then, comes after entering? The bodhisattva, having entered the gate, by what does he advance next, and what fruit will he bring forth? The next chapter, "The Cause and Fruit of That Entering," takes this up and lays it out in full: the six perfections (giving, discipline, forbearance, vigor, meditation, wisdom) are both the cause of "entering consciousness-only" and its fruit — and the great bodhisattva practice from cause to fruit unfolds from there.
Later Reception
The final five verses of the Thirty Verses carry forward the sequence of provisions, preparation, penetration, cultivation, and completion; Discerning the Middle and Extremes also gives a way of entry into the markless. Later analyses in the Cheng weishi lun illuminate this reception but do not replace this division’s own distinctions.
第五分 彼入因果分Chapter Five — The Cause and Fruit of That Entering (Plain Vernacular)
全文五層 →Full five layers →經論宗依
全論開篇已把六波羅蜜多立為悟入的因果,本分再由根本論自身逐門展開其數、相、次第、修習與互攝。世親、無性二釋隨文辨明六度之所以為六及其意樂;此處沒有另造一套經說,而以根本論與古釋為地。
上一分「入所知相」,講的是怎麼從聞思的『理解』一路走到禪觀裡的『親證』——四尋思、四如實智、蛇繩之喻,一直到見道那一刻心契唯識。可是悟入了,事情並沒有完。一個更實際的問題立刻冒出來:
這份悟入,當初是靠什麼養成的?悟入之後,又會結出什麼果?
無著在這一分給的答案,是大乘修行人最熟的一張名目——六波羅蜜多,也就是六度:布施、持戒、安忍、精進、靜慮、般若。「波羅蜜多」這四個字是音譯,意思是『到彼岸』。但無著講六度,講法跟一般勸善不同:他要同時說兩面——六度既是把人渡進唯識的『因』,又是悟入唯識之後自然流出的『果』。所以這一分叫「彼入因果」:那個悟入(彼入)的因,與那個悟入的果。下面順著無著的話,一段一段講下來。
一、六度:是入唯識的因,也是入唯識的果
先說它怎麼是『因』。無著的著眼點很具體:悟入唯識最大的攔路虎,是『散動』——心被外境拉走、定不下來。而六度恰好是一帖一帖對治散動的藥。不貪著財位,是布施在用力;不違犯戒律,是持戒在用力;於苦不動搖,是安忍在用力;於修行不懈怠,是精進在用力。當這些把心拉散的因都不再現行,心自然能「專注一境」;唯有到這一步,才談得上如理地簡擇諸法、契入唯識。所以六度是入唯識的因——它替你把散動掃乾淨,騰出一片定境來。
那它又怎麼是『果』?無著說,菩薩一旦依著六度悟入了唯識,他的六度就『升級』了:轉成「清淨增上意樂所攝」的六度。「增上意樂」是指那份格外深切、向道的願心;『清淨』是說這願心已經淨化,不再夾雜勉強造作。從前行六度,是咬著牙做;如今行六度,是由那份清淨的願心自然帶出來。這就是悟入所結的果。
更妙的在後頭:到了這一步,這菩薩哪怕一時並沒有『實地在行六度』,他單憑對聖教的勝解,再加上愛重、隨喜、欣樂這三種作意(後文『五修』會細講),也能恒常不間斷地修六度,而且很快圓滿。一句話:六度從『咬牙做』,變成了『自然流』——這正是入了唯識才有的果。
二、清淨增上意樂的七個面向
那「清淨增上意樂」這顆心,具體長什麼樣?無著沒有乾講,他用三首偈,把它的七個面向收攏起來,要你照著偈句一一對認。這七相,等於是給「清淨意樂」這顆心做的一份體檢報告——
第一是資糧:一切善法(白法)已經圓滿,本錢備足了。第二是堪忍:已經得到那種銳利而迅捷的『忍』,於法堪能安受。第三是所緣:他心所緣的,是大乘那甚深又廣大的教法,不是淺近的法。第四是作意:他正覺到『一切境界唯是分別所現』,這正是唯識的著眼。第五是自體:他得了無分別智——離開主客分別、直契實相的那份根本智,這是意樂清淨的本體。第六是瑞相:從前一路到此的法流之中,他都能得見諸佛,這是清淨的徵兆。第七是勝利:他了知無上菩提已經臨近,因為菩提於他不再是難得之事。資糧、堪忍、所緣、作意、自體、瑞相、勝利——七相備足,這顆「清淨意樂」的心就立住了。
三、為什麼偏偏是六個,不多不少
講到這裡,敏銳的人會追問一句:波羅蜜多為什麼正好六個?不能是五個、七個嗎?這一問問得好,無著也正面接住,他給了三重理由——而這三重理由,恰好從三個不同角度,把『六』這個數說死了。
第一重,是為了對治三種障。無著看成佛這條長路,看出路上橫著三道坎。第一道坎,是根本不肯上路——他把這叫『不發趣』:有人壓根不發心向道,為什麼?因為貪著財位、又貪著家室妻兒,被這兩樣黏住了腳。對治它的,正是布施(教你捨財位)與持戒(教你離染著),所以前兩度先立。第二道坎,是上了路又退回來——叫『退還』:有人發了心,半途卻退了,為什麼?一是受不了眾生冒犯所生的種種苦,二是熬不住長時間修善所生的疲怠。對治它的,是安忍(教你受得住眾生的苦)與精進(教你耐得住長修的累),所以中間兩度接著立。第三道坎,是不退、卻會走壞——叫『失壞』:有人既不退轉,修行卻會敗壞,為什麼?一是心散亂,二是起了邪惡的見解。對治它的,是靜慮(定,收攝散心)與般若(慧,破除邪見),所以最後兩度殿後。三道坎,六味藥,一一相對——這是『六』的第一個理由。
第二重,是為了給「證得佛法」立一個依靠。無著說:前四度(施、戒、忍、進)合起來,是『不散動的因』——它們替你把心理乾淨;第五度(靜慮、定)是『不散動的成就』——心真正定下來了。有了這份『不散動』作底盤,才能如實地正覺諸法的真實義,進而證得一切佛法。換句話說,六度的前五,是為第六度(般若證真)鋪路;要證佛法,就得有這一整套依靠,所以是六。
第三重,是為了隨順成熟眾生。這一重把眼光從自修轉向利他。無著順著講下來:靠布施,能正當地攝受眾生(先把人引過來);靠持戒,能不去毀害眾生(讓人安心親近);靠安忍,縱遭眾生毀害也忍受得住(不被人逼退);靠精進,能幫眾生經營辦成他該辦的事。就憑這一串『攝受、利益』的因緣,先把眾生養到『堪受教化』的地步。從這以後,再分兩步收尾:對心還沒定的,用靜慮(定)讓他得定;對心已定的,用般若(慧)讓他得解脫——眾生就在這開悟的時節成熟了。為了走完這一整條「成熟眾生」的鏈條,從攝受到解脫,環環相扣,正好也是六個。三重理由講完,『六』這個數,就再無可移易了。
四、六最勝:什麼讓尋常善行升格為『到彼岸』
接著無著拈出一個容易被忽略、卻極要緊的問題:同樣是布施,凡夫也布施、外道也布施,憑什麼菩薩的布施才配叫「波羅蜜多(到彼岸)」?差別不在『做了沒有』,而在背後具不具足六種最勝。
第一是所依最勝:菩薩的善行,是以菩提心為根而發的;凡夫的善行沒這個根。第二是事最勝:菩薩是六度齊備地一同現行,不是只挑一樣做。第三是處最勝:他善行的著落處,是「利益安樂一切眾生」,不是為了自己。第四是方便善巧最勝:他的善行被無分別智所攝持——做了卻不著相,這是最關鍵的一著。第五是迴向最勝:所修的一切,統統迴向給無上正等菩提,不留作私有。第六是清淨最勝:他的善行是離開了煩惱障、所知障這兩重障礙而生起的,乾淨無染。具足了這六樣最勝,平常的善行才真正升格成『到彼岸』。
也正因為『最勝』是關鍵而非『做了』是關鍵,所以『是布施』未必就「是波羅蜜多」——兩者並不等同。無著於是說:可以拿這兩個概念作『四句』來料簡。他只明點出第一句——『有布施而非波羅蜜多』(凡夫雖行施,未具六最勝,故非度);其餘三句(是度而非施、亦施亦度、非施非度),循此一例自可推出。其餘五度,照樣可以這麼作四句來分判。要點只有一個:唯有具足六最勝的,才算數。
五、為什麼這樣排,名字又是怎麼來的
先說次第。六度為什麼偏偏排成『施 → 戒 → 忍 → 進 → 定 → 慧』這個順序?無著的回答很樸素:因為前一度能順勢帶出後一度。能捨(布施),才容易守得住戒;守得住戒,才談得上安忍;能安忍,才提得起精進;精進不懈,心才定得下(靜慮);心定了,慧才生得起。一個牽一個,輾轉相生,所以這樣排,不是隨手列的。
再說名字的由來(這在論裡叫『訓詞』,就是逐一解釋每個名相怎麼得名)。為什麼施、戒等六樣,通通可以叫「波羅蜜多」?因為施等善根,在世間法、乃至聲聞獨覺二乘之中都最為殊勝,且能到彼岸——『到彼岸』正是「波羅蜜多」的本義,所以六者通稱波羅蜜多。至於各別的名字,每一個都是一味對治,無著一一點明:布施之所以叫『施』,因為它能『破裂』慳吝貧窮,又能引來廣大的財位福德——一破一引;持戒之所以叫『戒』,因為它能『息滅』惡戒與惡趣,又能取得善趣與等持(定);安忍之所以叫『忍』,因為它能『滅盡』忿怒怨讎,又能令自他安住於安隱;精進之所以叫『精進』,因為它能『遠離』一切懈怠惡法,又能出生增長無量善法;靜慮之所以叫『靜慮』,因為它能『消除』散動,又能引得內心安住;般若之所以叫『慧』,因為它能『除遣』一切邪見惡慧,又能真實地品別了知諸法。每個名字底下,都是一『破』一『立』、一味對治——名相不是標籤,是功用的縮寫。
六、六度怎麼修:五種修
那六度具體怎麼修?無著說,修法略有五種。前三種好懂:第一是「現起加行修」,就是實實在在去做、把六度現起來行;第二是『勝解修』,對聖教所說的六度生起堅定不移的勝解;第三是『作意修』,用愛重、隨喜、欣樂這三種心去修(這一種最見功夫,下一段專講)。第四是「方便善巧修」,以無分別智攝持著去修,做而不著。這四種,本論前文(及他處)已經說過。
特別的是第五種,「成所作事修」。它說的不是凡位的修,而是佛果位上的修:諸佛任運不停地作種種佛事、無有休息,在那早已圓滿到頂的六度之上,竟然還繼續任運地行六度。這一句最堪玩味——原來修行並不是修到成佛就停手了;成了佛,六度仍任運無盡地流出。修行沒有終點,只有從『有功用』轉成了『任運』。
七、六種意樂——修行那顆心的內裡
五修之中,『作意修』最見深淺,因為它修的不是外在的行為,而是那顆修行的心——也就是「六種意樂」(六種心態、心願)。無著一一道來,一個比一個更深——
第一是「廣大意樂」:這份心有多大?無著教你設想:菩薩在無量無數的大劫裡,每一剎那都頓捨自己的一切身命,拿恒河沙數那麼多世界裝滿的七寶去供養如來,一直供到坐上菩提座成佛——可他的布施心,還嫌不夠。再設想:每一剎那身處滿世界的熾火、四威儀中樣樣資生之具都匱乏,他卻仍念念現行戒、忍、精進、靜慮、般若,一直到成佛——可他持戒安忍等的心,還嫌不夠。這份大到沒有邊際、永不知足的心,就是「廣大意樂」。
第二是「長時意樂」:上面那份『還嫌不夠』的無厭之心,並非一時興起,而是一路撐到坐上菩提座、常無間斷——能撐這麼長、不歇一刻,就是「長時意樂」。
第三是「歡喜意樂」:菩薩用六度去饒益眾生,做了之後深生歡喜,而且——這是關鍵——他自己的歡喜,竟比那受益的眾生還要多。施者比受者更歡喜,這是「歡喜意樂」。
第四是「荷恩意樂」,這一種最動人。菩薩饒益了眾生,照常理該覺得『我對眾生有恩』;可菩薩偏不這麼想,他只覺得『是眾生給了我修行成就的機會、眾生對我有大恩』,全不見自身於眾生有什麼恩。把『施恩者』的姿態整個翻轉過來——這就是「荷恩意樂」。
第五是「大志意樂」:菩薩把六度所積的一切善根,深心迴向、施給一切眾生,但願他們都得可愛的勝妙果報。這份替眾生著想的迴向,是「大志意樂」。
第六是「純善意樂」:再進一步,菩薩把這些善根,連同一切眾生,一同迴向無上正等菩提——不只願眾生得好報,更願與眾生共證菩提。這最究竟的迴向,是「純善意樂」。
以上六意樂所攝的,是「愛重作意」。但作意修還有兩面:見到別的菩薩在修這六意樂、相應地修無量善根,自己便深心隨喜——這是「隨喜意樂」;深願一切眾生都來修這六意樂所攝的六度、也願自己永遠不離此修,直到成佛——這是「欣樂作意」。愛重、隨喜、欣樂,三作意齊備,『作意修』才算圓。無著講完,末了還加一句鼓勵:單是聽到這六意樂的修法、能起一念信心,就已經能生無量福、消無量業障了——何況真去修的菩薩!這一句,是無著鋪了一長段道理之後,回頭給讀者的一點暖意。
八、每一度,再分三品
把『修法』講透之後,無著又把六度各自的內容剖開——每一度都還可細分為三品,這一剖,六度的內部結構就一覽無餘。
布施有三品:法施(施與佛法)、財施(施與財物)、無畏施(施與安全)。持戒有三品:攝律儀戒(守住該守的戒)、攝善法戒(積聚一切善)、饒益有情戒(利益眾生)。安忍有三品:耐怨害忍(忍人加於己的傷害)、安受苦忍(忍境遇所生的苦)、諦察法忍(安忍於甚深之法、安住於諦理)。精進有三品:被甲精進(發大誓願如同披上鎧甲)、加行精進(實地去做)、無怯弱無退轉無喜足精進(不怯懦、不退轉、不自滿)。靜慮有三品:安住靜慮(安住於定)、引發靜慮(引發功德與神通)、成所作事靜慮(成辦利生之事)。般若有三品:無分別加行慧(見道之前的加行智)、無分別慧(親證真如的根本智)、無分別後得慧(出定後起用的後得智)。六度各三品,十八品一一分明。
九、相攝、所治、勝利
接著無著從三個角度,給六度作一個總的衡量。
先說『相攝』:六度能不能攝盡一切善法?能。因為一切善法,要嘛是六度的相、要嘛隨順六度、要嘛從六度同類流出(等流)——既是它的相、隨順它、又從它流出,自然都被它攝盡。所以六度一立,一切善法盡在其中。
再說『所治』:反過來看,一切雜染又是六度的什麼?是六度『所對治』的對象。雜染是六度所治之相、所治之因、所治之果——凡屬染污的,都在六度的對治範圍之內。一面攝盡善法,一面對治盡雜染,六度於是統攝了染淨兩邊。
最後說『勝利』(也就是修六度的好處):菩薩修六度,即便還在生死中流轉,也能感得種種殊勝的果報——富貴自在、生於高貴之家、有廣大的眷屬朋從、能成就廣大的事業加行、少有惱害而性情清淨少塵垢、又善知一切工巧明處種種學問;乃至於殊勝受生、無有罪過,一直到坐上菩提座,常能為一切眾生作一切利益之事。這一長串,就是六度帶來的『勝利』。
十、一度之中即攝諸度,與結頌
最後,無著用一個漂亮的收尾把全分扣合起來。他注意到一件事:佛在說法時,有時只講『布施』,有時只講『持戒』,有時只講『安忍』……為什麼這樣只拈一度?這背後有什麼意趣?無著揭出謎底:因為在實際修任何一度的加行之中,其餘五度都在裡頭互相助成——修布施時,戒忍進定慧都在暗中幫襯;修持戒時亦然。一度之中,具攝諸度。正因如此,佛拿任何一度的名字,都足以統說全部六度。這叫「互相決擇」。
講盡之後,無著依慣例用一首『嗢拕南』收束全分。『嗢拕南』是把一分的綱目編成順口的攝頌,好讓讀者把骨架記牢——攝論每一分多半都這樣作結。這首攝頌是:「數、相及次第、訓詞、修、差別、攝、所治、功德、互決擇應知。」這短短一句裡的十個字,正是本分依次講過的十道門:六度的數(為何是六)、相(六最勝)、次第、訓詞、五修、差別(三品)、相攝、所治、功德(勝利)、互決擇——一字一門,無一遺漏。
回頭看這一分,無著把「六波羅蜜多」講成了一座橋的兩頭:它既是渡人入唯識的因,又是入唯識之後自然流出的果。為什麼是六(三障三因)、憑什麼叫到彼岸(六最勝)、名字怎麼來(訓詞)、怎麼修(五修)、修行的心是什麼(六意樂)、各分哪三品、彼此又如何互攝——一分之中,全講盡了。其中最堪反覆玩味的,仍是那「荷恩意樂」:真正的菩薩不覺得自己在施恩,反倒感恩眾生給了他修行成就的機會——這一念翻轉,已是大乘心量的縮影。
那麼,這樣一份由清淨意樂所攝的六度之修,落到實處、放進菩薩漫長的道途裡,又會隨著位次的高下,呈現出怎樣一階一階的差別?這正是下一分「彼修差別」要接著細講的——六度之修,在菩薩十地的各個階位上,各有怎樣的深淺差等。
承衍
下一分把六度在十地中增勝開為十度,分七至分九又把戒、定、慧三度別立為三增上學;《瑜伽師地論·菩薩地》則廣說六度各門。由此可見本分是後續修行差別與三學的共同樞紐。
Scriptural and Commentarial Ground
The opening outline already names the six perfections as the cause and fruit of entry; this division’s own root text unfolds their number, character, sequence, cultivation, and mutual inclusion. The two ancient commentaries follow that structure and explain why there are six and how their resolves operate; no separate scriptural source is invented.
The previous section, "Entry into the Character of the Knowable," described how one moves from the understanding gained through hearing and reflecting all the way to direct realization within meditative contemplation — the four investigations, the four kinds of accurate knowing, the simile of the snake and the rope, right up to the moment of the path of seeing, when the mind accords with cognition-only. But entry is not the end of the matter. A more practical question arises at once:
This entry — by what cause was it originally nourished? And after entry, what fruit does it bear?
Asanga's answer in this section is the one set of headings every Mahayana practitioner knows best — the six perfections (paramitas), the six: giving, discipline, patience, effort, meditation, and wisdom. The word "paramita" is a transliteration; it means "reaching the far shore." But Asanga's treatment of the six is unlike ordinary moral exhortation: he means to state both sides at once — the six are at once the cause that ferries a person into cognition-only, and the fruit that naturally flows out once one has entered cognition-only. Hence the section is named "the cause and fruit of that entering": the cause of that entering, and the fruit of that entering. What follows tracks Asanga's words, section by section.
1. The Six Perfections: cause of entry into cognition-only, and also its fruit
First, how they are the cause. Asanga's focus is very concrete: the greatest obstacle to entering cognition-only is scattered movement — the mind being dragged off by external objects, unable to settle. And the six perfections are, one by one, the medicines that counter scattered movement. Not clinging to wealth and position is giving at work; not transgressing the precepts is discipline at work; being unshaken in the face of suffering is patience at work; being undiscouraged in cultivation is effort at work. When these causes that scatter the mind no longer arise, the mind naturally "fixes on a single object"; only at that point can one rightly discern the dharmas and accord with cognition-only. So the six perfections are the cause of entering cognition-only — they sweep scattered movement clean for you and clear a space of stillness.
Then how are they the fruit? Asanga says that once a bodhisattva has, in reliance on the six perfections, entered cognition-only, his six perfections are "upgraded": they become the six perfections subsumed under purified higher resolve. "Higher resolve" refers to that especially deep aspiration turned toward the path; "purified" says that this aspiration has been cleansed, no longer mixed with forced contrivance. Where before he practiced the six perfections gritting his teeth, now he practices them carried naturally out of that purified aspiration. This is the fruit that entering bears.
More remarkable still comes after: at this point, even when this bodhisattva is not actually practicing the six perfections on the ground at a given moment, by his firm conviction in the holy teaching, together with the three attentions of cherishing, rejoicing, and delighting (treated in detail under "the five modes" below), he can also cultivate the six perfections constantly and without interruption, and complete them swiftly. In a word: the six perfections turn from "gritting the teeth" into "flowing naturally" — and this is precisely the fruit that comes only after entering cognition-only.
2. The Seven Aspects of Purified Higher Resolve
So what, concretely, does this mind of "purified higher resolve" look like? Asanga does not state it flatly; he uses three verses to gather up its seven aspects, asking you to identify each against the verse lines one by one. These seven aspects amount to a checkup report on this mind of "purified resolve" —
First is provisions: all wholesome dharmas (the white dharmas) are already complete; the capital is in hand. Second is endurance: he has gained that sharp and swift "patience," able to bear with the dharma. Third is object: what his mind takes as object is the Mahayana's profound and vast teaching, not a shallow, near-at-hand dharma. Fourth is attention: he rightly awakens to "all realms being only what discrimination manifests" — and this is precisely the focus of cognition-only. Fifth is essence: he has gained non-discriminating cognition — that root cognition which leaves behind the subject-object division and directly accords with reality, and which is the very substance of purified resolve. Sixth is auspicious sign: throughout the stream of dharma that has carried him all the way to here, he is able to behold the buddhas, which is a token of purity. Seventh is benefit: he knows that unsurpassed awakening is now near, because awakening is for him no longer hard to attain. Provisions, endurance, object, attention, essence, auspicious sign, benefit — when the seven aspects are complete, this mind of "purified resolve" stands firm.
3. Why Exactly Six — no more, no fewer
At this point, the sharp-minded will press a question: why are the perfections exactly six? Could they not be five, or seven? It is a good question, and Asanga meets it head-on, giving three reasons — and these three reasons, from three different angles, settle the number "six" beyond moving.
The first: to counter three kinds of obstruction. Asanga looks at the long road to buddhahood and sees three barriers lying across it. The first barrier is simply refusing to set out — he calls this "not setting forth": some never raise the aspiration toward the path at all. Why? Because they cling to wealth and position, and cling to home, wife, and children — stuck fast by these two. What counters it is precisely giving (which teaches you to relinquish wealth and position) and discipline (which teaches you to leave defiled attachment), so the first two perfections are established first. The second barrier is setting out and then turning back — called "regressing": some raise the aspiration but turn back midway. Why? First, they cannot bear the various sufferings born of sentient beings' offenses against them; second, they cannot hold up under the weariness born of long cultivation of the wholesome. What counters it is patience (which teaches you to bear up under beings' affliction) and effort (which teaches you to endure the fatigue of long cultivation), so the middle two perfections are established next. The third barrier is not turning back, yet going wrong — called "spoiling": some neither regress, yet their cultivation can spoil. Why? First, the mind is scattered; second, evil views arise. What counters it is meditation (concentration, which gathers in the scattered mind) and wisdom (which breaks evil views), so the last two perfections bring up the rear. Three barriers, six medicines, each set against its own — this is the first reason for "six."
The second: to establish a support for "realizing the dharmas of the buddhas." Asanga says: the first four perfections (giving, discipline, patience, effort) together are "the cause of non-scattering" — they cleanse you mentally; the fifth perfection (meditation, concentration) is "the accomplishment of non-scattering" — the mind has truly settled. With this "non-scattering" as the foundation, one can then accurately and truly awaken to the real meaning of the dharmas, and so go on to realize all the dharmas of the buddhas. In other words, the first five of the six perfections pave the way for the sixth (wisdom realizing the real); to realize the dharmas of the buddhas, one must have this whole set as support, and so it is six.
The third: to accord with the maturing of sentient beings. This reason turns the gaze from self-cultivation toward benefiting others. Asanga continues: by giving, one rightly draws sentient beings in (first bringing people over); by discipline, one does not harm sentient beings (letting people draw near with ease); by patience, one bears it even when sentient beings inflict harm (not being driven off by people); by effort, one helps sentient beings to manage and accomplish what they ought to do. By just this chain of "drawing-in and benefiting" causes, one first nurtures beings to the point of "being fit to receive transformation." From here, two steps bring it to a close: for those whose minds are not yet settled, meditation (concentration) brings them to settle; for those whose minds are already settled, wisdom brings them to liberation — and beings mature at this season of awakening. To walk this whole chain of "maturing sentient beings" to its end, from drawing-in to liberation, link interlocked with link, it is again exactly six. With the three reasons stated, the number "six" can no longer be shifted.
4. The Six Excellences: what raises ordinary good conduct into "reaching the far shore"
Asanga next picks out a question easily overlooked yet crucial: giving is giving — ordinary people give, non-Buddhists give — so on what grounds does only the bodhisattva's giving deserve to be called "paramita (reaching the far shore)"? The difference lies not in "whether it was done," but in whether it possesses, behind it, the six excellences.
First is excellence of support: the bodhisattva's good conduct is raised on the root of the awakening-mind (bodhicitta); ordinary people's good conduct lacks this root. Second is excellence of practice: the bodhisattva brings the six perfections forth together, complete, not picking out just one to do. Third is excellence of locus: the place where his good conduct comes to rest is "benefiting and bringing ease to all sentient beings," not for himself. Fourth is excellence of skillful means: his good conduct is held in by non-discriminating cognition — done, yet without clinging to the mark, and this is the most crucial point. Fifth is excellence of dedication: all that he cultivates is dedicated, in its entirety, to unsurpassed perfect awakening, kept back as nothing private. Sixth is excellence of purity: his good conduct arises freed from both the affliction-obstruction and the obstruction to the knowable, clean and undefiled. With these six excellences complete, ordinary good conduct is truly raised into "reaching the far shore."
And precisely because "the excellence" is the crux, not "the doing," "being giving" need not mean "being a perfection" — the two are not identical. Asanga therefore says: one may take these two concepts and sift them as a four-case set. He explicitly points out only the first case — "there is giving that is not a perfection" (the ordinary person, though he practices giving, lacks the six excellences, and so it is not a perfection); the remaining three cases (a perfection that is not giving; both giving and a perfection; neither giving nor a perfection) can be derived following this one example. The other five perfections can likewise be sifted into four cases this way. The point is single: only what possesses the six excellences counts.
5. Why They Are Ordered This Way, and Where the Names Come From
First the sequence. Why are the six perfections ordered exactly as "giving → discipline → patience → effort → meditation → wisdom"? Asanga's answer is plain: because the earlier perfection naturally draws forth the later. Being able to relinquish (giving) makes it easier to hold the precepts; holding the precepts makes patience possible; being able to be patient makes it possible to take up effort; unflagging effort lets the mind settle (meditation); with the mind settled, wisdom can arise. One pulls the next, generating one another in turn — so this ordering is not a casual list.
Then the origin of the names (in the treatise this is called "etymological explanation," explaining one by one how each term gets its name). Why can the six — giving, discipline, and the rest — all be called "paramita"? Because the wholesome roots of giving and the rest are the most excellent among worldly dharmas, and even among the two vehicles of the disciples and the solitary-awakened, and they reach the far shore — and "reaching the far shore" is just the basic sense of "paramita," so all six bear the common name. As for the individual names, each one is a single specific remedy, and Asanga points each out: giving is called "giving" because it can "rend" stinginess and poverty, and can draw in vast wealth, position, and merit — one rending, one drawing; discipline is called "discipline" because it can "extinguish" bad conduct and bad destinies, and can win good destinies and meditative poise (concentration); patience is called "patience" because it can "exhaust" anger and enmity, and can let self and others abide in security; effort is called "effort" because it can "leave behind" all sloth and evil unwholesome dharmas, and can give rise to and increase measureless wholesome dharmas; meditation is called "meditation" because it can "dissolve" scattered movement, and can draw in inner abiding; wisdom is called "wisdom" because it can "expel" all views and evil false intelligence, and can truly distinguish and know the dharmas. Under each name there is one "rending" and one "establishing," a single specific remedy — the term is not a label, it is the shorthand for a function.
6. How the Six Are Cultivated: the five modes
So how, concretely, are the six perfections cultivated? Asanga says the modes of cultivation are, in brief, five. The first three are easy to grasp: first is "cultivation by present application," which is actually doing it, bringing the six perfections forth in practice; second is "cultivation by firm conviction," giving rise to an unshakable firm conviction in the six perfections as the holy teaching states them; third is "cultivation by attention," cultivating with the three minds of cherishing, rejoicing, and delighting (this one shows the most depth of skill, and gets its own section next). Fourth is "cultivation by skillful means," cultivating while held in by non-discriminating cognition — doing, yet without clinging. These four the treatise (and other places) have already discussed.
What is distinctive is the fifth, "cultivation as the accomplishing of what is to be done." This refers not to the cultivation of an ordinary stage but to cultivation at the fruition-stage of buddhahood: the buddhas, effortlessly and ceaselessly, perform all manner of buddha-deeds without rest, and upon the six perfections that are long since complete to the very peak, they yet continue to cultivate the six "reaching the far shore" effortlessly. This line is the most worth pondering — it turns out cultivation does not stop once one cultivates all the way to buddhahood; even having become a buddha, the six perfections still flow out effortlessly and inexhaustibly. Cultivation has no terminus; it only turns from "with effort" into "effortless."
7. The Six Dispositions — the inner side of the cultivating mind
Among the five modes, "cultivation by attention" shows the most depth, because what it cultivates is not outward conduct but the cultivating mind itself — that is, the six dispositions (six mental attitudes, six aspirations). Asanga states them one by one, each deeper than the last —
First is "vast disposition": how vast is this mind? Asanga has you imagine: over measureless, countless great eons, in every single instant, the bodhisattva suddenly relinquishes all his body and life, offering to the Tathagata as many world-systems filled with the seven treasures as the sands of the Ganges, offering on until he sits upon the seat of awakening and becomes a buddha — and yet his giving-mind still feels it is not enough. Imagine further: in every single instant, set amid a world filled with raging fire, lacking in the four postures every single means of livelihood, he still brings forth discipline, patience, effort, meditation, and wisdom thought after thought, on until buddhahood — and yet his mind of discipline, patience, and the rest still feels it is not enough. This mind, vast beyond all bound and never knowing satisfaction, is "vast disposition."
Second is "long-time disposition": that unsatiated mind of "still not enough" above is no passing impulse but holds on all the way to sitting upon the seat of awakening, constant and without interruption — the ability to hold on this long, not resting for an instant, is "long-time disposition."
Third is "joyful disposition": the bodhisattva benefits sentient beings with the six perfections, and having done so gives rise to deep joy — and, this is the crux, his own joy actually exceeds that of the very beings who are benefited. The giver more joyful than the receiver: this is "joyful disposition."
Fourth is "gratitude disposition," the most moving of all. The bodhisattva has benefited sentient beings, and by ordinary reckoning ought to feel "I have been of benefit to sentient beings"; yet the bodhisattva does not think this way at all. He feels only that "it is sentient beings who have given me the chance to accomplish cultivation; sentient beings have done me great kindness," seeing nothing of any kindness he has done to beings. The whole posture of the "benefactor" is turned inside out — this is "gratitude disposition."
Fifth is "great-aim disposition": the bodhisattva takes all the wholesome roots accumulated through the six perfections and, from a deep heart, dedicates and gives them to all sentient beings, wishing only that they all gain lovely and excellent fruits of recompense. This dedication, thinking on beings' behalf, is "great-aim disposition."
Sixth is "purely-good disposition": a further step — the bodhisattva takes these wholesome roots, together with all sentient beings, and dedicates them jointly toward unsurpassed perfect awakening — wishing not merely that beings gain good recompense, but that he realize awakening together with beings. This most ultimate dedication is "purely-good disposition."
What the six dispositions above subsume is "cherishing attention." But cultivation by attention has two further sides: seeing other bodhisattvas cultivate these six dispositions and, in accordance, cultivate measureless wholesome roots, one rejoices from a deep heart — this is "rejoicing disposition"; and aspiring from a deep heart that all sentient beings come to cultivate the six perfections subsumed by these six dispositions, and aspiring that one's own self never part from this cultivation, on until buddhahood — this is "delighting attention." Cherishing, rejoicing, delighting — only when all three attentions are complete is "cultivation by attention" whole. Having finished, Asanga adds a word of encouragement at the close: merely to hear of this cultivation of the six dispositions and to give rise to a single thought of faith can already generate measureless merit and dissolve measureless karmic obstructions — how much more the bodhisattva who truly cultivates it! This line is the bit of warmth Asanga turns back to give the reader, after laying out a long stretch of reasoning.
8. Each Perfection, Further Divided into Three Grades
Having spoken through the "modes of cultivation," Asanga then cuts open the content of each of the six perfections — each perfection is further subdivided into three grades — and with this cut, the inner structure of the six perfections is laid fully open.
Giving has three grades: the gift of dharma (giving the buddhadharma), the gift of goods (giving material things), the gift of fearlessness (giving safety). Discipline has three grades: the discipline of restraining conduct (holding what ought to be held), the discipline of gathering wholesome dharmas (accumulating all the good), the discipline of benefiting sentient beings (benefiting beings). Patience has three grades: patience enduring harm from foes (bearing the harm others inflict on oneself), patience accepting suffering (bearing the suffering born of circumstance), patience examining the dharma (enduring the profound dharma, abiding in the truth-principle). Effort has three grades: armor-effort (raising great vows as if donning armor), application-effort (actually doing it), the effort that is without timidity, without regression, without complacency (not faint-hearted, not turning back, not self-satisfied). Meditation has three grades: abiding meditation (abiding in concentration), generating meditation (generating merits and supernormal powers), accomplishing-what-is-to-be-done meditation (accomplishing the work of benefiting beings). Wisdom has three grades: non-discriminating application-wisdom (the application cognition before the path of seeing), non-discriminating wisdom (the root cognition that directly realizes suchness), non-discriminating subsequently-attained wisdom (the subsequently-attained cognition that functions after rising from concentration). Six perfections each in three grades, eighteen grades each distinct.
9. Mutual Inclusion, What Is Countered, Benefits
Asanga next, from three angles, gives the six perfections an overall measuring.
First "mutual inclusion": can the six perfections subsume all wholesome dharmas? They can. Because all wholesome dharmas are either the mark of the six perfections, or accord with the six perfections, or flow out of the six perfections as the same kind (homogeneous outflow) — being their mark, according with them, and flowing out of them, they are naturally all subsumed. So once the six perfections are established, all wholesome dharmas are within them.
Then "what is countered": looked at in reverse, what are all defilements to the six perfections? They are the object countered by the six perfections. Defilement is the mark of what the six perfections counter, the cause of what they counter, the fruit of what they counter — whatever is defiled falls within the range of what the six perfections counter. Subsuming all wholesome dharmas on one side and countering all defilement on the other, the six perfections thus take in both sides, the defiled and the pure.
Last "benefits" (that is, the gains from cultivating the six perfections): a bodhisattva who cultivates the six perfections, even while still circling in birth-and-death, can call forth all manner of excellent fruits of recompense — wealth, rank, and sovereignty; birth into a noble house; vast retinue and following; the accomplishment of vast undertakings and applications; little affliction and harm, with a nature pure and lightly dusted; and good knowledge of all the crafts, treatises, and fields of learning; on to excellent rebirth without fault, all the way to sitting upon the seat of awakening, constantly able to perform every benefit for all sentient beings. This whole string is the "benefit" the six perfections bring.
10. Within a Single Perfection All Perfections Are Included, and the Closing Verse
Finally, Asanga draws the whole section together with a graceful closing. He notices something: when the Buddha teaches, sometimes he speaks only of "giving," sometimes only of "discipline," sometimes only of "patience." Why this picking out of a single perfection? What intent lies behind it? Asanga reveals the answer: because in the actual application of cultivating any one perfection, the other five are all there within it, mutually helping it to completion — when cultivating giving, discipline, patience, effort, meditation, and wisdom are all quietly assisting; and so too when cultivating discipline. Within a single perfection, all the perfections are included. Just for this reason, the Buddha can take the name of any single perfection and let it stand for the whole six. This is called "mutual determination."
Having spoken it all through, Asanga, as is his custom, closes the section with a summarizing verse (uddana). The "uddana" sets a section's headings into an easy-to-recite gathering-verse, so the reader can hold the skeleton firm — the Mahayanasamgraha mostly closes each section this way. This summarizing verse runs: "Number, mark, and sequence; etymology, cultivation, distinction; inclusion, what is countered, merit, mutual determination — these are to be known." The ten items in this short line are precisely the ten gates this section has expounded in order: the number of the six perfections (why six), the mark (the six excellences), the sequence, the etymology, the five modes of cultivation, the distinction (three grades), mutual inclusion, what is countered, merit (the benefits), mutual determination — one word per gate, not one left out.
Looking back over this section, Asanga has made the "six perfections" into the two ends of a single bridge: they are at once the cause that ferries a person into cognition-only, and the fruit that flows out naturally once one has entered cognition-only. Why six (three obstructions, three causes), on what grounds they are called reaching the far shore (the six excellences), where the names come from (etymology), how they are cultivated (the five modes), what the cultivating mind is (the six dispositions), how each divides into three grades, and how they mutually include one another — within this one section, it is all expounded. What remains most worth pondering again and again is still that "gratitude disposition": the true bodhisattva does not feel he is doing a kindness, but on the contrary gives thanks to sentient beings for granting him the chance to accomplish cultivation — this single turn of mind is already a miniature of the Mahayana's largeness of heart.
So this cultivation of the six perfections, subsumed under purified resolve, set into practice and placed within the bodhisattva's long path — what tiered, stage-by-stage distinctions will it show as the stages rise and fall? This is just what the next section, "The Distinctions in That Cultivation," goes on to expound in detail — the distinctions, deeper and shallower, that the cultivation of the six perfections takes on at each of the bodhisattva's ten grounds.
Later Reception
The next division expands the six perfections into ten as they become predominant across the grounds; divisions seven through nine then set discipline, concentration, and wisdom apart as the three higher trainings. The Bodhisattva Stage gives the wider treatment of the six, making this division the hinge of the later sequence.
第六分 彼修差別分Chapter Six — The Distinctions in That Cultivation (Plain Vernacular)
全文五層 →Full five layers →經論宗依
本分的十地以《十地經》所傳的菩薩地次第為經證,根本論把十地、十種無明與法界十相相配。世親、無性二釋再說各地所治、所證與修行差別;義疏依此展開四得、五修、十度與三大劫。
前一分(分五)剛講完:「六波羅蜜多」——布施、持戒、忍辱、精進、禪定、智慧——既是悟入唯識的因,也是它的果。可是話講到這裡,會冒出一個很實在的問題:同樣是修六度,一個剛發心的菩薩,和一個快要成佛的菩薩,境界天差地別。這『修的差別』要怎麼安立?這條成佛的路,到底分幾階走?每一階各破什麼、各證什麼?
這一分,就是無著對這個問題的正面回答。他端出的,是整個大乘最著名的一張進程圖:菩薩十地。從初登聖位的『極喜地』,一路走到即將成佛的『法雲地』,十地像十級台階,把一個人從見道到成佛這段漫長旅程,標出了清清楚楚的刻度。這一分,就是這張地圖的說明書。以下順著無著的話,一段一段講下來。
一、為什麼偏偏是『十』地
讀到『十地』,你也許先想問:為什麼不多不少,正好十地?換個數目不行嗎?無著的回答,藏著這一分最深的一個機關。
他說:真如法界本來是一味的、無差別的——它不分階段、不分高下,本就圓滿在那裡。問題出在我們這一邊:凡夫乃至已登地的菩薩,對這同一個法界的體認,被『十重無明』層層遮著。每揭掉一重無明,法界就向你顯出一個面相;十重無明、十個面相,所以才安立十地——一地破一重無明、證一分法界。
請記牢這一句,它是整分的鑰匙:十地不是『十個不同的真如』,而是『同一個真如,被看清的十種深度』。所以無著接著問『這十地怎麼安立得起來』,自答正是『為了對治十種無明所治障』——為了一重一重對治那遮蔽法界的無明,才有這十級台階。
二、法界一層層顯出來:十相所知法界
這是本分最精微的地方。同一個法界,在十地中漸次顯出十個面相,無著逐地點名。讀的時候別把它們當十個孤立的詞,要看成『一相比一相深』的一道光,慢慢把整片天空照全——
初地,證的是『遍行義』:原來真如遍在一切人、一切法之中,無所不在;破的是『以為真如不周遍』的那重無知。二地,證『最勝義』:真如最尊最勝,菩薩於是極力持戒、不容一點瑕垢相應於它。三地,證『勝流義』:從真如等流而出的,是最殊勝的教法;菩薩於是不惜為法捨身、廣求多聞。四地,證「無攝受義」:真如不被『我所』執取,菩薩於是連對法的那一點微細愛著也放下。五地,證「相續無差別義」:自他、染淨的相續,其本性平等無別。六地,證「無雜染清淨義」:緣起之法,本性不染,所以說它『清淨』。七地,證「種種法無差別義」:千差萬別的法門,歸於一味,無相可得。八地,證「不增不減義」:真如不隨染、淨而有增有減——並且,這一地還連帶得到『相自在』與『土自在』兩種自在所依(對形相與國土,能自在示現)。九地,證「智自在依止義」:得自在之智所依,說法無礙。十地,證「業自在依止義」:度生的事業得大自在,並得「陀羅尼門、三摩地門」的自在所依(總持與三昧,任運現前)。
十相一相比一相深,法界就這樣被一層層認全。無著還用三首偈把這十相重唱一遍——「遍行,最勝義,及與勝流義,如是無攝義,相續無別義,無雜染淨義,種種無別義,不增不減義,四自在依義」——把十相收成一串好記的骨架;末了一句「法界中有十不染污無明,治此所治障,故安立十地」,正把『十相—十無明—十地』這條線收回到一處:法界中有這十重無明要破,才立這十地。
三、一句極要緊的分判:同一重無明,對二乘不染、對菩薩卻染
講完十相、十無明,無著緊接著補了一句很容易讀漏、卻極其要緊的話:這『十重無明』,對聲聞、獨覺來說並不算『染污』;對菩薩,卻是『染污』。
同一層無知,怎麼會對一個人無妨、對另一個人卻非破不可?無著的意思是:這些無明並不障礙『自己了脫生死』——而了脫生死,正是聲聞、獨覺的目標;既不礙其目標,對二乘自然不算染污。可是這些無明,卻嚴重障礙『遍知一切、圓滿成就佛果』——而這,正是菩薩的目標;既礙其所求,對菩薩就是非破不可的染污。
世親、無性二位古德在此處的釋論裡,都順著本論這麼講,並把『於菩薩何以是染污』的所以然點實:這十重無明屬於『所知障』一類——它障的是「遍知一切」的大菩提,而不障『自己解脫』。所以同一重無知,因為志向不同,地位就翻轉了。這一句分判,其實點出了大乘與二乘最深的分野:不在『斷不斷煩惱』,而在『要走多遠』——你若只求自了,這些無明可以不破;你若要成佛,就一重也躲不過。
四、十個地名,個個有來歷
十地的名字,無著一個也沒有隨手取,他回頭逐地交代名字的由來。把這十個名連起來讀,本身就是一條從初證聖位到大雲覆障的上升線——
初地名『極喜』:因為頭一次真正得到了『能成辦自他利益』的本事,初登聖位,滿心大歡喜。二地名『離垢』:因為徹底遠離了犯戒的污垢。三地名『發光』:因為成了不退之定(等持、等至)的依處,又成了大法光明的依處,故如放光。四地名『焰慧』:因為三十七菩提分法像一團火焰,把一切障礙焚燒精光。五地名『極難勝』:因為能把『出世真諦智』與『世間智』這兩個本來相違、彼此打架的,調和到一處、令它們相應——極難而能,故名。六地名『現前』:因為依著緣起之智,能令般若波羅蜜多現在面前。七地名『遠行』:因為走到了『還要用力』這段修行的最後一站(過此再上,就入任運不費力之地了)。八地名『不動』:因為任何相、任何要費力的行,都動搖不了它。九地名『善慧』:因為得了最殊勝的『無礙智』。十地名『法雲』:因為得了『總攬一切法』的大智,含藏無量陀羅尼門與三摩地門——就像一大片雲,能覆蓋如虛空那般廣大的障,又能把法身滋潤圓滿。『法雲』這個名,是整條菩薩道末了那一片莊嚴的雲。這是無著在這一分裡唯一用上的一個現成的象,不必另添。
五、怎麼算『得』了一地:四得相
地名講完,無著問:怎麼才算『得』了一地?他給了四個層次——
第一是『得勝解』:對這一地的境界,生起深切的信解。第二是『得正行』:做得出與這一地相應的十種正法行。第三是『得通達』——這一條最妙:菩薩一旦在初地通達了法界,就能「遍能通達一切地」;一通,百通。為什麼?正照應前面說的——十地同證一個法界,初地既已親證法界,後面諸地所證不過是同一法界的更深面相,所以一處通達,全程在望。第四是『得成滿』:把這一地,修到究竟圓滿。
六、怎麼『修』這些地:五修結五果
那麼,在每一地裡,菩薩具體是『怎麼修』的?無著說:地地之中,都靠『奢摩他(止)、毘鉢舍那(觀)』兩條腿走路;而修的方式,有五種——
一是『集總修』,把一切功德總集起來一齊修;二是『無相修』,不取著於相;三是「無功用修」,不費力而任運自成;四是『熾盛修』,如火轉旺、精勤不退;五是「無喜足修」,永不以已得的為滿足。
這五種修,結出五種果,無著也一一對舉:其一,在念念之間,把生命裡那層粗重的習氣底子(麁重依止)一點點銷融掉;其二,離開種種相,嘗到『法樂』(法苑樂);其三,真正認得那遍滿無量、沒有邊際的大法光明;其四,順著清淨的這一邊,無分別、無相地任運現行;其五,為了圓滿法身,不斷為『下一階更高的因』(後後勝因)打底。修與果,就這樣節節相生,一級托起一級。
七、六度為什麼到這裡開成『十度』:後四度
前面分五講的是六度。可是到了十地,無著說,由於要隨地『增勝』、突顯每一地各自的重點,六度就展開成了『十度』——前六地,各以六度中的一度為主修;後四地,再添出四度。這後四度是哪四度?
一是『方便善巧度』:把前六度所積的善根,連同一切眾生,一起迴向、共求無上正等菩提。二是『願度』:發起種種微妙的大願,替未來的修行招來殊勝的助緣。三是『力度』:靠「思擇、修習」這兩種力,讓前六度能不間斷地現行。四是『智度』:由前六度成就出妙智,自己受用法樂、又成熟眾生。
這裡要記住兩件事,免得讀偏。第一:這後四度,其實都是『般若度』的展開——無著明說,這四度應知是般若波羅蜜多的「無分別智」與『後得智』所攝。換句話說,十度不是在六度之外另加四個東西,而是般若一度開出的枝葉。第二:並不是說某地就只修某一度;其實每一地都通修一切度,只是隨地各有一度特別突出罷了。這整套法門,無著說,都收在「波羅蜜多藏」裡。
八、走完這條路要多久:三大阿僧祇劫
最後一問,也是最讓人吸一口氣的一問:十地走完、修到圓滿,究竟要多久?無著的答案,是那有名的『三大阿僧祇劫』——三段長到數不清的時間;他並把這三段,配給五種行人(五補特伽羅):
頭一段(初無數大劫),是『勝解行』的人走完的——也就是登地以前,在資糧位、加行位上以勝解力修行的階段。第二段(第二無數大劫),是「清淨增上意樂行」以及「有相行、無相行」的人走完的——對應從初地到第七地這一程。第三段(第三無數大劫),是「無功用行」的人走完的——對應從第八地一路上到第十地,那已入任運不費力之境的最後一程。
無著末了用一首偈,把這三大劫的修行進相,濃縮成四個詞:「清淨,增上力,堅固心,昇進」——願心清淨(增上意樂的清淨)、力量增上、心志堅固、節節昇進。這四個詞,就是菩薩歷三大劫、從初發心一路向上的整段進相。
結語
回頭看這一分,你會發現無著做了一件了不起的事:他把分五那抽象的『修六度』,落實成了一張看得見刻度的地圖。十地,原來不是十個不同的目的地,而是同一片真如的天空,被一層層撥開的雲——每一級破一重無明、顯一相法界,個個地名都記著它在這條路上的位置;登地之『得』有四相,地地之『修』有五修、結五果;六度到此開成十度,而後四度終究攝歸般若;走完全程,要歷三大阿僧祇劫、配以五種行人。一句話,這就是『成佛的路分幾階走、每階破什麼證什麼』的完整答案。
從下一分起,無著要轉個方向:前面是把整條路的『階差』鋪開來看,接下來,他要回到這條路上一直在修的內容——菩薩的三增上學:戒、定、慧。第七分先講第一學『增上戒』,細說菩薩戒與聲聞戒究竟差別在哪;隨後分八『增上心』(定)、分九『增上慧』(慧)接續而下。十地是這條路的刻度,三學則是這條路上始終在練的功夫——兩者本是一事的兩面。
承衍
本分向前承接分四的見道與分五的六度,向後以十地統攝三增上學的修行;《辯中邊論·辯無上乘品》亦可互見十地修位。承衍在此只顯次第相接,不把旁論的分目移入本分。
Scriptural and Commentarial Ground
The ten grounds in this division rest on the scriptural sequence of the Ten Grounds. The root treatise correlates ten grounds, ten ignorances, and ten aspects of the dharma-realm; the two ancient commentaries then explain what is countered and realized on each ground.
The previous chapter (Chapter Five) just finished telling us: the six perfections — giving, discipline, patience, vigor, meditation, and wisdom — are both the cause of awakening into mere-cognition and its fruit. But once we have said that, a very concrete question rises up: cultivating the same six perfections, a bodhisattva who has only just set out and a bodhisattva on the verge of buddhahood stand worlds apart. How is this "distinction in cultivation" to be set up? Exactly how many stages does this path to buddhahood divide into? What does each stage counter, and what does each stage realize?
This chapter is Asanga's direct answer to that question. What he sets before us is the single most famous progress-map in all of Mahayana: the ten bodhisattva grounds. From the Joyful Ground, the first foothold on the path of the noble ones, all the way up to the Dharma-Cloud Ground on the brink of buddhahood, the ten grounds are like ten steps of a staircase, marking out clear gradations along the long journey from the path of seeing to buddhahood. This chapter is the instruction manual for that map. What follows tracks Asanga's words, taking them passage by passage.
1. Why exactly "ten" grounds
Reading "ten grounds," you might first want to ask: why neither more nor fewer than exactly ten? Could it not be some other number? Asanga's answer holds the deepest hidden key of this whole chapter.
He says: the reality-realm of suchness is in itself of a single taste, without distinction — it does not divide into stages, does not divide into higher and lower; it is perfectly complete just as it is. The problem lies on our side. Ordinary beings, and even bodhisattvas who have already mounted the grounds, have their realization of this one same reality-realm screened, layer upon layer, by ten ignorances. Each time one layer of ignorance is peeled away, the reality-realm shows you one of its aspects; ten ignorances, ten aspects — and that is why ten grounds are set up: each ground counters one ignorance and realizes one portion of the reality-realm.
Hold this one sentence firmly; it is the key to the whole chapter: the ten grounds are not "ten different suchnesses," but "one same suchness, seen clearly to ten depths." So when Asanga next asks "how do these ten grounds come to be set up," his own answer is exactly: "in order to counter the ten obstructions to be countered, the ten ignorances" — it is in order to counter, one layer at a time, the ignorance that screens the reality-realm that these ten steps exist.
2. The reality-realm shows itself layer by layer: the tenfold reality-realm of the knowable
This is the subtlest place in the chapter. The one same reality-realm, across the ten grounds, gradually shows ten aspects, and Asanga names them ground by ground. As you read, do not take them as ten isolated terms; see them as a single light, each aspect deeper than the last, slowly illuminating the whole sky —
The first ground realizes the all-pervading meaning: suchness, it turns out, pervades all persons and all phenomena, present everywhere; what is broken is the ignorance that supposed suchness was not all-pervading. The second ground realizes the supreme meaning: suchness is most honored, most excellent, and so the bodhisattva upholds discipline to the utmost, allowing not the slightest blemish to consort with it. The third ground realizes the outflow-of-the-excellent meaning: what flows forth in equal measure from suchness is the most excellent teaching, and so the bodhisattva spares not even his own body for the sake of the Dharma, seeking wide learning. The fourth ground realizes the meaning of no appropriation: suchness is not grasped as "mine," and so the bodhisattva lets go of even the most subtle clinging to the Dharma. The fifth ground realizes the meaning of the non-difference of the continuum: the continuum of self and other, of defiled and pure, is in its very nature equal and without distinction. The sixth ground realizes the meaning of undefiled purity: the dependently-arisen is in its nature undefiled, and so it is called "pure." The seventh ground realizes the meaning of the non-difference of the manifold phenomena: the myriad distinct teaching-gates return to a single taste, with no mark to be grasped. The eighth ground realizes the meaning of neither increase nor decrease: suchness neither increases nor decreases as defilement or purity comes and goes — and at this ground one also gains, attendant upon it, two further bases of mastery, mastery over appearance and mastery over the land (the power to manifest forms and lands at will). The ninth ground realizes the meaning of the basis of mastery over wisdom: it gains the basis of the wisdom of mastery, teaching the Dharma without obstruction. The tenth ground realizes the meaning of the basis of mastery over activity: its work of liberating beings attains great mastery, and it gains the bases of mastery over the gates of total-retention (dharani) and the gates of concentration (samadhi) — total-retention and meditative absorption arising spontaneously, of themselves.
Each of the ten aspects is deeper than the one before, and so the reality-realm comes to be recognized in full, layer by layer. Asanga reprises these ten aspects once more in three verses — "the all-pervading, the supreme meaning, and the outflow-of-the-excellent meaning, likewise the no-appropriation meaning, the meaning of the non-difference of the continuum, the meaning of undefiled purity, the meaning of the non-difference of the manifold, the meaning of neither increase nor decrease, and the meaning of the four bases of mastery" — gathering the ten aspects into a single, memorable framework. The closing line — "within the reality-realm there are ten undefiled ignorances; to counter these obstructions to be countered, the ten grounds are set up" — draws the whole thread, "ten aspects — ten ignorances — ten grounds," back into one place: it is because there are these ten layers of ignorance within the reality-realm to be broken that these ten grounds are established.
3. A crucial distinction: the same ignorance is not defiling for the two vehicles, yet IS defiling for bodhisattvas
Having laid out the ten aspects and the ten ignorances, Asanga immediately adds a sentence that is easy to read past yet extremely important: these "ten ignorances" are not counted as "defiling" for sravakas and pratyekabuddhas; for bodhisattvas, however, they ARE "defiling."
How can the same layer of ignorance be no hindrance to one person yet something the other absolutely must break? Asanga's meaning is this: these ignorances do not obstruct "liberating oneself from birth-and-death" — and liberation from birth-and-death is precisely the goal of the sravaka and the pratyekabuddha; since they do not hinder that goal, they are naturally not counted as defiling for the two vehicles. But these same ignorances do gravely obstruct "knowing all things comprehensively, perfectly accomplishing buddhahood" — and that is precisely the bodhisattva's goal; since they hinder what the bodhisattva seeks, for the bodhisattva they are a defilement that absolutely must be broken.
In their commentaries here, the two ancient masters Vasubandhu and Asvabhava both follow the root treatise in expounding it this way, and they make concrete the reason "why it is defiling for the bodhisattva": these ten ignorances belong to the category of the obstruction to the knowable — what they obstruct is the great awakening of "knowing all things comprehensively," not "one's own liberation." So the same layer of ignorance, because the aspiration differs, has its standing reversed. This one distinction in fact points to the deepest dividing line between the Great Vehicle and the two vehicles: it lies not in "whether or not the afflictions are severed," but in "how far one means to go" — if you seek only your own liberation, these ignorances may go unbroken; if you mean to attain buddhahood, not one of them can be evaded.
4. The ten ground-names, each with its own provenance
Asanga took none of the ten ground-names at random; he turns back and accounts, ground by ground, for where each name comes from. Read these ten names in sequence, and they themselves form a single ascending line, from the first realization of the noble station to the great cloud that covers all obstruction —
The first ground is named "Joyful": because here, for the first time, one truly gains the capacity to "accomplish the benefit of self and other," and, first mounting the noble station, one is filled with great joy. The second ground is named "Stainless": because one thoroughly leaves behind the stain of violating discipline. The third ground is named "Radiant": because it becomes the basis of the non-regressing concentrations (the equipoises of attainment and absorption) and the basis of the radiance of the great Dharma, and so it is as if giving off light. The fourth ground is named "Blazing": because the thirty-seven factors of awakening are like a mass of flame, burning up every obstruction clean. The fifth ground is named "Hard-to-Conquer": because it can harmonize into one — and bring into accord — the "wisdom of the supramundane true-meaning" and "mundane wisdom," two things by nature opposed and at odds with each other; supremely hard, yet accomplished, hence the name. The sixth ground is named "Manifest": because, relying on the wisdom of dependent arising, it can bring the perfection of wisdom directly before one, present in front. The seventh ground is named "Far-Reaching": because it reaches the very last station of that stretch of practice that still requires effortful exertion (beyond this, ascending further, one enters the ground of spontaneous, effortless functioning). The eighth ground is named "Immovable": because no appearance, no effortful practice, can shake it. The ninth ground is named "Good-Wisdom": because it gains the most excellent "unobstructed wisdom." The tenth ground is named "Dharma-Cloud": because it gains the great wisdom that "gathers and grasps all phenomena," holding within it measureless gates of total-retention and gates of concentration — just like a vast cloud, able to cover an obstruction as wide as space, and able to moisten and perfect the dharma-body. The name "Dharma-Cloud" is the cloud of majesty at the very end of the whole bodhisattva path. This is the one ready-made image Asanga uses in this chapter, needing no other added to it.
5. What counts as having "attained" a ground: the four marks of attainment
With the ground-names told, Asanga asks: what does it take to count as having "attained" a ground? He gives four levels —
The first is attaining resolve: giving rise to a deep faith and understanding in the state of that ground. The second is attaining right conduct: being able to carry out the ten kinds of right Dharma-conduct that accord with that ground. The third is attaining penetration — and this one is the most marvelous: once a bodhisattva penetrates the reality-realm at the first ground, he "can penetrate all the grounds comprehensively"; penetrate one, and one penetrates all. Why? Precisely as said before — the ten grounds realize one same reality-realm; since the first ground has already intimately realized the reality-realm, what the later grounds realize is no more than deeper aspects of that same reality-realm, and so penetration at one point puts the whole course within view. The fourth is attaining consummation: cultivating that ground to its ultimate perfection.
6. How these grounds are "cultivated": the five cultivations yielding five fruits
So how, concretely, does a bodhisattva "cultivate" within each ground? Asanga says: within every single ground, one walks on two legs — calm-abiding (samatha) and insight (vipasyana) — and the manner of cultivation is of five kinds:
First, comprehensive cultivation, gathering all merits together and cultivating them at once; second, markless cultivation, not grasping at appearances; third, effortless cultivation, accomplished spontaneously without exertion; fourth, intensifying cultivation, like a fire growing fiercer, diligent and non-regressing; fifth, never-satisfied cultivation, never resting content with what has already been gained.
These five cultivations bear five fruits, and Asanga matches them one to one: first, in moment after moment, dissolving away, bit by bit, the coarse substratum of latent tendencies that underlies a life (the basis of coarseness); second, leaving the various appearances behind and tasting the "joy of the Dharma" (the joy of the Dharma-garden); third, truly recognizing that radiance of the great Dharma, all-pervading, measureless, and without bound; fourth, on the side of purity, functioning spontaneously without conceptual construction and without appearance; fifth, in order to perfect the dharma-body, ceaselessly laying the groundwork for "the ever-higher cause of the next stage" (the ever-superior cause). Cultivation and fruit thus beget each other step by step, each level lifting up the one above it.
7. Why the six perfections here open out into "ten perfections": the latter four
Earlier, Chapter Five spoke of the six perfections. But by the time we reach the ten grounds, Asanga says that, because each ground is to be made "ever more excellent" and to bring out its own distinctive emphasis, the six perfections open out into the ten perfections — across the first six grounds, each takes one of the six perfections as its principal cultivation; in the latter four grounds, four further perfections are added. Which four are these latter four?
First, the perfection of skillful means: dedicating the roots of goodness amassed by the first six perfections, together with all sentient beings, toward the joint pursuit of unsurpassed perfect awakening. Second, the perfection of vows: giving rise to all manner of subtle, great vows, summoning excellent supporting conditions for the practice yet to come. Third, the perfection of powers: by the two powers of "discernment and cultivation," causing the first six perfections to function without interruption. Fourth, the perfection of wisdom: through the first six perfections accomplishing a sublime wisdom, by which one enjoys the joy of the Dharma oneself and ripens sentient beings.
Two things must be remembered here, lest the reading go astray. First: these latter four perfections are in fact all an unfolding of the "perfection of wisdom" (prajna) — Asanga states plainly that these four are to be understood as encompassed by the non-conceptual wisdom and the subsequently-attained wisdom of the perfection of wisdom. In other words, the ten perfections are not four extra things added on outside the six; they are branches and leaves opened out from the single perfection of wisdom. Second: it is not that a given ground cultivates only one given perfection; on the contrary, no perfection is left uncultivated — in truth, every ground cultivates all the perfections together; it is only that, ground by ground, one perfection stands out with special prominence. This whole body of teaching, Asanga says, is gathered within the "treasury of the perfections."
8. How long it takes to walk this path: the three incalculable great eons
The last question, and the one that makes one draw a breath: to walk the ten grounds to the end, cultivating to perfection — exactly how long does it take? Asanga's answer is the famous three incalculable great eons — three stretches of time too long to be counted; and he assigns these three stretches to five kinds of practitioner (five persons):
The first stretch (the first incalculable eon) is the span walked through by the person of resolute conduct — that is, the stage before mounting the grounds, cultivating by the force of resolve on the path of accumulation and the path of application. The second stretch (the second incalculable eon) is the span walked through by the person of purified, intensified, superior aspiration and the persons of conduct-with-appearance and conduct-without-appearance — corresponding to the stretch from the first ground up to the seventh. The third stretch (the third incalculable eon) is the span walked through by the person of effortless conduct — corresponding to the stretch from the eighth ground all the way up to the tenth, that final reach already entered upon the realm of spontaneous, effortless functioning.
Asanga closes with a verse that distills the marks of progress across these three great eons into four words: "purity, intensified power, firm resolve, ascent" — purity of aspiration (the purity of the intensified superior aspiration), intensification of power, firmness of resolve, and step-by-step ascent. These four words are the entire mark of progress of the bodhisattva who, across three great eons, advances from the first arising of the mind ever upward.
Closing
Looking back over this chapter, you find that Asanga has done something remarkable: he has taken the abstract "cultivating the six perfections" of Chapter Five and grounded it in a map with visible gradations. The ten grounds, it turns out, are not ten different destinations but one same sky of suchness, with the clouds peeled back layer by layer — each level breaking one ignorance and revealing one aspect of the reality-realm, each ground-name recording its place along the path. The "attainment" of a ground has four marks; the "cultivation" of each ground has five cultivations bearing five fruits; the six perfections here open out into ten, and the latter four are after all gathered back into the perfection of wisdom; and to walk the whole course takes three incalculable great eons, matched to five kinds of practitioner. In a word, this is the complete answer to "how many stages the path to buddhahood divides into, and what each stage breaks and realizes."
From the next chapter on, Asanga turns in a new direction: up to here he has spread out the "gradations" of the whole path for us to see; next, he returns to the content that has been cultivated all along on this path — the bodhisattva's three higher trainings: discipline, concentration, and wisdom. Chapter Seven first treats the first training, higher discipline, expounding in detail just where the bodhisattva's discipline differs from the sravaka's; then Chapter Eight, "higher mind" (concentration), and Chapter Nine, "higher wisdom" (wisdom), follow in turn. The ten grounds are the gradations of this path; the three trainings are the very work practiced upon it throughout — the two are but two faces of one thing.
Later Reception
This division receives the path of seeing from division four and the six perfections from division five, then supplies the ten-ground span within which the three higher trainings unfold. The chapter on the unsurpassed vehicle in Discerning the Middle and Extremes may be read alongside it without importing its divisions here.
第七分 增上戒學分Chapter Seven — The Higher Training in Discipline (Plain Vernacular)
全文五層 →Full five layers →經論宗依
根本論明說菩薩律儀如《瑜伽師地論·菩薩地》所說,本分只以四種殊勝攝其綱。世親、無性二釋尤其說明共不共學處與甚深開遮的條件;義疏須連同大悲、後得智與無罪之限界而讀,不把特殊開遮化成一般許可。
到了第七分,菩薩道的地圖其實已經畫完了。前面分六講『十地』,把從初發心到成佛要走的階位一階一階鋪了出來。接下來三分,無著要回過頭來,講貫穿這整條路的功夫——三增上學:增上戒、增上心(定)、增上慧。所謂『增上』,就是『更高一層、更為殊勝』的意思:同樣叫戒、定、慧,菩薩的這一套,比聲聞的高出一截。這一分先講第一學:戒。
於是這一分底下,那個真正要回答的問題就浮出來了:菩薩也持戒,聲聞也持戒,這兩種戒,到底差在哪裡?為什麼有些聲聞絕不能犯的,菩薩反而開許去做?
無著的回答乾淨利落:菩薩戒比聲聞戒殊勝,殊勝在四個地方——差別、共不共、廣大、甚深。下面就順著這四殊勝,一面一面講開。
不過先要記住一件事,這一分為什麼特別短。一開頭,無著就明白地把讀者支到另一部論去:細目,「如《菩薩地》正受菩薩律儀中說」——也就是《瑜伽師地論》裡專講菩薩戒的那一品,戒條的細目全在那裡,他這一分只標綱領。所以這一分像一張提要,不是一本戒本;它要交代的,不是『該守哪些條』,而是『菩薩這套戒,憑什麼比聲聞高』。
一、第一勝:差別——菩薩的戒,分成三品
聲聞的戒,主要是「別解脫戒」——管住自己的身、口不去造惡,守好這一身,求個人的解脫。菩薩戒不一樣,它分成三品,格局一下子就大了出去:
- 律儀戒——守住身、口不作惡。這一層,菩薩和聲聞是一樣的,講的是『止惡』。
- 攝善法戒——主動去修集一切佛法。無著說,這一品『以修集一切佛法而建立』,講的是『行善』。
- 饒益有情戒——主動去成熟一切眾生。無著說,這一品『以成熟一切有情而建立』,講的是『利生』。
一個止、一個行、一個利他。請看出這裡的轉折——菩薩的戒,不只是『不做壞事』就算數,更要求你『必須去做好事、必須去利益眾生』。對菩薩來說,該利生而不去利生,本身就是一種虧欠、一種犯戒。光是潔身自好,在菩薩戒裡是不夠的。這就是第一種殊勝:從格局上,就和聲聞分了高下。
二、第二勝:共不共——哪裡和聲聞一樣,哪裡不一樣
第二勝講得最細,要分辨菩薩戒與聲聞戒『哪裡共、哪裡不共』。要看懂這一段,得先把『罪』分成兩類:
- 性罪——本質就是惡的事,像殺、像盜。它不必等佛立下戒條,做了當下就是罪,因為它本身就壞。
- 遮罪——事情本身不算惡,是佛為了防護修行人、額外制下來的,像某些威儀上的細則。守它是為了不出岔子,但破了它,並非那件事本身有什麼惡。
分清這兩類,無著的判法就清楚了:對性罪,菩薩一概不犯——這一點和聲聞完全相同,叫『共』;但對那些「相似遮罪」,菩薩在「能利益眾生」的前提下,有時反而該去做——這一點聲聞死守、菩薩有開,叫『不共』。於是會出現一種有趣的交錯:同樣一條學處,有『聲聞算犯、菩薩不算犯』的,也有『菩薩算犯、聲聞不算犯』的。
還有更要緊的一層分別。聲聞的戒,只管『身、語』兩業——要真做出來、真說出口,才算犯。菩薩的戒,卻管『身、語、心』三業——光在心裡起一個惡念,菩薩就已經算犯戒了。為什麼這麼嚴?無性在他的釋論裡點明:這個『心犯』,指的是「唯內起欲、恚、害等諸惡尋思」——單單在心裡動了貪、瞋、害這類惡念頭,哪怕還沒落到身、口上,菩薩就成犯了。世親也同樣說:「菩薩心亦有犯,非諸聲聞」,因為這是聲聞戒裡所沒有的。道理在於:菩薩的目標是利益一切眾生,一念自私的惡心,就已經背離了那個方向。
所以這第二勝,無著用一句話總攝:凡是『能利益眾生、又沒有過失』的身、語、意三業,菩薩都應該去做、都應該學。共在性罪,不共在遮罪與心戒——這就是第二種殊勝。
不過這裡世親還細揀了一處,免得讀者把「能利益眾生」想偏:並不是只要打著利生的名義就一律無罪。他舉例說——「或雖饒益而非無罪,如以女等非法之物授與他人」:有些事看起來像在饒益對方,其實是把不如法的東西塞給人,這種就仍是有罪的,戒裡為了遮這種事,才特別說明哪些才算『無罪』。可見「饒益有情無罪」這六個字,是連著『無罪』一起看的,不是一句空泛的開脫。
三、第三勝:廣大——四個方向,都大到無邊
第三勝,講菩薩戒的『廣大』。無著從四個方向說它大:
- 學處廣大——菩薩要學的戒條種類,無量無邊,不是區區幾百條可以框住的。
- 福德廣大——持這套戒所生出來的福德,無量無邊。
- 意樂廣大——存的那份心,是要利益、安樂一切眾生,不為一己。
- 菩提廣大——終極要奔的目標,是無上正等菩提,也就是成佛。
所學的戒、所積的福、所存的心、所向的果——四面都大到沒有邊際,所以叫「廣大殊勝」。聲聞戒守的是一身一世的清淨,菩薩戒撐開的卻是盡眾生界、盡未來際的格局。這是第三種殊勝。
四、第四勝:甚深——最深的一面,也是最須謹慎的一面
到了第四勝,就觸著了菩薩戒最深、也最容易被誤解的一面,這也是歷來戒律學上著名的難題:菩薩戒的『開』。
無著的原話是這樣:諸菩薩若具「方便善巧」,便能「行殺生等十種作業,而無有罪,生無量福,速證無上正等菩提」。也就是說——菩薩在具足方便善巧的情況下,即使去做『殺生』等本來是十種惡業的事,不但沒有罪,反而能生出無量的福,迅速證得無上的佛果。
這句話份量極重,要點全繫在「方便善巧」這四個字上。它不是一句空話,無性在釋論裡把這個條件講得很實——他說「由是品類方便善巧者」,指的是菩薩「悲願相應後得妙智」:是以大悲與本願相應、又有後得智的判斷力為依的。再往下,他把那「十種作業」科開來講:所謂『後三』,是指把貪、瞋、邪見三者翻轉過來的正心——「愛樂善法、憎惡不善、見諸邪性」;『前七』則是身、語上的七種作業。他說,正是『依止此〔正心〕故,行殺等前七而無有罪,生無量福,速證菩提』。無性甚至把那一念心的起處也辨明了:菩薩這類惡業若起,是「不能招苦故無有罪,能助道故生無量福」。
無著接著還舉了兩種情形,把這『甚深』說得更具體:
其一,菩薩可能「現行變化身語兩業」——以神通變化所現的身、語之業,這也屬於甚深的尸羅(戒)。由此因緣,菩薩或作國王,示行種種惱害有情之事,而把有情安立在毘柰耶(戒律法度)之中。
其二,菩薩又「現種種諸本生事」——在過去生的種種事蹟裡,示行逼惱其餘的有情,而其實是真實地攝受他們:先讓對方的心對法深生淨信,然後再慢慢把他度向成熟。
這『看似惱害、實為攝化』,連同神通變化所現的身語之業,都屬於甚深的戒。無著末了一句收住:「是名菩薩所學尸羅甚深殊勝。」
這裡要說明白:以上這個『開』,它的『無罪』條件,是無著立、無性申的——繫於悲願後得妙智、繫於那翻轉貪瞋邪見的『後三』正心所依、繫於『不招苦、能助道』。這些是古德所立的條件;論文沒有另給後人重新裁量的通則。無著已經把「方便善巧」這個條件立在那裡。也正因為這個開例如此深細,讀到此處尤其須謹慎。
結語
回頭看這一分,無著用短短一張提要,把『菩薩戒為什麼殊勝』說得乾淨利落——差別(三品:止惡、行善、利生)、共不共(性罪共、相似遮罪開;且菩薩連起心動念都在戒中)、廣大(學處、福德、意樂、菩提四面皆大)、甚深(具方便善巧時,似惱而實攝、開作十業而無罪)。這四種殊勝合起來,無著的斷語是:菩薩的「尸羅律儀」,遠勝於聲聞。
至於更細的戒條,無著一再把人支回兩處——廣在《菩薩地》戒品,又如《毘柰耶瞿沙方廣契經》中所說。他這一分,只任綱領。
從第八分起,無著要接著講三增上學的第二學——增上心,也就是『定』。戒守住了身、語、心的方向,接下來,是把這顆心收攝、安定下來:那些「首楞伽摩」『虛空藏』一類甚深的三摩地,正是下一分要展開的境地。
承衍
本分把六度中的戒別立為增上戒;分八、分九接著別立增上心與增上慧,三學由此成組。《瑜伽師地論·菩薩地》廣說三聚淨戒,可供回讀其細目;攝論此處仍守四殊勝之綱。
Scriptural and Commentarial Ground
The root treatise expressly refers the bodhisattva discipline to the Bodhisattva Stage and gathers it here under four excellences. The two ancient commentaries clarify the shared and unshared rules and, above all, the conditions governing the profound exceptions; this exposition does not turn a bounded exception into general permission.
By the time we reach Chapter 7, the map of the bodhisattva path has in fact already been drawn. The preceding Chapter 6 expounded the "ten grounds," laying out stage by stage the whole ladder one climbs from the first arising of the mind up to buddhahood. In the three chapters that follow, Asanga turns back to expound the practice that runs through this entire road — the three higher trainings: the higher training in discipline, the higher training in mind (concentration), and the higher training in wisdom. The word "higher" (增上) means "a level higher, more excellent": though they go by the same names — discipline, concentration, wisdom — the bodhisattva's set of all three stands a notch above the sravaka's. This chapter takes up the first training: discipline.
And so, underneath this chapter, the question it really has to answer surfaces plainly: the bodhisattva keeps discipline, and the sravaka keeps discipline too — so where exactly do these two kinds of discipline differ? Why is it that some things a sravaka may absolutely never transgress, the bodhisattva is on the contrary permitted to do?
Asanga's answer is crisp and clean: the bodhisattva's discipline is more excellent than the sravaka's, and it is more excellent in four respects — differentiation, the shared-and-unshared, vastness, and profundity. In what follows we will take these four excellences and open each one up, side by side.
First, though, one thing should be kept in mind, which explains why this chapter is so unusually short. Right at the start, Asanga openly sends the reader off to another treatise for the particulars: "as stated in the Bodhisattva Grounds, in the section on formally receiving the bodhisattva discipline" — that is, the chapter of the Yogacarabhumi that deals specifically with the bodhisattva discipline, where the detailed list of precepts all resides. He gives only the headings in this chapter. So this chapter reads like a synopsis, not a precept-manual; what it sets out to convey is not "which articles one should keep" but "on what grounds the bodhisattva's discipline stands higher than the sravaka's."
I. The First Excellence: Differentiation — the bodhisattva's discipline falls into three grades
The sravaka's discipline is principally the "discipline of individual liberation" (pratimoksa) — reining in one's own body and speech so they commit no evil, guarding this one body well, seeking personal liberation. The bodhisattva discipline is different: it falls into three grades of discipline, and the scope all at once opens out:
- The discipline of restraint — guarding body and speech against doing evil. At this level the bodhisattva and the sravaka are the same; what it speaks of is stopping evil.
- The discipline of gathering the good — actively cultivating and accumulating all the buddha-dharma. Asanga says this grade "is established in the sense of cultivating and accumulating all the buddha-dharma"; what it speaks of is doing good.
- The discipline of benefiting beings — actively maturing all sentient beings. Asanga says this grade "is established in the sense of maturing all sentient beings"; what it speaks of is benefiting beings.
One stopping, one doing, one benefiting others. Notice the turn here — the bodhisattva's discipline does not count as fulfilled merely by "not doing bad things"; it further requires that you "must do good, must benefit beings." For the bodhisattva, to fail to benefit beings where benefit is called for is itself a kind of shortfall, a kind of transgression. Keeping oneself merely clean is, within the bodhisattva discipline, not enough. This is the first excellence: in scope alone, it already divides high from low against the sravaka.
II. The Second Excellence: Shared-and-Unshared — where it is the same as the sravaka's, and where it is not
The second excellence is argued in the finest detail, and it has to distinguish where the bodhisattva discipline is "shared" with the sravaka's and where it is "unshared." To follow this passage one must first sort "offences" into two classes:
- Natural offences — acts that are evil by their very nature, such as killing and stealing. These need not wait for the Buddha to lay down a precept; the moment they are done they are offences, because they are intrinsically bad.
- Prohibitory offences — acts not in themselves evil, which the Buddha set down as an extra measure to protect practitioners, such as certain fine points of deportment. Keeping them is a way of not slipping into trouble, but breaking one is not a case of the act itself being in any way evil.
With these two classes distinguished, Asanga's ruling is clear: as for natural offences, the bodhisattva never commits any — and on this point he is exactly the same as the sravaka, which is called "shared"; but as for those "quasi-prohibitory offences," the bodhisattva, on the precondition of "being able to benefit beings," should at times on the contrary do them — and on this point the sravaka holds rigidly fast while the bodhisattva has a permission, which is called "unshared." Hence an interesting crossover arises: for one and the same training-point, there are cases where "the sravaka counts as transgressing while the bodhisattva does not," and cases where "the bodhisattva counts as transgressing while the sravaka does not."
There is a further, more important distinction. The sravaka's discipline governs only the two karmas of "body and speech" — only when something is actually done or actually spoken does it count as a transgression. The bodhisattva's discipline, however, governs the three karmas of "body, speech, and mind" — the mere arising of one evil thought in the mind already counts, for the bodhisattva, as a transgression of discipline. Why so strict? Asvabhava, in his commentary, makes it explicit: this "mental transgression" refers to "merely the inward arising of evil deliberations such as craving, hatred, and harm" — the mere stirring in the mind of evil thoughts of this kind, greed, anger, harmfulness, even before they descend to body and speech, makes the bodhisattva a transgressor. Vasubandhu says the same: "the bodhisattva can transgress in mind as well, which the sravaka cannot," because this is something the sravaka discipline does not contain. The principle is this: the bodhisattva's aim is to benefit all sentient beings, and a single selfish evil thought has already turned away from that direction.
So this second excellence Asanga sums up in a single sentence: whatever karma of body, speech, or mind "is able to benefit beings and is also without fault," the bodhisattva should do it all, should train in it all. Shared in the natural offences; unshared in the prohibitory offences and the discipline of mind — this is the second excellence.
But here Vasubandhu adds one fine discrimination, so the reader will not get "able to benefit beings" wrong: it is not that anything done under the banner of benefiting beings is for that reason without fault. He gives an example — "or though it benefits, it is not without fault, as in handing over women and the like, or unlawful things, to another person": some acts look as if they are benefiting the other party, but in fact they thrust something improper upon a person, and such acts are still faulty; it is precisely to fence off such cases that the discipline specially spells out what does count as "without fault." So the six words "benefiting beings without fault" are to be read together with the "without fault" — not as some vague exoneration.
III. The Third Excellence: Vastness — four directions, all boundlessly vast
The third excellence speaks of the "vastness" of the bodhisattva discipline. Asanga calls it vast from four directions:
- Vastness of training-points — the kinds of precepts the bodhisattva must train in are measureless and boundless, not to be hemmed in by some mere few hundred articles.
- Vastness of merit — the merit produced by keeping this discipline is measureless and boundless.
- Vastness of intention — the heart that is held is to benefit and bring ease to all beings, not for a single self.
- Vastness of awakening — the ultimate goal it runs toward is unsurpassed perfect awakening, that is, buddhahood.
The discipline trained in, the merit accumulated, the heart held, the fruit aimed at — all four sides are vast beyond any limit — and so it is called the "excellence of vastness." The sravaka discipline guards the purity of one body and one lifetime; the bodhisattva discipline stretches open a scope spanning the whole realm of beings and the whole of future time. This is the third excellence.
IV. The Fourth Excellence: Profundity — the deepest side, and the side that most demands caution
With the fourth excellence we touch the deepest side of the bodhisattva discipline, and also the side most easily misunderstood; this is, moreover, the famous hard problem in the study of discipline down the ages: the bodhisattva discipline's "permission."
Asanga's own words run thus: bodhisattvas who possess "skill in means" can "perform the ten kinds of karma such as killing, yet be without offence, give rise to measureless merit, and swiftly realize unsurpassed perfect awakening." That is to say — a bodhisattva, in the condition of being furnished with skill in means, even in doing such things as "killing," which are by nature ten evil karmas, not only incurs no offence but on the contrary gives rise to measureless merit and swiftly realizes the unsurpassed buddha-fruit.
This sentence carries enormous weight, and the whole crux hinges on those words "skill in means." It is no empty phrase. Asvabhava, in his commentary, spells this condition out very concretely — he says "by being of this category, skilled in means" refers to the bodhisattva's "subsequently-attained marvelous wisdom in accord with compassion and vow": it rests upon great compassion and the original vow being in accord, together with the discriminating power of the subsequently-attained wisdom. Going further, he breaks open those "ten kinds of karma" and explains them: the so-called "latter three" refer to the upright mind that has reversed the three of craving, hatred, and wrong view — "delighting in the good dharma, abhorring the unwholesome, seeing into all wrong natures"; the "former seven" are the seven karmas of body and speech. He says it is precisely "in reliance on this [upright mind] that one performs the former seven, killing and the rest, without offence, gives rise to measureless merit, and swiftly realizes awakening." Asvabhava even clarifies where that one thought of mind arises: when such evil karma of the bodhisattva arises, it is "without offence because it cannot summon suffering, and gives rise to measureless merit because it can aid the path."
Asanga then gives two further cases, making this "profundity" more concrete still:
First, a bodhisattva may "display the two karmas of body and speech by transformation" — the karmas of body and speech manifested through the transformation body (i.e. by supernatural transformation); this too belongs to the profound sila (discipline). By this cause and condition, a bodhisattva may become a king and display the doing of all manner of things that vex and harm beings, and thereby establish those beings within the vinaya (the law and measure of discipline).
Second, a bodhisattva further "displays all manner of birth-stories (jataka)" — in the various deeds of past lives, displaying the vexing and oppressing of the remaining beings, while in truth gathering them in: first causing the other's mind to give rise to deep pure faith in the dharma, then gradually leading him toward maturity.
This "seeming to vex and harm, yet in fact gathering and converting," together with the karmas of body and speech manifested by supernatural transformation, all belong to the profound discipline. Asanga closes with a final line: "this is called the profound excellence of the sila in which the bodhisattva trains."
Here it should be stated plainly: as for this "permission" above, its "without offence" condition is one that Asanga set down and Asvabhava elaborated — resting upon the subsequently-attained marvelous wisdom in accord with compassion and vow, resting upon the basis of that upright mind of the "latter three" that has reversed craving, hatred, and wrong view, resting upon "not summoning suffering, able to aid the path." These are the conditions stated by the classical masters; the text does not supply a new rule for re-weighing them. Asanga has himself already set "skill in means" in place there. Precisely because this exception is so deep and fine, it remains the point in bodhisattva discipline that most demands caution.
Conclusion
Looking back over this chapter, Asanga, in the space of a single short synopsis, states crisply and cleanly "why the bodhisattva discipline is excellent" — differentiation (three grades: stopping evil, doing good, benefiting beings), the shared-and-unshared (natural offences shared, quasi-prohibitory offences permitted; and the bodhisattva is held to discipline even in the stirring of a thought), vastness (training-points, merit, intention, awakening, all four sides vast), and profundity (when furnished with skill in means, seeming to vex yet in fact gathering in, performing the ten karmas under permission yet without offence). Taking these four excellences together, Asanga's verdict is: the bodhisattva's "discipline of sila and restraint" far surpasses the sravaka's.
As for the finer precepts, Asanga again and again sends one back to two places — at length to the discipline section of the Bodhisattva Grounds, and also "as stated in the Vinaya-ghosa Vaipulya Sutra." This chapter of his carries only the headings.
From Chapter 8 onward, Asanga will go on to expound the second of the three higher trainings — the higher training in mind, that is, "concentration." With body, speech, and mind held to their direction by discipline, the next step is to gather and settle this very mind: those profound samadhis such as "Surangama" and "Akasagarbha" are precisely the terrain the next chapter opens up.
Later Reception
This division sets discipline apart from the six perfections as the higher training in discipline; divisions eight and nine complete the set with higher mind and higher wisdom. The Bodhisattva Stage provides the fuller detail of the three collections of pure discipline, while this division retains its fourfold outline.
第八分 增上心學分Chapter Eight — The Higher Training in Mind (Plain Vernacular)
全文五層 →Full five layers →經論宗依
本分以大乘法為所緣,展開菩薩三摩地的六種差別;其中一組祕密言詞雖標作經說,現存漢藏未見可定位的獨立源經,故如實存疑。世親、無性二釋共同要求把表面語句與自帶答句合讀,義疏以此限定隨覺的範圍。
三增上學,前一分把『戒』講完了;這一分接著講第二學——定。論裡不叫『定』,叫『增上心』:因為定是收攝、安住此心的工夫,故以『心』立名,又因它是高過凡情、層層增上的修心之學,故稱『增上』。
但這一分一開口,就有個問題堵在那裡:修定,外道也修、二乘也修;菩薩坐下來入定,憑什麼就比聲聞、緣覺的定殊勝?更扎手的是,這一分講到深處,無著竟引出一串聽來顛倒的話——說『殺生』是菩薩行、『有貪』是佛法、布施要『無一點東西可施』。佛法裡怎麼會有這種像在講壞事、像在自相矛盾的話?
這兩個問題,正是這一分要回答的。無著的答法很有層次:他先用「六種差別」說明菩薩的定與二乘到底差在哪;再從第六種差別『作業』一路推開,講到撼動世界的大神通、十種難行,最後落到那串顛倒之語——也就是『隨覺祕密言詞』與「甚深佛法」。前半講定的體(定是什麼樣的定),後半講定的用(這定能做出什麼),而用之廣,直通佛的不可思議境界。以下順著無著的話講下來。
一、菩薩的定,六個地方與二乘不同
無著先自問一句:增上心的殊勝,「云何可見」——菩薩定的殊勝,要從哪裡看出來?他的答案是:略由六種差別應知。也就是說,同樣是入定,菩薩的定在六個面向上,都與二乘判然不同。我們一個一個看。
第一是「所緣差別」。所緣,就是定心所攀緣、所安住的對象。二乘入定,多半緣著自身解脫的境;菩薩的定,「謂大乘法為所緣」——緣的是整個大乘之法。一上來,所對的格局就不一樣。
第二是「種種差別」。菩薩的定不是一種,而是「種種無量」。無著舉了幾個有名字的:大乘光明定、集福定王定、賢守定、健行定(『健行』即經中常見的『首楞嚴/首楞伽摩』,玄奘取其義而譯作『健行』,是一種勇健直前、所向無摧的大定)。光是列得出名字的就這許多,何況無量無數。二乘的定哪有這般繁富。
第三是「對治差別」,這一項最要緊,也是這一分頭一個動人的地方。對治,就是定要拿來『治』什麼、『除』什麼。菩薩的定,是「謂一切法總相緣智」——以一種能總緣一切法共通之相的智慧,去做對治;而對治的辦法,無著用了一個極傳神的比方:「以楔出楔道理,遣阿賴耶識中一切障麁重故。」
這「以楔出楔」四字,是這一分自己給出的譬喻,不可放過。木工要拔出一根卡死在木頭裡的舊楔子,硬拔拔不動,怎麼辦?另取一根新楔子,從旁邊釘進去,新楔一進,舊楔就被頂了出來。菩薩對治煩惱,正是這個道理:阿賴耶識(一切經驗最底層、含藏一切種子的根本識)裡,積著種種障的『麁重』——也就是煩惱習氣那股粗澀、滯重、令人不得自在的勢力。要除它,不是空空地去『壓』,而是以那緣一切法總相的清淨智,當作一根新楔子釘進去,把藏識中染污的舊種子一一頂遣出來。清淨智這一楔下去,染污麁重那一楔就鬆動、就出來了——這是菩薩定學最核心的工夫所在。
第四是「堪能差別」。堪能,就是這定有沒有『擔得起、做得到』的力量。二乘人一旦貪著禪定之樂,往往就被那份定樂綁住,不肯出來。菩薩不然:「謂住靜慮樂,隨其所欲即受生故」——他雖也安住在禪定之樂裡,卻能「隨其所欲」,要往哪裡受生度眾,就往哪裡受生,全不被定樂縛住。這正是菩薩『乘願再來』的本錢。
第五是「引發差別」。菩薩的定能「引發一切世界無礙神通」——能引生出遍及一切世界、毫無滯礙的神通。這就接到了第六種差別。
前五種,已經把菩薩定的格局整個拉開了。但無著真正要大講特講的,是第六種。
二、第六「作業差別」之一:定能撼動世界
第六種叫「作業差別」。作業,就是這定能『做出』什麼、能起什麼大用。前五種講的是定的體性與格局,這第六種講的是定的妙用——而這一門極廣極深,是這一分的重頭戲。無著從『大神通』說起。
菩薩的定能引發種種神變,無著一氣列了下來:能振動大地、能熾然放光發燄、能遍滿令光明普照、能顯示種種境相、能轉變外境、能自在往來、能卷舒世界(把廣大世界捲起、又展開)、能把「一切色像皆入身中」(將一切形色收攝入自己身內)、能「所往同類」(去到哪一類眾生中就示現哪一類之身)、能「或顯或隱」忽現忽藏、能「所作自在」隨意成辦、能「伏他神通」制伏他人的神力、能「施辯念樂」施與眾生辯才與正念安樂、能「放大光明」。
這一連串,全是菩薩三摩地所引發的大神通。但請記住:神通只是這『作業』門的開頭。真正深的,還在後面。
三、第六「作業差別」之二:十件極難而能行的事
定的作業,還能撐起『十難行』——十件極難做到、而菩薩偏能做到的事。無著一一列出,我們順著一一敘下來:
一是「自誓難行」:敢於立下「誓受無上菩提」的成佛大願,把整條無盡長路一肩擔起。二是「不退難行」:生死路上眾苦交逼,壓不退他向道之心。三是「不背難行」:一切眾生縱然胡作非為、行種種邪行,菩薩也始終不棄不背。四是「現前難行」:哪怕對著與自己有怨的眾生,照樣當面為他作種種饒益之事。五是「不染難行」:生在世間,混跡人群,卻不被世間種種法所染污。六是「勝解難行」:對廣大甚深的大乘,雖『未能了』(還沒能全然通達),卻已能深生信解、毫不動搖。七是「通達難行」:能通達「補特伽羅無我」與『法無我』——人、法二者皆無實我。
第八,是「隨覺難行」:「於諸如來所說甚深祕密言詞能隨覺故」——佛有時會用一種「祕密言詞」說法,菩薩能『隨覺』、能順著它而覺破其真意。這一項最特別,下面要專講。
九是「不離不染難行」:不捨離生死、長在生死中度眾,卻又不被生死所染。十是「加行難行」:能修行諸佛那種境界——「安住解脫一切障礙,窮生死際不作功用,常起一切有情一切義利行」:安住於解脫一切障礙的果地,盡未來際、窮生死之邊,不假任何造作功用,卻恆常地為一切眾生興起一切利益之行。
十難行裡,第八『隨覺』是門檻最高的一關,正是底下兩段的鑰匙。
四、隨覺祕密言詞:佛為什麼用『顛倒話』說法
這是本分最深、也最容易被讀錯的一段,須沉住氣慢慢看。
無著接著問:「隨覺難行中,於佛何等祕密言詞彼諸菩薩能隨覺了?」——所謂隨覺,到底是要覺破佛的哪一類話?這裡先要立住一個觀念:佛說法,有時並不照字面直說,而用一種「甚深祕密言詞」——表面上像在講悖論、甚至像在講壞事,骨子裡卻句句指向最深的正法。世親在他的釋論裡,正是這樣標明此段宗旨的:這一問,是「為顯祕密言詞意趣」而設,後文要逐句別釋。無性的釋論說得更直截:所謂隨覺,就是對佛這種祕密言詞,要「捨隨聞義、覺不聞義」——捨掉你字面上所聽到的那層意思,去覺取它沒明說出來的那層密意。無性還特別點出:這第八難行「其義未了,故須重釋」,所以他逐句把密意申了出來。
無著舉的第一串例子,是布施。佛問:「云何菩薩能行惠施?」答:「若諸菩薩無少所施,然於十方無量世界廣行惠施。」——怎樣才算菩薩能行布施?是當他『沒有一丁點東西可施』,卻又在十方無量世界裡廣行布施之時。又問「云何菩薩於惠施中深生信解」,答「若諸菩薩不信如來而行布施」——怎樣算他對布施深生信解?是當他『不憑依著對如來的信』而布施之時。一路下去:「其施廣大」,是因為「離娑洛想」;「其施清淨」,是因為「殟波陀慳」;「其施究竟」,是因為「不住究竟」——不停滯在『已然究竟』的相上。
這裡有兩個玄奘的音寫詞:『娑洛』與『殟波陀』,都是依梵音直接寫出的字,不是意譯。本論只說「離娑洛想」是『廣大』之由、「殟波陀慳」是『清淨』之由,並未訓解二詞的字面;可確定者止於:去其『娑洛想』故施得廣大,於慳吝行其『殟波陀』故施得清淨。布施一度如此,無著說「如於布施,於戒為初,於慧為後,隨其所應當知亦爾」——從持戒到智慧,其餘各度,也都有這樣『用否定的口氣講最高的肯定』的密意說法。
接著,是更刺眼的一串——佛竟用『殺生、偷盜、邪行、妄語』這些十惡的名目,來講菩薩的正行。但要緊的是:每一句都自帶解答,密意就藏在答句裡。下列依答句逐句列出:
問「云何能殺生」,答「若斷眾生生死流轉」——所謂『殺生』,是把眾生的生死流轉斷掉。問『云何不與取(偷盜)』,答「若諸有情無有與者自然攝取」——是於眾生無人給與之處,自然地攝取、度化。問「云何欲邪行」,答「若於諸欲了知是邪而修正行」——是於諸欲了知其為邪,而行其正。問「云何能妄語」,答「若於妄中能說為妄」——是能在虛妄之中,如實說它『就是虛妄』。問「云何貝戍尼」,答「若能常居最勝空住」;問「云何波魯師」,答「若善安住所知彼岸」——這裡『貝戍尼』『波魯師』又是兩個音寫詞,本論同樣只給其密意之答(常居最勝空住、善安住所知彼岸),未訓其字面;可確定者只有答句所明的兩義。問「云何綺間語」,答「若正說法品類差別」——是正當地宣說種種法的品類差別。再問「云何能貪欲」,答「若有數數欲自證得無上靜慮」——是一再地想要親證無上的禪定。問「云何能瞋恚」,答「若於其心能正憎害一切煩惱」——是對自心中的一切煩惱,正當地『憎害』它。問「云何能邪見」,答「若一切處遍行邪性皆如實見」——是把那遍行一切處的『邪』,如實地看穿。
你看:每一個刺眼的『惡』字,答句都把它翻轉成了一件正法之事。這正是「祕密言詞」的奧妙:它故意用最扎眼的詞,逼你去參透字面底下那層真意。 這是極高的善巧,講的是證道者份上的境界與密意——而讀不懂、誤取了字面,正是這裡最大的危險,所以它才被列為『難行』,才非『隨覺』不可。
這裡要特別守住一條規矩:這些密意,是無著本論連同二釋已然自設條件的——答句本身就是訓解,世親逐句別釋、無性『捨聞義覺不聞義』,古德已把讀法給足。因此,顛倒之語須連同自帶的密意原樣理解,不可軟化,也不可另尋圓場之辭。 『殺生』即斷生死流轉,『有瞋』即憎害煩惱;密意已在答句裡,不勞再添。
五、甚深佛法:連「有貪有瞋」都是佛法
最後一段,把這種弔詭推到了極致。無著問:「云何名為甚深佛法?」隨即列出十條,條條看去都像自相矛盾——而每一條,仍是答句自帶其解:
「常住法是諸佛法」,因為「法身是常住故」;可是『斷滅法也是諸佛法』,因為「一切障永斷滅故」。「生起法是諸佛法」,因為「變化身現生起故」;「有所得法是諸佛法」,因為「八萬四千諸有情行及彼對治皆可得故」——眾生種種行與其對治,歷歷可得。
接著是最驚人的一串:「有貪法是諸佛法」「有瞋法是諸佛法」「有癡法是諸佛法」,乃至『異生(凡夫)法是諸佛法』。佛法裡怎容得下『有貪』『有瞋』?無著給的答句是:「自誓攝受有貪有情為己體故」——佛以本誓大願,把這些有貪有瞋的眾生,整個攝受、納為自己的本體;於是『有貪』這件事,在佛份上反而成就了佛法(有瞋、有癡、異生,「應知亦爾」——道理相同)。密意即在答句:『有貪』之所以是佛法,就因佛自誓攝受有貪眾生為己體。
末了又收回到否定面:「無染法是諸佛法」,因為「成滿真如一切障垢不能染故」;「無污法是諸佛法」,因為「生在世間諸世間法不能污故」。一收一放、一肯一否之間,正顯出佛法之所以『甚深』:它不被任何一邊的概念框住——說常住也是它,說斷滅也是它;說無染也是它,說有貪也是它。
結語
這一分講菩薩的定。前五種差別——所緣、種種、對治、堪能、引發——立起了菩薩定的格局;第六「作業差別」則顯其妙用:從撼動世界的大神通,到十種難行,再到隨覺祕密言詞、甚深佛法。無著最後一句總收:這定能「引發修到彼岸,成熟有情,淨佛國土,諸佛法故」——能令人到彼岸、成熟眾生、清淨佛土、成就佛法,這一切也都是菩薩三摩地的『作業』。
其中『隨覺』與「甚深佛法」兩段,教給我們一條限定清楚的讀法:本分所舉的祕密言詞,須把問句與自帶的答句合讀;不可執著惡名或否定語的表面,也不可反過來把一切佛法概括成詭辭。 而那把能讀透這些語句、能於主客分別之外直契實相的智慧,本分還沒正面講。它要等到——
下一分「增上慧學分」。三增上學的最後一學是慧,而慧之極,正是那「無分別智」:離了一切分別計度、直契真如的根本智。能讀破這一分種種顛倒密意的,究竟憑的是什麼?答案,就在下一分。
承衍
本分的增上心向前承接靜慮波羅蜜多,向後引出分九的增上慧;其中甚深佛法的常住與生起,又在分十一三身甚深中再現。互讀顯其脈絡,但不把本分兩組祕密言詞推成一切佛法的通則。
Scriptural and Commentarial Ground
This division takes Mahayana Dharma as the object and unfolds six distinctions of bodhisattva concentration. One set of veiled statements is introduced as scripture, but no independently locatable Chinese source is presently known; the two ancient commentaries require each surface statement to be read with the answer that discloses its intent.
Of the three higher trainings, the previous chapter finished teaching the first — moral discipline (戒). This chapter takes up the second training: concentration (定). The treatise does not call it "concentration"; it calls it the higher training in mind (增上心學). Concentration is the work of gathering in and settling this very mind, so it is named after "mind"; and because it is a training of the mind that rises above the ordinary, ascending stage upon stage, it is called "higher."
But the moment this chapter opens, a problem is blocking the way: concentration is cultivated by non-Buddhists too, and by the two vehicles too; when the bodhisattva sits down and enters concentration, on what grounds is it superior to the concentration of the sravaka and the pratyekabuddha? And there is something thornier still: as this chapter reaches its depths, Asanga draws out a whole string of sayings that sound utterly upside-down — he says "killing" is a bodhisattva's practice, "having greed" is a Buddha-dharma, and giving requires that there be "not the slightest thing to give." How can the Buddha-dharma contain talk like this, which sounds as if it were endorsing evil, as if it were contradicting itself?
These two questions are exactly what this chapter sets out to answer. Asanga's answer is finely layered: he first uses the six points of difference to show precisely where the bodhisattva's concentration differs from that of the two vehicles; then, working outward from the sixth difference, "activity," he goes on to the great spiritual powers that can shake the world, and the ten difficult practices, and finally lands on that string of upside-down sayings — namely, "awakening-to-hidden-intent in secret words" (隨覺祕密言詞) and the profound Buddha-dharma (甚深佛法). The first half teaches the essence of concentration (what kind of concentration it is); the second half teaches the function of concentration (what this concentration can accomplish) — and the reach of that function runs straight into the inconceivable domain of a Buddha. What follows expounds Asanga's words in order.
1. The bodhisattva's concentration differs from that of the two vehicles in six places
Asanga first asks himself a question: the superiority of the higher training in mind — "how is it to be seen"? How can the superiority of the bodhisattva's concentration be made out? His answer is: it should be known briefly through six points of difference. That is to say, even though it is the same act of entering concentration, the bodhisattva's concentration differs sharply from that of the two vehicles in six respects. We take them one by one.
The first is difference of object (所緣差別). The "object" is the thing the concentrating mind takes hold of and settles upon. When the two vehicles enter concentration, they mostly take as object the field of their own liberation; the bodhisattva's concentration "takes the Mahayana dharma as its object" — it takes hold of the whole body of the Great Vehicle's teaching. From the very start, the scale of what is faced is already different.
The second is difference of kinds (種種差別). The bodhisattva's concentration is not one kind but "kinds beyond measure." Asanga names a few that have famous names: the Mahayana-Radiance samadhi, the King-of-Concentrations-Gathering-Merit samadhi, the Worthy-Guardian samadhi, and the Heroic-March (健行) samadhi (the "Heroic-March" is the well-known Suramgama of the scriptures; Xuanzang took its sense and rendered it 健行 — a great concentration that advances valiantly straight ahead, irresistible in whatever direction it turns). And this is only the ones with nameable names, let alone the countless, measureless rest. The concentration of the two vehicles has nothing of this abundance.
The third is difference of counteraction (對治差別), and this point is the most crucial — and the first stirring moment of this chapter. "Counteraction" means what the concentration is set to "cure" and "remove." The bodhisattva's concentration is "the cognition that takes the common character of all dharmas as its object" — with a wisdom able to take hold of the character shared in common by all dharmas, it does its counteractive work; and as for the manner of the counteraction, Asanga uses a most vivid comparison: "by the principle of driving out a peg with a peg (以楔出楔), it expels all the obstructive coarse-heaviness within the alaya-consciousness."
These four words, "driving out a peg with a peg," are the simile this chapter gives of itself, and must not be passed over. A carpenter wants to pull out an old peg jammed fast in the wood. Yanking it directly does no good — what does he do? He takes a fresh peg and drives it in alongside, and as the new peg goes in, the old peg is forced out. The bodhisattva's counteraction of the defilements works on exactly this principle: in the alaya-consciousness (the most fundamental consciousness, lying at the base of all experience, holding the storehouse of all seeds), there has accumulated the "coarse-heaviness (麁重)" of various obstructions — that is, the coarse, sluggish, weighing-down force of defiled habit-energy that leaves one unfree. To remove it, one does not simply "press down" on emptiness; rather, one takes that pure cognition which holds the common character of all dharmas and drives it in as a fresh peg, forcing out one by one the old defiled seeds held in the storehouse consciousness. Once this peg of pure cognition goes in, that peg of defiled coarse-heaviness loosens and comes out — this is where the very heart of the bodhisattva's concentration-training lies.
The fourth is difference of capacity (堪能差別). "Capacity" means whether this concentration has the strength to "shoulder it and carry it through." Once people of the two vehicles grow attached to the bliss of concentration, they are often bound by that bliss and unwilling to come out. Not so the bodhisattva: "dwelling in the bliss of meditative absorption, he takes birth wherever he wishes" — though he too abides in the bliss of meditation, he can, "wherever he wishes," take birth to liberate beings in whatever place he chooses, entirely unbound by the bliss of concentration. This is precisely the bodhisattva's capital for "coming again on the strength of his vow."
The fifth is difference of evoking (引發差別). The bodhisattva's concentration can "evoke unobstructed spiritual powers throughout all world-systems" — it can give rise to spiritual powers that pervade all worlds without the slightest hindrance. And this connects on to the sixth difference.
The first five have already opened up the whole scale of the bodhisattva's concentration. But what Asanga truly means to expound at length is the sixth.
2. The sixth, "difference of activity," part one: concentration can shake the world
The sixth is called "difference of activity (作業差別)." "Activity" means what this concentration can "do," what great function it can set in motion. The first five spoke of the essence and scale of concentration; this sixth speaks of its marvelous function — and this gate is utterly vast and deep, the centerpiece of this chapter. Asanga begins from the "great spiritual powers."
The bodhisattva's concentration can evoke all manner of miraculous transformations, which Asanga lists off in one breath: it can shake the great earth; can blaze forth radiance and flame; can fill all about with pervading light; can display all manner of scenes and forms; can transform outer objects; can come and go freely; can roll up and unroll world-systems (rolling up the vast worlds and spreading them out again); can make "all forms and images enter into the body" (drawing all shapes and colors in within his own body); can "go among their own kind" (appearing in the body of whatever class of beings he goes among); can "appear or hide" — now manifest, now concealed; can act with full mastery, accomplishing as he wills; can "subdue others' spiritual powers," overpowering the supernormal force of others; can "bestow eloquence, mindfulness, and bliss," granting beings eloquence and the peace of right mindfulness; and can "send forth great radiance."
This whole string is the great spiritual power evoked by the bodhisattva's samadhi. But remember: the spiritual powers are only the opening of this "activity" gate. What is truly deep is still to come.
3. The sixth, "difference of activity," part two: ten things extremely hard yet able to be done
The activity of concentration can also uphold the "ten difficult practices (十難行)" — ten things extremely hard to accomplish, which the bodhisattva is nonetheless able to do. Asanga lists them one by one, and we narrate them in order.
First is the difficult practice of self-vowing (自誓難行): to dare to make the great vow to "take up unsurpassed awakening," shouldering the whole endless long road on one's own shoulders. Second is the difficult practice of not turning back (不退難行): on the road of birth-and-death, where all manner of suffering presses in from every side, he cannot be turned back from his heart set on the Way. Third is the difficult practice of not abandoning (不背難行): though all beings act wildly and commit every kind of wrong practice, the bodhisattva still never abandons or turns his back on them. Fourth is the difficult practice of being-present (現前難行): even toward beings who bear him enmity, he still, face to face, does all manner of benefiting deeds for them. Fifth is the difficult practice of being-undefiled (不染難行): born into the world, mingling among the crowd, he is yet undefiled by the world's various dharmas. Sixth is the difficult practice of resolute conviction (勝解難行): toward the Great Vehicle, vast and profound, though he "cannot yet fully fathom it," he is already able to give rise to deep conviction in it, unshakable. Seventh is the difficult practice of penetration (通達難行): he is able to penetrate "the selflessness of the person (補特伽羅無我)" and "the selflessness of dharmas (法無我)" — that neither person nor dharmas have a real self.
The eighth is the difficult practice of awakening-to-hidden-intent (隨覺難行): "with respect to the profound secret words spoken by all the Tathagatas, he is able to awaken to their hidden intent." The Buddha at times teaches the Dharma using a kind of "secret words," and the bodhisattva is able to "awaken-to-hidden-intent" — to follow along with them and break through to their true meaning. This item is the most special, and is treated on its own below.
Ninth is the difficult practice of neither departing nor being defiled (不離不染難行): he does not forsake birth-and-death, staying long within it to liberate beings, yet is not defiled by birth-and-death. Tenth is the difficult practice of applied effort (加行難行): he is able to cultivate that domain of the Buddhas — "abiding in liberation from all obstructions, to the very limit of birth-and-death exerting no contrived effort, yet ever giving rise to every benefit and welfare for all beings": abiding in the fruition-ground of liberation from all obstructions, to the end of future time and to the very edge of birth-and-death, without depending on any contrived effort, yet constantly raising up every benefiting deed for all beings.
Among the ten difficult practices, the eighth, "awakening-to-hidden-intent," is the threshold set highest of all, and it is the very key to the two passages below.
4. Awakening-to-hidden-intent in secret words: why the Buddha teaches with "upside-down talk"
This is the deepest passage of this chapter, and also the one most easily misread; one must steady oneself and read it slowly.
Asanga then asks: "In the difficult practice of awakening-to-hidden-intent, with respect to which secret words of the Buddha are those bodhisattvas able to awaken to their hidden intent?" — this awakening-to-hidden-intent, just which class of the Buddha's sayings is it that must be broken through? Here one must first set firm a single idea: when the Buddha teaches the Dharma, he sometimes does not speak according to the surface words but uses a kind of "profound secret words" — on the surface they sound like paradoxes, even like endorsements of evil, but at root every line points to the deepest right Dharma. Vasubandhu, in his commentary, marks the import of this passage in exactly this way: this question is set up "to display the intent of the secret words," and the text following will explain it line by line in turn. Asvabhava's commentary puts it even more bluntly: this awakening-to-hidden-intent means that, with respect to these secret words of the Buddha, one must "let go of the meaning heard and awaken to the meaning not heard" — drop that layer of meaning you hear on the surface, and awaken to that layer of hidden intent it did not state outright. Asvabhava further points out that this eighth difficult practice "is not yet fathomed in its meaning, and so must be explained again," and so he draws out the hidden intent line by line.
The first string of examples Asanga gives is giving (布施). The Buddha asks: "How is a bodhisattva able to practice giving?" Answer: "When a bodhisattva has not the slightest thing to give, yet practices giving widely throughout the measureless worlds of the ten directions." — What counts as a bodhisattva able to practice giving? It is when he "has not a single thing to give," and yet practices giving widely throughout the measureless worlds of the ten directions. Again it asks, "How does a bodhisattva give rise to deep conviction in giving?" Answer: "When a bodhisattva practices giving without relying on faith in the Tathagata." — What counts as his deep conviction in giving? It is when he gives "not leaning upon his faith in the Tathagata." And on it goes: "his giving is vast" because "he is apart from the notion of suoluo (娑洛)"; "his giving is pure" because "he wenbotuo (殟波陀) stinginess"; "his giving is ultimate" because "he does not abide in the ultimate" — he does not stagnate on the character of "having already become ultimate."
Here are two of Xuanzang's transliterated terms: "suoluo (娑洛)" and "wenbotuo (殟波陀)," both characters written from Sanskrit sound rather than renderings of sense. The treatise says only that "being apart from the notion of suoluo" grounds "vastness," and that "wenbotuo of stinginess" grounds "purity"; it gives no face-value gloss for either term. What can be established is limited to the root text's own relations: removing the "notion of suoluo" makes giving vast, and performing the "wenbotuo" upon stinginess makes giving pure. As it is with giving in this one perfection, Asanga says, "as with giving, so with discipline at the start and wisdom at the end, and the rest as the case may be should be known to be likewise" — from discipline through to wisdom, the remaining perfections all have this same hidden-intent way of speaking, "stating the highest affirmation in the tone of a negation."
Then comes a string more glaring still — the Buddha actually uses the very names of the ten evils, "killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, false speech," to teach the bodhisattva's right practice. But here is what is crucial: every single line carries its own answer; the hidden intent is hidden in the answering clause. The lines below follow those answering clauses in order.
It asks "how does one kill (云何能殺生)," and answers "when one cuts off the flow and turning of beings' birth-and-death" — so-called "killing" is to cut off the round of beings' birth-and-death. It asks "how does one take what is not given (云何不與取, stealing)," and answers "when, where beings have no one to give, one gathers them in of itself" — it is, in a place where no one gives to beings, to gather them in and liberate them of itself. It asks "how does one commit sexual misconduct (云何欲邪行)," and answers "when, knowing of the desires that they are wrong, one cultivates the right practice" — it is, knowing of the desires that they are wrong, to practice what is right within them. It asks "how does one speak falsely (云何能妄語)," and answers "when amid the false one is able to say it is false" — it is, in the midst of the false, to declare truly that "it is precisely false." It asks "how does one beishuni (云何貝戍尼)," and answers "when one is able to dwell ever in the supreme abiding-in-emptiness"; it asks "how does one boluoshi (云何波魯師)," and answers "when one rightly abides on the far shore of the knowable" — here "beishuni (貝戍尼)" and "boluoshi (波魯師)" are again two transliterated terms. The treatise gives no face-value gloss; what can be established is limited to their answers: dwelling ever in the supreme abiding-in-emptiness and rightly abiding on the far shore of the knowable. It asks "how does one speak idle-and-divisive talk (云何綺間語)," and answers "when one rightly proclaims the various classes and distinctions of the dharmas" — it is rightly to proclaim the kinds and distinctions of the various dharmas. Again it asks "how is one able to be greedy (云何能貪欲)," and answers "when one again and again desires to realize for oneself the unsurpassed meditative absorption" — it is, again and again, to wish to realize for oneself the unsurpassed concentration. It asks "how is one able to hate (云何能瞋恚)," and answers "when, toward one's own mind, one rightly hates and harms all the defilements" — it is, toward all the defilements within one's own mind, rightly to "hate and harm" them. It asks "how is one able to hold wrong view (云何能邪見)," and answers "when, in every place, the pervading nature of wrongness is seen as it truly is" — it is to see through, as it truly is, that "wrongness" which pervades every place.
See: at every glaring word "evil," the answering clause turns it over into a matter of the right Dharma. This is precisely the wonder of "secret words": it deliberately uses the most jarring term, to force you to break through to that layer of true meaning beneath the surface. This is skillful means of the highest order, speaking of the domain and hidden intent on the level of one who has realized the Way — and failing to understand, mistaking the surface words, is precisely the greatest danger here, which is why it is listed as a "difficult practice," and why nothing but "awakening-to-hidden-intent" will do.
Here one rule must be held especially firm: Asanga's own treatise and the two commentaries have already set the conditions for these hidden intents. The answering clause is itself the gloss; Vasubandhu explains line by line, and Asvabhava "lets go of the heard meaning and awakens to the unheard." The inverted words must therefore be understood together with their own answering clauses, neither softened nor given another set of smoothing-over words. Here "killing" is cutting off the flow of birth-and-death, and "having hatred" is hating and harming the defilements. The hidden intent is already in the answering clause; there is no need to add to it.
5. The profound Buddha-dharma: even "having greed, having hatred" is a Buddha-dharma
The final passage pushes this paradox to its very limit. Asanga asks: "What is called the profound Buddha-dharma?" and at once lists ten items, each of which looks self-contradictory — and each one, again, carries its own gloss in the answering clause.
"The abiding dharma (常住法) is a Buddha-dharma," because "the dharma-body is abiding"; yet "the dharma of cessation (斷滅法) is also a Buddha-dharma," because "all obstructions are forever cut off and ceased." "The dharma of arising (生起法) is a Buddha-dharma," because "the transformation-body appears and arises"; "the dharma of attainment (有所得法) is a Buddha-dharma," because "the eighty-four thousand practices of beings and their counteractions can all be attained" — beings' various practices and their counteractions, every one available to be found.
Then comes the most startling string: "the dharma of having greed is a Buddha-dharma," "the dharma of having hatred is a Buddha-dharma," "the dharma of having delusion is a Buddha-dharma," and even "the dharma of the ordinary being (異生, the worldling) is a Buddha-dharma." How can the Buddha-dharma make room for "having greed," "having hatred"? The answering clause Asanga gives is: "because by his own vow he takes up beings who have greed, making them his own essence" — by the great vow of his original resolve, the Buddha takes up these beings who have greed and hatred entirely, drawing them in as his own essence; and so "having greed," as a matter, accomplishes a Buddha-dharma on the Buddha's level instead (having hatred, having delusion, and the ordinary being "should be known to be likewise" — the principle is the same). The hidden intent rests in the answering clause itself: "having greed" is a Buddha-dharma because the Buddha, by his own vow, takes up beings who have greed as his own essence.
At the last it draws back once more to the negative side: "the undefiled dharma (無染法) is a Buddha-dharma," because "having truly-perfected suchness, the stains of all obstructions cannot defile it"; "the unstained dharma (無污法) is a Buddha-dharma," because "though born in the world, the various worldly dharmas cannot stain it." In this gathering-in and letting-out, this affirming and denying, is shown precisely why the Buddha-dharma is "profound": it is framed by no concept on any one side — say "abiding," and it is that too; say "ceased," and it is that too; say "undefiled," and it is that too; say "having greed," and it is that too.
Conclusion
This chapter teaches the bodhisattva's concentration. The first five differences — of object, of kinds, of counteraction, of capacity, of evoking — set up the scale of the bodhisattva's concentration; the sixth, "difference of activity," then displays its marvelous function: from the great spiritual powers that shake the world, to the ten difficult practices, to awakening-to-hidden-intent in secret words and the profound Buddha-dharma. Asanga's last line gathers it all in: this concentration can "evoke the cultivation that crosses to the far shore, the ripening of beings, the purifying of Buddha-lands, and all the Buddha-dharmas" — it can bring one to the far shore, ripen beings, purify Buddha-lands, and accomplish the Buddha-dharma, and all of this too is the "activity" of the bodhisattva's samadhi.
The two passages on awakening to hidden intent and profound Buddha-dharmas establish a carefully bounded reading rule: the veiled statements given in this division must be read together with the answers that disclose their intent. One may not cling to the evil name or negative wording on the surface, but neither may one generalize from this passage and make all Buddha-dharma into paradoxical speech. The cognition that can read these statements through and directly meet reality beyond the division of subject and object has not yet been expounded head-on. It awaits —
the next chapter, "The Higher Training in Wisdom (增上慧學分)." The last of the three higher trainings is wisdom, and the height of wisdom is precisely that "non-discriminating cognition (無分別智)": the root cognition that, apart from all discrimination and reckoning, directly touches suchness. On what exactly does the power to read through the various upside-down hidden intents of this chapter rest? The answer lies in the next chapter.
Later Reception
Higher mind here receives the perfection of meditation and leads into higher wisdom in the next division. Its language of permanence and arising among the profound Buddha-dharmas also reappears in the final division’s profundities of the three bodies. The two sets of veiled speech remain bounded passages, not a universal rule for all Dharma.
第九分 增上慧學分Chapter Nine — The Higher Training in Wisdom (Plain Vernacular)
全文五層 →Full five layers →經論宗依
根本論以十六門建立無分別智,又明說般若波羅蜜多與無分別智無別。世親、無性二釋從所依、所緣、行相及三智差別逐門開解;義疏以這套論釋為地,說明根本智與後得智而不另造名義。
三增上學,戒講過了,定也講過了。到這第九分,無著要講最後、也是最高的一學——慧。可是他一開口,這個『慧』就帶著一個讓人發愣的名字:無分別智,離一切虛妄分別的智。
這就逼出了這一分底下,那個真正燙手的問題:那「離一切分別」的智,到底是什麼樣的智?它既不分別,又怎麼能成辦事業、利益眾生?
這問題不好打發。我們平常講『有智慧』,總是指能分辨、能判斷、看得清是非曲直——智慧不就是『會分別』嗎?怎麼到了佛法的頂點,反倒要『不分別』?而且,一個『什麼都不分別』的心,跟發呆、跟睡死過去、跟一塊木頭,又差在哪裡?更要命的是:佛成了佛之後,還要度無量眾生、成辦無量佛事——這些事樁樁要分別、要對機,一個『無分別』的智,怎麼可能把這些事做成?
無著這一分,就是要把這個『既不分別、又無所不能』的智,一層一層講清楚。他的辦法很有章法:先用十六個角度把它框出來,再用五個『不是』把它和一切相似的死寂劃清界線,然後——這一分最精彩的地方——搬出一連串比喻,把這抽象到極點的智講活。下面順著無著的話講下來。
一、慧,就是無分別智:十六道取景
無著起手就把問題正面接過來:「增上慧殊勝云何可見?」——這更上一層的『慧』,憑什麼說它殊勝?他的答覆只有四個字:無分別智。三學的頂點,就是這一種離分別的根本智;它也正是六度裡那個「般若波羅蜜多」的真身。
可這四個字太濃了,要認得它,得從多個方向去照。於是無著一口氣列出十六門——十六個取景的角度:它的自性(本質是什麼)、所依(依託什麼而立)、因緣(什麼生起它)、所緣(它緣的是什麼對象)、行相(它認知的樣態)、任持、助伴、異熟、等流、出離、至究竟,以及加行/根本/後得三智的勝利、它的差別、它的譬喻、它的無功用作事、它的甚深。
這十六門不是隨手羅列。把它想成十六台架在不同方位的相機,從本質、從來歷、從對象、從作用、從深淺,各取一個角度,合起來才把這一種智照個通透。無著說,把這十六門認全了,就「應知無分別智,名增上慧殊勝」。底下他先攻最要緊的一門——自性:它究竟不是什麼。
二、先劃清界線:它『離五相』,不是什麼
要認得一樣極容易被誤會的東西,最穩的辦法是先把『它不是什麼』說死。無著正是這麼做的——他說,無分別智「離五種相以為自性」,靠撇清五樣東西來界定自己的本質:
第一,它離『無作意』。不是心裡一片空白、什麼都不緣的呆滯。發呆不是它——發呆是連『作意』都沒有,而這智是歷歷照真,不是停擺。
第二,它離「過有尋有伺地」。『尋』是粗的思量,『伺』是細的伺察;尋伺是凡夫思惟的兩種樣態。這智已經超過了一切尋伺,不在那種你來我往的推度裡。
第三,它離「想受滅寂靜」。『想受滅』就是滅盡定——連感受、念想都按下去的那種無心定。這智不是那種死寂;那是把心『關掉』,它卻是把心開到了極處。
第四,它離『色自性』。木頭石塊也『不分別』,但那是無知無覺的『不分別』。這智的無分別,絕不是物質那種冥頑無覺。
第五,它離「於真義異計度」。就算證到了真如,它也不會回過頭來,再添一個『我正在證真如』的念頭去推求計較。一加上這層計度,就又落回分別了。
把這五樣一一撇清,剩下的才是無分別智。這五條極要緊:它一口氣把這智和『發呆、滅盡定、無想、木石、玄想』全劃清了界線——可見『無分別』絕不是『沒知覺』,而是『不起虛妄分別、卻歷歷照真』的一種極高的覺。
這裡有一處古德的講究值得一提:這五樣為什麼全用『離』字、全是『不是』,而不正面說『它是什麼』?無性在他的釋論裡,特別點出一條方法上的道理——他說這是「由遮詮門說智體相,以表詮門不可說故」。意思是:無分別智本身,不是言語正面指得出來的(那叫『表詮』),只能靠一樣一樣地遮遣、排除(那叫『遮詮』)來把它逼顯出來。所以五相全作『離』,不是無著詞窮,而是這智的本性就只容得下『遮』、容不下『表』。世親的釋論這裡則順著直說五離的體相。兩位古德,一個講『為什麼只能用遮』,一個講『遮的是哪五樣』,正好把這一門補足。
三、它『像什麼』:本論自己備好的幾個比喻
光說『不是什麼』還不夠,人心總要抓一個『像什麼』才安。無著於是在『成立相』的一大段偈頌裡,搬出一串比喻,把這智講活了——而且這些比喻,順帶把無分別智的三個層次一併點了出來:加行智(見道前的準備功夫)、根本智(正證真如那一剎)、後得智(出觀之後起用度生)。
最先登場的是虛空喻,而且無著一連用了三層。第一層:「如虛空無染,是無分別智,種種極重惡,由唯信勝解」——虛空能容一切,自己卻不被沾染;這智也一樣,哪怕面對眾生種種極重的惡業,仍靠著那份清淨的信與勝解,不被染污。第二層:『如虛空無染……解脫一切障,得成辦相應』——像虛空一樣不染,所以能解脫一切障礙,與成就相應。第三層:『如虛空無染……常行於世間,非世法所染』——它常常行走在世間、入到眾生堆裡度化,卻始終不被世間法染著。三層一層深一層:從不染惡業,到解脫諸障,到入世不染——虛空那『能容萬象、自身不沾』的品格,就是這智在染汙世間裡行走的樣子。
接著是這一分最傳神的一個——閉目開目喻。無著說:「如人正閉目,是無分別智;即彼復開目,後得智亦爾。」一個人正閉著眼,眼前一切形色都泯掉了——這就是根本智:正入真如的那一剎,一切相都歸於寂,像閉眼什麼都不見。同一個人又睜開眼,種種色相重新映現——這就是後得智:出觀之後,又回到事相上,看見眾生、看見差別,好去度化。他緊接著用虛空再補一筆:「應知如虛空,是無分別智;於中現色像,後得智亦爾」——虛空本身無相(根本智),可種種色像就在這虛空裡顯現(後得智)。一閉一開、一空一現,就是根本智與後得智的關係:先泯相見性,再開眼起用;不是兩個智,是同一個智的入與出。
然後是用來講「三智次第」的瘂、愚、五、末那受之譬。無著一連排了好幾組:「如瘂求受義,如瘂正受義,如非瘂受義,三智譬如是」;再用『愚人』、用『五(識)/末那』各排一組;末了還有「如未解於論,求論,受法,義」一組。這些講的是同一件事的三個階段——拿『啞巴想說一件事』打比方:啞巴心裡明白、想說(求,喻加行智在向道趨求)、正領受著那層意思(正受,喻根本智正證)、若他不啞就能說出來(能受/能宣,喻後得智出而能用)。『愚人』、『五識與末那』也是同一個三段格:求 → 正受 → 能宣。換句話說,加行智是『還在門外趨求』,根本智是『親到了、正領受』,後得智是『領受了、能轉出來用』。三智的次第,就藏在這『啞巴想說話』的三態裡。
最後是講『成佛之後怎麼還能成事』的末尼天樂喻——這一喻,正好回應了我們開頭那個最尖的疑問。無著說:「如末尼、天樂,無思成自事,種種佛事成,常離思亦爾。」末尼寶珠映現眾色,不用『起個念頭』去映;天上的樂器自然成音,不用『動意』去奏。它們都不靠刻意作意,事情卻自然成辦。佛的種種度生事業也是這樣:成了佛,利益眾生的事業是任運自然流出的,『常離思』——不必再起一個『我要去度誰』的分別念。這就是十六門裡的第十五門「無功用作事」。
到這裡,開頭那個『不分別怎麼能成事』的問,就有了正面的答覆:正因為無分別,才能無功用;正因為不必起念,事業反而周遍任運——就像寶珠不挑揀地映現一切色,天樂不費力地自鳴成曲。
緊接著,無著用一首偈把這智的弔詭本性點到極處:「非於此、非餘,非智、而是智,與境無有異,智成無分別。」這幾句要逐字咬住,不可放鬆——它不在『這個』上、也不在『別個』上;它「非智而是智」:說它是智吧,它不像我們慣常那種會分別的智;說它不是智吧,它又分明是最高的智。它與所緣的境『無有異』——智與境泯成一味,所以才叫『無分別』。這「非心而是心」、「非智而是智」的說法,後面講所依時還會再現,是這一分的標誌性語句,不能改換、不能拉直成順口的話。
四、它憑什麼能『無分別』:因為境本來就無
讀到這裡,一個更深的追問會冒出來:這智為什麼『能』無分別?難道是硬把分別壓下去?無著的答覆斬截:不是壓,是境本來就沒有可分別的東西。所分別的對象若本來就無,那『分別』自然無所施其技。他又造一串偈來成立這一點——
第一,一境異見。「鬼、傍生、人、天,各隨其所應,等事心異故,許義非真實」——同一樣『東西』,餓鬼、畜生、人、天人各見成不同的樣子(同一條水,餓鬼見為膿血、人見為水、天人見為琉璃)。同一個『境』,隨著心不同就現成不同的相,可見『境』不是客觀擺在那裡的實有,而是隨識所變。
第二,夢像鏡影。「於過去事等,夢像、二影中,雖所緣非實,而境相成就」——夢裡的影、鏡中的像、回憶裡過去的事,所緣明明都不是實有,境相卻照樣宛然現起。可見境不必真有,也能歷歷現前。
第三,反證。「若義義性成,無無分別智;此若無,佛果證得不應理」——這一步是逼出來的:假如『境』真有它自己的實在自性,那就根本不可能有「無分別智」(因為這智正是靠遣除實境才成立的);而沒有這智,「證得佛果」也就無從談起。所以,要嘛承認境本無、容得下這智、容得下成佛;要嘛承認境實有,那連成佛都落空。
第四,境隨心轉。「得自在菩薩,由勝解力故,如欲地等成」——得了自在的菩薩,單憑『勝解力』就能把地水火風轉成所要的樣子;得定的人也能轉境(「得定者亦爾」、「思惟一切法,如義皆顯現」)。境若是死實的,怎麼可能隨心而轉?可見它本就是隨心的。
第五,智境雙泯。這是最後、也最徹底的一步:『無分別智現前,一切義不現,當知無有義,由此亦無識。』當無分別智真正現行時,一切『境』都不再顯現;而『境』既然沒了,那原本靠著『境』才立得起來的『識』,也跟著沒了——境、識一起泯掉。請注意:這裡連『唯識』的那個『識』最後也空掉了。唯識的究竟,不是停在『只剩一個識』,而是境識雙泯、一味平等——這才是這一分把『唯識』推到的最深一層。
五、般若,就是無分別智:離五處才算修圓
繞了這麼大一圈,無著回過頭點明一件事,叫人豁然:大家最熟悉的「般若波羅蜜多」,跟這一路講來的「無分別智」,根本是同一個東西——般若就是無分別智,無有差別。
那菩薩怎麼安住在般若裡修?無著說,要「非處相應」——不落在任何一個偏執的『處』上。具體是要遠離五個處:第一,遠離外道那種『我執』之處;第二,遠離『還沒見真如的菩薩』那種仍在分別的處;第三,遠離『生死』與『涅槃』兩邊的處;第四,遠離『只把煩惱障斷了就心滿意足(取小果)』的處;第五,遠離『不管眾生死活、自己躲進無餘涅槃』的處。離了這五處,般若才算修習圓滿。
你看這五處排得多周到——它把凡夫(我執)、未悟的菩薩(仍分別)、二乘(墮兩邊、只斷煩惱)、自了漢(棄眾生入寂滅)各自要避開的坑,一個個標了出來。離五處,既是路標,也是篩子。
六、菩薩的慧,和聲聞的慧差在哪:五個不同
同樣修智慧,菩薩的智和聲聞的智,究竟差在哪裡?無著用五個差別收束——
一、無分別差別。菩薩於蘊等一切法都無分別;聲聞還停在分別法相的層次。二、非少分差別。菩薩通達真如、遍緣一切所知境界、普為度脫一切眾生,不是只取一小分;聲聞所及,只是少分。三、無住差別。菩薩以「無住涅槃」為所住——既不住生死、也不住涅槃;聲聞則住在涅槃裡。四、畢竟差別。就算入了無餘依涅槃,菩薩的智也『無斷盡』、永不斷絕;聲聞之智則會止息。五、無上差別。再沒有別的乘能超過它了。
末了一首偈把這五相收成一句:「諸大悲為體,由五相勝智,世出世滿中,說此最高遠。」——菩薩的智,以大悲為體,由這五相而成為世間出世間裡最高最遠的勝智。這正是大乘智慧與二乘智慧最根本的分野:聲聞的智,了的是自己;菩薩的智,以大悲一線貫穿,要載一切眾生到底。
七、一個收尾的現實追問:菩薩既得自在,眾生為何還受窮?
三學講完,無著補上一個非常落地的問題,叫人不能不服:菩薩既已戒、定、慧功德圓滿,對財富地位都得了大自在,那為什麼世上還這麼多人窮困匱乏?菩薩怎麼不普施一場、讓人人都富足?
無著的答覆很有深意——他列了五個原因,顯出菩薩的智慧不是濫好心,而是看得通透:其一,有些眾生對財位有『重業障』,硬給了也受用不起、消不了;其二,給了財位,反而障礙他生起善法——順境裡人容易放逸忘道;其三,讓他暫時匱乏,正好逼出他『厭離世間、想修行』的那念心;其四,給了財位,反成他造惡的本錢(積集不善法之因);其五,給了財位,他得了勢,反而去損惱更多眾生。
所以——菩薩不是不施,而是『智慧地施』。該不該給、給了是助他還是害他,菩薩看得清清楚楚。這一問收得極妙:它把抽象到頂的『慧』,一把拉回到最具體的『布施』上來,告訴你真正的慧,連一念布施都帶著洞見——這正是無分別智在事相上、在後得智裡起用的樣子。
回頭看這一分,你會發現開頭那個燙手的問,無著答得多漂亮。那「離一切分別」的智,既不是發呆、不是滅盡定、不是木石(離五相);它像虛空一樣能容萬象而自身不染、像人閉眼又開眼一樣先泯相再起用(根本智與後得智);它之所以『能』無分別,是因為境本來就無、境識雙泯(唯識無境);它就是般若(離五處而修圓);它以大悲為體,遠勝聲聞自了之智;而真正得了這智的菩薩,連布施都帶著洞見。至此,戒、定、慧三增上學的「功德圓滿」,全部講完。
但修行還沒到頭。三學圓滿之後,要結出兩種『果』。下一分『果斷』,就要講這一路修證最後斷盡了什麼、轉出了什麼——煩惱、所知二障燒盡之後所顯的轉依,那個既不住生死、也不住涅槃的大解脫:無住涅槃。
承衍
《唯識三十論頌》以出世間智承接無分別智;本論分十以此智為轉依之能,分十一再顯果智。《成唯識論》後來廣開轉依與四智,承衍可供互讀,卻不取代本分十六門的原位。
Scriptural and Commentarial Ground
The root treatise establishes non-discriminating cognition through sixteen perspectives and states that the perfection of wisdom is not different from it. The two ancient commentaries unfold its support, object, mode, and three phases; the exposition follows this structure without supplying a new taxonomy.
There are three higher trainings. Morality has been treated; concentration has been treated. Now, in this ninth chapter, Asanga comes to the last and highest of the three — wisdom. But the moment he opens his mouth, this "wisdom" arrives carrying a name that stops you short: non-conceptual wisdom (nirvikalpa-jnana), the wisdom free of all false discrimination.
And that forces out the question that really burns under this whole chapter: what kind of wisdom is this wisdom that is "free of all discrimination"? If it does not discriminate, how on earth can it accomplish anything — how can it carry out works and benefit beings?
This is not a question you can wave away. In ordinary speech, to "have wisdom" means to be able to tell things apart, to judge, to see clearly what is right and wrong and crooked and straight — isn't wisdom precisely the power to discriminate? How is it that at the very summit of the Dharma we are told instead not to discriminate? And further: a mind that "discriminates nothing whatever" — how does it differ from blanking out, from sleeping like the dead, from a block of wood? More damning still: once a Buddha has become a Buddha, there remain countless beings to liberate and countless Buddha-deeds to accomplish — and every one of those tasks calls for discrimination, for meeting each being where they are. How could a "non-conceptual" wisdom ever get such things done?
This whole chapter is Asanga taking that wisdom — the one that neither discriminates nor is incapable of anything — and laying it open layer by layer. His method is well-ordered: first he frames it from sixteen angles, then he marks it off from every kind of look-alike deadness with five "it is not"s, and then — the most brilliant stretch of the chapter — he brings out a whole string of similes that make this most abstract of things come alive. We follow Asanga's own words straight through.
1. Wisdom is just non-conceptual wisdom: sixteen framings
Asanga takes the question head-on from the start: "The excellence of the higher training in wisdom — how is it to be seen?" By what right do we call this higher wisdom excellent? His answer is a single phrase: non-conceptual wisdom. The summit of the three trainings is just this kind of root wisdom free of discrimination; and it is precisely the true body of that "perfection of wisdom" (prajna-paramita) among the six perfections.
But that one phrase is too dense; to recognize it, you have to light it from many directions. So Asanga lists, in a single breath, sixteen aspects — sixteen framing-angles: its own-nature (what it essentially is), its support (what it rests on and stands by), its cause-and-condition (what gives rise to it), its object (what it takes as the thing it apprehends), its mode of apprehension (the manner in which it knows), its sustaining, its companions, its maturation, its outflow, its emergence, its reaching-the-ultimate, the benefits of the three wisdoms — preparatory, fundamental, and subsequently-attained — its differences, its similes, its accomplishing of deeds without effort, and its profundity.
These sixteen aspects are not an idle list. Think of them as sixteen cameras set up at different positions: from essence, from origin, from object, from function, from depth — each takes one angle, and only together do they photograph this one wisdom through and through. Asanga says that once you have grasped all sixteen aspects, you "should know non-conceptual wisdom to be called the excellence of the higher training in wisdom." Below he attacks the most crucial aspect first — own-nature: what it ultimately is not.
2. First, mark off the boundary: it is "free of the five marks," it is not those things
To recognize something that is so easily mistaken, the surest way is first to nail down "what it is not." That is exactly what Asanga does — he says that non-conceptual wisdom takes "freedom from five kinds of mark as its own-nature," defining its essence by clearing away five things:
First, it is free of "no mental engagement." It is not a mind gone blank, dulled, taking no object at all. Blanking out is not it — blanking out lacks even "mental engagement" (attention), whereas this wisdom is vividly illumining the real; it is not at a standstill.
Second, it is free of "the stages that still have applied and sustained thought." "Applied thought" (尋, vitarka) is coarse deliberation; "sustained thought" (伺, vicara) is fine examination; these two are the two modes of the ordinary person's thinking. This wisdom has already gone beyond all applied and sustained thought; it is not inside that back-and-forth of guessing and weighing.
Third, it is free of "the quiescence of the cessation of perception and feeling." "The cessation of perception and feeling" is the attainment of cessation (滅盡定) — the mind-stopped absorption in which even feeling and perception are pressed down and out. This wisdom is not that kind of dead stillness; that one switches the mind off, while this one opens the mind to its utmost.
Fourth, it is free of "the own-nature of matter." Wood and stone also "do not discriminate," but theirs is the non-discrimination of the knowing-nothing, sensing-nothing. The non-discrimination of this wisdom is in no way the obtuse insentience of matter.
Fifth, it is free of "construing something other upon the true meaning." Even having realized suchness (真如, tathata), it does not turn around and add yet another thought — "I am now realizing suchness" — to weigh and figure. Add that one extra layer of construing, and you have fallen back into discrimination.
Clear away these five one by one, and what remains is non-conceptual wisdom. These five clauses are crucial: in one stroke they mark this wisdom off from "blanking out, the attainment of cessation, the no-perception state, wood and stone, and abstract speculation" — which shows that "non-discrimination" is by no means "having no awareness," but a supremely high awareness that raises no false discrimination, yet vividly illumines the real.
There is a point of the ancient masters' craft here worth noting. Why are all five framed with the word "free of," all as "it is not," rather than stating positively "it is such-and-such"? In his commentary Asvabhava singles out a methodological reason — he says this is "stating the essence and character of the wisdom by way of the negating gate (遮詮), because it cannot be stated by way of the affirming gate (表詮)." Meaning: non-conceptual wisdom itself cannot be pointed to positively by language (that would be "affirming predication"); it can only be pressed into view by negating and excluding one thing after another (that is "negating predication"). So all five marks are cast as "free of" — not because Asanga ran out of words, but because the very nature of this wisdom admits only the negating, not the affirming. Vasubandhu's commentary, for its part, follows the line straight and states the essence and character of the five "free of"s directly. The two ancient masters — one explaining "why only negation will serve," the other explaining "which five things are negated" — between them complete this aspect.
3. What it "is like": the several similes the treatise itself has ready
Saying "what it is not" is still not enough; the human heart always wants to grasp a "what it is like" before it can settle. So in the long stretch of "establishing-mark" verses, Asanga brings out a string of similes that make this wisdom come alive — and these similes, in passing, also point out the three layers of non-conceptual wisdom together: preparatory wisdom (the preparatory work before the path of seeing), fundamental wisdom (the very instant of directly realizing suchness), and subsequently-attained wisdom (the functioning that arises after emerging from absorption, to liberate beings).
First to appear is the simile of space (虛空), and Asanga uses it on three levels in a row. First level: "Like space, undefiled, is non-conceptual wisdom; the manifold gravest evils — by faith and resolute conviction alone." Space can contain everything yet is itself never stained; so too this wisdom — even facing beings' manifold and gravest evil deeds, it relies on that pure faith and resolute conviction and is not defiled. Second level: "Like space, undefiled... it is liberated from all hindrances, joined to accomplishment." Like space, undefiled — therefore it can be liberated from all hindrances and be joined to attainment. Third level: "Like space, undefiled... it walks constantly in the world, undefiled by worldly things." It walks constantly in the world, entering into the throng of beings to liberate them, yet from start to finish is not defiled by worldly things. The three levels deepen one upon another: from undefiled by evil deeds, to liberated from all hindrances, to entering the world undefiled — space's character of "containing all phenomena while never being touched itself" is just what this wisdom looks like as it walks through the defiled world.
Next comes the most vivid of all in this chapter — the simile of closing and opening the eyes (閉目開目). Asanga says: "As a person with eyes just closed — that is non-conceptual wisdom; and that same person opening the eyes again — subsequently-attained wisdom is just like that." A person with eyes just shut: all shapes and colors before them are blotted out — this is fundamental wisdom, the very instant of entering suchness, when all marks return to quiescence, like seeing nothing with the eyes closed. The same person opens the eyes again, and the manifold forms and colors reappear — this is subsequently-attained wisdom: after emerging from absorption, returning to the realm of things, seeing beings, seeing distinctions, so as to liberate them. He follows at once with space again to underscore it: "Know it to be like space — that is non-conceptual wisdom; and color-images appearing within it — subsequently-attained wisdom is just like that." Space itself is markless (fundamental wisdom), yet the manifold color-images appear right within that space (subsequently-attained wisdom). One closing, one opening; one empty, one appearing — that is the relation of fundamental and subsequently-attained wisdom: first the marks are blotted out and the nature seen, then the eyes open and functioning arises. They are not two wisdoms; they are the entering and the emerging of one and the same wisdom.
Then come the similes used to teach the "sequence of the three wisdoms" — the mute, the fool, the five (consciousnesses) / manas. Asanga lines up several sets in a row: "As a mute seeking the meaning, as a mute just receiving the meaning, as one not mute receiving the meaning — the three wisdoms are illustrated thus"; then again with "a fool," and with "the five (consciousnesses) / manas" each as a set; and at the last, the set "as one who has not yet understood a treatise — seeking the treatise, receiving the teaching, the meaning." These all teach one same thing in three stages. Take "a mute wishing to say something" as the figure: the mute understands inwardly and wishes to speak (seeking — illustrating preparatory wisdom pressing toward the path); is just then receiving that meaning (just receiving — illustrating fundamental wisdom in its direct realization); and, were he not mute, could speak it out (able to receive / able to utter — illustrating subsequently-attained wisdom emerging and able to function). "The fool" and "the five consciousnesses and manas" run the same three-beat frame: seeking → just receiving → able to utter. In other words, preparatory wisdom is "still outside the door, pressing toward"; fundamental wisdom is "arrived in person, just now receiving"; subsequently-attained wisdom is "having received, able to turn it out into use." The sequence of the three wisdoms lies hidden in these three states of "a mute wishing to speak."
Last comes the simile that teaches "how one can still accomplish deeds even after becoming a Buddha" — the wish-gem and heavenly music (末尼天樂) — and this one answers exactly the sharpest doubt we raised at the start. Asanga says: "Like the wish-gem (mani) and heavenly music, accomplishing their own work without a thought, so too the manifold Buddha-deeds are accomplished, ever apart from thought." The wish-gem mirrors forth every color without "raising a thought" to mirror them; the instruments of heavenly music sound of themselves without "stirring an intention" to play. Both accomplish their work of themselves, without relying on deliberate mental engagement. The Buddha's manifold work of liberating beings is just so: once one has become a Buddha, the work of benefiting beings flows out spontaneously, effortlessly, "ever apart from thought" — there is no need to raise again a discriminating thought of "whom shall I go and liberate." This is the fifteenth of the sixteen aspects: accomplishing deeds without effort.
Here the opening question — "how can the non-discriminating accomplish anything?" — gets its positive answer: precisely because it is non-discriminating, it can be effortless; precisely because it need raise no thought, the work, on the contrary, becomes pervasive and spontaneous — just as the gem mirrors all colors without picking and choosing, and the heavenly music sounds its tune without exertion.
Then Asanga drives this wisdom's paradoxical nature to its sharpest point with a single verse: "Not in this, not in another; not wisdom, yet it is wisdom; with its object it has no difference — wisdom becomes non-discriminating." These lines must be bitten down on word by word and not loosened. It is not in "this," nor in "another"; it is "not wisdom, yet it is wisdom" — say it is wisdom, and it is not like that ordinary wisdom of ours that discriminates; say it is not wisdom, and it is plainly the highest wisdom of all. With the object it takes, it has "no difference" — wisdom and object dissolve into one taste, and that is just why it is called "non-discriminating." This way of speaking — "not mind yet it is mind," "not wisdom yet it is wisdom" — recurs further on when the support is treated; it is the signature utterance of this chapter, and must not be altered or straightened out into something smoother to say.
4. By what right can it "not discriminate": because the object was never there
Reading this far, a deeper question arises: why is this wisdom able to not discriminate? Is it forcibly pressing discrimination down? Asanga's answer is flat: not pressing — the object simply had nothing to discriminate in the first place. If the thing to be discriminated was never there, then "discrimination" has nothing to work on. He frames another string of verses to establish this point —
First, one object seen differently. "Hungry ghosts, animals, humans, gods — each according to their kind, the same thing is taken by minds differently; therefore the object is granted not real." The very same "thing" is seen as a different appearance by hungry ghosts, animals, humans, and gods (the same stream of water is seen by hungry ghosts as pus and blood, by humans as water, by gods as lapis lazuli). The same "object," following the difference in mind, appears as a different mark — which shows the "object" is not something real standing out there objectively, but is transformed along with consciousness.
Second, dream-images and reflections. "Concerning past events and the like, in dream-images and the two reflections, though the object is not real, the appearance of the object is established." The image in a dream, the reflection in a mirror, the past event in memory — the object taken is plainly not real, yet the appearance of the object arises just as vividly all the same. Which shows that the object need not truly exist and can still appear vividly before us.
Third, the proof by reductio. "If the object's object-nature were established, there would be no non-conceptual wisdom; and if this were absent, the realization of Buddhahood would be unreasonable." This step is forced out: suppose the "object" really had its own self-existence — then there could be no "non-conceptual wisdom" at all (since this wisdom is established precisely by clearing away the real object); and without this wisdom, "realizing Buddhahood" would have nothing to stand on either. So either you grant that the object was never there — making room for this wisdom, making room for becoming a Buddha — or you grant that the object is real, in which case even Buddhahood falls through.
Fourth, the object turns with the mind. "Bodhisattvas who have gained mastery, by the power of resolute conviction, accomplish as they wish — earth and the rest become so." A bodhisattva who has gained mastery can, by sheer "power of resolute conviction," turn earth, water, fire, and wind into whatever forms are wished; one who has gained concentration can likewise transform objects ("one who has gained concentration is likewise," "contemplating all phenomena, they all appear according to the meaning"). If the object were dead-real, how could it possibly turn with the mind? Which shows it was turning with the mind all along.
Fifth, wisdom and object both dissolved. This is the last and most thoroughgoing step: "When non-conceptual wisdom is present, no object appears at all; know that there is no object, and by this there is no consciousness either." When non-conceptual wisdom is truly active, every "object" no longer appears; and the "object" being gone, the "consciousness" that originally stood up only by resting on the "object" goes too — object and consciousness dissolve together. Note this: here even the "consciousness" of "cognition-only" is finally emptied out as well. The ultimate of cognition-only is not stopping at "only a consciousness remaining," but the dissolving-together of object and consciousness into one equal taste — and this is the deepest layer to which this chapter drives "cognition-only."
5. Prajna is just non-conceptual wisdom: cultivated to fullness only by leaving the five places
After this great circuit, Asanga turns back and points out one thing that brings it home with a jolt: the "perfection of wisdom" (prajna-paramita) everyone knows best, and the "non-conceptual wisdom" expounded all along this road, are simply the same thing — prajna is just non-conceptual wisdom, with no difference.
Then how does a bodhisattva abide in prajna and cultivate it? Asanga says one must be "joined to no place" (非處相應) — not falling onto any one biased, clung-to "place." Concretely, one must keep away from five places: first, away from the non-Buddhist tradition's "place" of self-grasping; second, away from the still-discriminating "place" of the bodhisattva who has not yet seen suchness; third, away from the "place" of the two extremes, samsara and nirvana; fourth, away from the "place" of being content with merely cutting off the hindrance of afflictions (settling for the lesser fruit); fifth, away from the "place" of disregarding beings' welfare and hiding oneself away in the nirvana-realm without remainder. Only by leaving these five places is prajna cultivated to fullness.
See how thoughtfully these five are laid out — they mark out, one by one, the pits each party must avoid: the ordinary person (self-grasping), the unawakened bodhisattva (still discriminating), the two vehicles (falling to the two extremes, cutting off only the afflictions), and the self-finisher (abandoning beings to enter quiescence). Leaving the five places is both a set of road-signs and a sieve.
6. How the bodhisattva's wisdom differs from the sravaka's: five differences
Cultivating wisdom alike, where exactly does the bodhisattva's wisdom differ from the sravaka's? Asanga gathers it up in five differences —
One, the difference of non-discrimination. The bodhisattva is free of discrimination toward all phenomena — the aggregates and the rest; the sravaka still stops at the level of discriminating the marks of phenomena. Two, the difference of not-a-small-portion. The bodhisattva penetrates suchness, enters all the realms of the knowable, and works to liberate all beings universally — not taking only a small portion; the sravaka's reach is only a small portion. Three, the difference of non-abiding. The bodhisattva takes "non-abiding nirvana" (無住涅槃) as the place of abiding — neither abiding in samsara nor abiding in nirvana; the sravaka abides within nirvana. Four, the difference of finality. Even within the nirvana-realm without remainder, the bodhisattva's wisdom "has no cutting-off and no exhaustion" and is never severed; the sravaka's wisdom comes to rest. Five, the difference of unsurpassedness. There is no other vehicle that can surpass it.
A final verse gathers these five marks into one line: "Having great compassion as their substance, by the five marks the supreme wisdom — among the worldly and supramundane fullnesses, this is declared the highest and farthest." The bodhisattva's wisdom, having great compassion as its substance, becomes by these five marks the highest and farthest supreme wisdom among all worldly and supramundane fullnesses. This is the most fundamental divide between Mahayana wisdom and the wisdom of the two vehicles: the sravaka's wisdom finishes the self; the bodhisattva's wisdom, strung through by a single thread of great compassion, must carry all beings the whole way home.
7. A down-to-earth closing question: if the bodhisattva has gained mastery, why do beings still suffer want?
With the three trainings expounded, Asanga adds a thoroughly down-to-earth question, one you cannot help but concede: if the bodhisattva is already complete in the merit of morality, concentration, and wisdom, and has gained great mastery over wealth and station, then why are there still so many in the world who suffer poverty and want? Why does the bodhisattva not simply give a universal bestowal and make everyone rich?
Asanga's answer carries real depth — he lists five reasons, showing that the bodhisattva's wisdom is no indiscriminate kindness but sees clean through: first, some beings have a "grave karmic hindrance" with respect to wealth and station, so that even forced upon them it cannot be used or worked off; second, giving them wealth and station would, on the contrary, obstruct their giving rise to wholesome states — in ease, people readily grow heedless and forget the path; third, letting them lack for a while is precisely what presses out their thought of "weariness of the world and a wish to practice"; fourth, giving them wealth and station becomes their capital for doing evil (a cause for amassing unwholesome states); fifth, giving them wealth and station, they gain power and turn to harming and troubling yet more beings.
So — the bodhisattva does not fail to give; rather, the bodhisattva gives with wisdom. Whether to give, and whether giving would help or harm, the bodhisattva sees clearly. This question closes things off beautifully: it pulls the most abstract "wisdom" of all the way back down to the most concrete act of "giving," telling you that true wisdom carries insight even into a single thought of giving — and this is just what non-conceptual wisdom looks like when it functions on the plane of things, within subsequently-attained wisdom.
Looking back over this chapter, you find how beautifully Asanga has answered that burning question at the start. The wisdom "free of all discrimination" is not blanking out, not the attainment of cessation, not wood and stone (free of the five marks); it is like space, containing all phenomena while undefiled itself, and like a person who closes the eyes and then opens them — first blotting out marks, then arising into function (fundamental and subsequently-attained wisdom); the reason it can not discriminate is that the object was never there, and object and consciousness dissolve together (cognition-only without object); it just is prajna (cultivated to fullness by leaving the five places); it has great compassion as its substance and far surpasses the self-finishing wisdom of the sravaka; and the bodhisattva who has truly gained this wisdom carries insight even into an act of giving. With this, the "fullness of merit" of the three higher trainings — morality, concentration, and wisdom — is wholly expounded.
But the practice is not yet at its end. Once the three trainings are full, two kinds of "fruit" must be borne. The next chapter, "The Fruit of Severance," will teach what this whole course of practice finally severs and what that severance makes manifest — the transformation of the basis (轉依, asraya-paravrtti) disclosed when the two hindrances of affliction and the knowable are burned away, that great liberation which abides neither in samsara nor in nirvana: non-abiding nirvana.
Later Reception
The Thirty Verses carries forward non-discriminating cognition as supramundane cognition; division ten makes it the agency of transformation of the basis, and division eleven displays cognition at the fruit-stage. The Cheng weishi lun later expands transformation and the four cognitions without replacing this division’s sixteenfold frame.
第十分 果斷分Chapter Ten — The Fruit of Severance (Plain Vernacular)
全文五層 →Full five layers →經論宗依
本分由根本論建立轉依:於通染淨二分的依他起性上,轉捨雜染分、轉得清淨分,因而顯無住涅槃。世親、無性二釋依六種轉依及下劣、廣大二轉開解;義疏據此守住生死與涅槃非一非異的分際。
前面三分講『增上戒、增上心、增上慧』——戒、定、慧三學,那是『修因』:菩薩怎麼一步步把這條路走過來。從這一分起,無著轉而講『果』:這條路走到盡頭,究竟結出什麼。十項殊勝裡的第九項『彼果斷』,講的就是修行斷障之後所『顯』出來的果。
可是『果斷』這名字,當下就逼出一個真正燙手的問題:修到盡頭,所『斷』的,究竟是什麼?——更要緊的是,這一分給這個果安了個大乘特有的名字:無住涅槃。『無住』二字一出,問題又深了一層:為什麼這涅槃叫『不住』?它『既不住生死、也不住涅槃』——既不像凡夫那樣沈溺在生死裡,也不像二乘那樣躲進涅槃的寂滅裡;那它到底落腳在哪兒?
無著的回答,全繫在兩個字上:轉依。底下分四段,順著無著的話講下來——先講清『轉依』是怎麼一回事,再看它如何開成六種、如何分出大小乘的高下,最後落到那幾首把心髓點出來的偈。
一、所『斷』的究竟是什麼——轉依:同一所依,染淨翻轉
要解開『所斷究竟是什麼』這個問題,得先破一個最常見的誤會:以為涅槃在生死之外另有一處,修行就是從『生死』這邊搬家到『涅槃』那邊去。無著一開口就堵住這條路——他說,菩薩的無住涅槃,是『以捨雜染、不捨生死……轉依為相』。請咬住這八個字:所斷的是雜染,而不是生死。這就把問題的方向整個扭轉了。
何以能如此?關鍵在於:生死和涅槃,根本不是兩個地方,而是同一個「依他起性」的兩面。「依他起性」就是緣起的識流——萬法依眾緣而起的那個流。這同一個依他起性,被妄執染污的那一面,就叫『生死』,是它的『雜染分』;離了染、清淨顯露的那一面,就叫『涅槃』,是它的『清淨分』。而貫穿、承載這兩面的,是同一個依他起性本身——無著把它叫作「二所依止」,就是『通二分』的依他起性。(這正接著第三分『彼二分』講下來:那裡說依他起性兼染淨二分,到這一分,正是把它在果地上展開。)
明白了這個底子,『轉依』就好懂了。無著說得很準:轉依,是「即依他起性對治起時,轉捨雜染分,轉得清淨分」。拆開看——當『對治』的力量(也就是第九分講的「無分別智」)生起時,就在『同一個』依他起性上,把它的雜染分『轉捨』掉、把它的清淨分『轉得』出來。所依的根本沒有換掉,只是同一個所依翻了一個面:染的這面伏下去,淨的那面顯出來。這就是『轉依』二字的本義(世親、無性二釋於此順著本論講,幾乎逐字相同,可見這層意思在玄奘系兩家之間並無異說)。
於是回到那個問題:所『斷』的究竟是什麼?答案是——斷的是雜染分,不是生死流本身。正因為洗掉的只是污染、不是生死,菩薩才能做到『捨雜染卻不捨生死』:他留在生死裡,但生死已不再染污他。這就是「無住涅槃」第一層的『不住』——不被生死綁住,卻也不離開生死。
二、六種轉依:一道從凡夫到佛的階梯
光說『轉捨染、轉得淨』還只是個總綱。無著接著把『轉依』按修行的深淺,開成六種,正好排成一道從凡夫一直走到佛的階梯。前四種是縱貫的進程——
第一,損力益能轉。這還在『地前』(登地之前)。憑著對教法的勝解之力、聞法熏習安住於心,再加上一份『慚愧』(有羞恥心、肯反省),慢慢地讓種種煩惱「少分現行」、乃至『不現行』——也就是削弱了煩惱的勢力、增長了善法的功能。「損力益能」這名字正是此意。
第二,通達轉。到這裡,菩薩已『入大地』(登上初地),開始親證真如。從初地到第六地,『真實』一分一分地顯現出來,『虛妄』一分一分地隱沒下去——真的漸顯、妄的漸隱。
第三,修習轉。這時微細的『障』雖然還在,但『一切相』已經不現、『真實』全然顯現了;這一轉,乃至於第十地。注意:本論在這裡只說「乃至十地」,並沒有點出修習轉究竟從哪一地起——我們也就如實照講,不替它添一條原文沒說的線。
第四,果圓滿轉。到了『佛地』,一切障永遠斷盡,連『相』都不再現起,最清淨的真實圓滿顯現,於是「於一切相得自在」——對一切現象都得了大自在。
這前四種,是一條從凡夫一路登到佛地的縱線。而剩下的兩種,不是這條縱線往上接,而是橫過來的一個對照——把二乘和菩薩擺在一起比,比的正是『所斷之後,人停在哪裡』。
三、何以『無住』——下劣轉與廣大轉:二乘與菩薩的分野
第五、第六這兩種轉依,正是「無住涅槃」第二層『不住』的著落處:為什麼菩薩不肯像二乘那樣,斷了染就一頭栽進涅槃裡?答案就在這一比。
第五,下劣轉,講的是聲聞(二乘)。無著說得明白:聲聞『唯能通達補特伽羅空(人無我)』——他只看破了『我』是空的,卻沒進一步看破『法』也是空的。看破了『我空』,他厭離生死之心極切,於是「一向背生死、一向捨生死」——一個勁兒地背過身去、捨棄生死,急著躲進寂滅。這是一種偏空、急著入寂的涅槃。
第六,廣大轉,講的是菩薩。無著說:菩薩「兼通達法空無我性」——不但看破『我』是空的,連『法』也看破是空的。正因為這雙重的通達,他能就在生死的當下,看見生死本來就是寂靜的(「即於生死見為寂靜」)。生死既然當體本寂,他就根本不必逃;於是他「雖斷雜染而不捨」——斷掉的是雜染,卻不捨生死,反而安住在生死裡度化眾生。這裡得格外咬準:菩薩的『不捨』,不是捨不掉,是不必捨、也不肯捨。
這個對照,無著講得很重,還特意點出兩頭的份量。菩薩若也走『下劣轉』那條路,有三大過失:一、「不顧一切有情利益安樂」——丟下了眾生;二、「違越一切菩薩法」——背棄了菩薩的本分;三、「與下劣乘同解脫」——把自己的果地降到跟二乘一樣。反過來,走『廣大轉』則有大功德:他能「以自轉依為所依止」,在生死法中得大自在;還能「於一切趣示現一切有情之身」——在六道裡示現種種身,用「種種調伏方便善巧」,把眾生一個一個地調伏、安立於道。一句話:下劣轉只渡得了自己,廣大轉則乘願入生死、廣度一切。
到這裡,『無住』二字的兩層就都落地了:不住生死(斷了雜染,不被生死所染所縛),也不住涅槃(不像二乘那樣躲進寂滅、撇下眾生)。不住兩邊,所以叫「無住涅槃」。
四、那幾首偈:生死即涅槃,非捨非不捨
講完道理,無著照攝論一貫的體例,用好幾首偈把這一分的心髓再收攏點出來。長行把理講透,末了綴偈讓人記牢骨架——這裡的偈,一句比一句逼近核心。
頭兩句先把『轉依』翻成一幅對照的畫面:凡夫「覆真、一向顯虛妄」——把真實蓋住了,眼裡只剩虛妄;菩薩「捨妄、一向顯真實」——捨了虛妄,只把真實顯露出來。所謂轉依,就是這一『翻』:真與妄、顯與不顯之間的這一個翻身。
接著一句點出這一翻的當下身價:「轉依即解脫,隨欲自在行」——這一翻,當下就是解脫,從此能隨心自在而行。
再下來是全分最關鍵的一句:『於生死涅槃,若起平等智……生死即涅槃』。所謂『平等智』,就是看穿了生死與涅槃本是同一個依他、同一個真如的那種智慧——一旦這智慧生起,當下就證得「生死即涅槃」。涅槃不在別的地方,就在你當下看破了的這個生死裡。請留意:這不是說生死等於沈淪,而是說『看破了的生死』當體即是涅槃。
末了把這層意思收成兩句斬截的話。對生死,是「非捨、非不捨」:不被它縛住,所以不能說他『沒捨』;可他又照樣留在生死裡度生、不怕它,所以也不能說他『捨掉了』。對涅槃,是「非得、非不得」:他本來就在涅槃中(生死當體即涅槃),所以不能說他『得到了』什麼;可他又不躲進涅槃裡獨自享用,所以也不能說他『沒得』。這四個『非』——非捨、非不捨、非得、非不得——正是大乘無住涅槃的究竟所在:不住生死、不住涅槃兩邊,於是兩邊都得了大自在。
回頭看這一分,『果斷』所斷的,從來不是生死,而是覆在生死上的那層雜染;而它的全副機關,就是『轉依』——在同一個依他起性上,轉捨染分、轉得淨分,洗掉的是污染,不是生死流本身。六種轉依排成一道從凡夫到佛的階梯,而『下劣轉』與『廣大轉』這一橫向的對照,更點破了二乘與菩薩的根本分野:一個急著逃出生死,一個乘願走進生死。最後幾首偈,把這一切收在那句震動人心的話上——「生死即涅槃」,於生死非捨非不捨、於涅槃非得非不得。這,就是大乘不共二乘的涅槃觀。
斷障所顯的,是涅槃,這是果地的『斷德』。但果地還有另一面:智德圓滿所成就的,是佛的境界。所以下一分『彼果智』,要接著講這個果的另一面——由斷障所成的『三身』:自性身、受用身、變化身。
承衍
《唯識三十論頌》末二頌承接轉依與究竟位,《成唯識論》後來廣說四種涅槃與二轉依。本論自身則由分九的無分別智進至本分果斷,再到分十一果智;斷、智二德共同顯果。
Scriptural and Commentarial Ground
The root treatise establishes transformation of the basis upon the other-dependent nature that supports both defilement and purity: the defiled portion is relinquished and the pure portion attained. The two ancient commentaries unfold the six transformations and the inferior and vast transformations; the exposition preserves this relation without collapsing birth-and-death and nirvana into a simple identity.
The previous three chapters dealt with "higher discipline, higher mind, higher wisdom" — the threefold training of discipline, concentration, and wisdom. That was the "cultivating of causes": how the bodhisattva walks this path step by step. From this chapter on, Asanga turns instead to the "fruit": what, finally, this path bears when walked to its end. The ninth of the ten points of excellence, "the fruit of severance" (彼果斷), speaks of the fruit that is "made manifest" once cultivation has cut off the obstructions.
Yet the very name "the fruit of severance" forces out, on the spot, a genuinely scalding question: cultivated to the end, what is it that is actually "cut off"? — and, more pressing still, this chapter gives that fruit a name distinctive to the Mahayana: non-abiding nirvana (apratisthita-nirvana). The moment the words "non-abiding" appear, the question deepens by a further layer: why is this nirvana called "non-abiding"? It abides neither in birth-and-death nor in nirvana — it neither sinks into birth-and-death the way ordinary beings do, nor retreats into the quiescence of nirvana the way the two vehicles do. So where, then, does it come to rest?
Asanga's answer hangs entirely on two words: transformation of the basis (轉依, asraya-paravrtti). The discussion below follows his words in four parts: first clarifying what "transformation of the basis" is, then showing how it unfolds into six kinds, how higher and lower transformations differ among the vehicles, and finally how the closing verses state the heart of the matter.
1. What is it that is "cut off"? — Transformation of the basis: one and the same basis, defilement and purity reversed
To untie the question "what, finally, is cut off?" one must first break a very common misunderstanding: the notion that nirvana lies somewhere outside birth-and-death, and that cultivation is moving house from the "birth-and-death" side over to the "nirvana" side. Asanga blocks this road in his very first words — he says that the bodhisattva's non-abiding nirvana has "the transformation of the basis as its mark, by way of abandoning defilement yet not abandoning birth-and-death." Bite down on these words: what is cut off is defilement (雜染), and not birth-and-death. This turns the whole direction of the question around.
How can it be so? The key lies here: birth-and-death and nirvana are not two places at all, but two faces of one and the same "other-dependent nature" (依他起性). The "other-dependent nature" is the dependently-arisen stream of consciousness — that stream in which all phenomena arise in dependence on their many conditions. This one and the same other-dependent nature, on its face that is defiled by deluded grasping, is called "birth-and-death" — it is its "defiled aspect"; and on its face that, freed of defilement, shows forth purity, is called "nirvana" — it is its "pure aspect." And what runs through and carries both faces is that one other-dependent nature itself — which Asanga calls "the basis of the two," that is, the other-dependent nature that "pervades both aspects." (This follows straight on from the third chapter's "those two aspects": there it was said that the other-dependent nature embraces both the defiled and the pure aspects; here, at the stage of the fruit, that very point is unfolded.)
With this foundation clear, "transformation of the basis" becomes easy to understand. Asanga puts it exactly: transformation of the basis is "when, on the other-dependent nature itself, the counteragent arises, the defiled aspect is turned away from [and discarded] and the pure aspect is turned toward [and attained]." Unpacked — when the power of the "counteragent" (that is, the non-discriminating wisdom taught in the ninth chapter) arises, then upon the one and the same other-dependent nature, its defiled aspect is "turned away from and discarded" and its pure aspect is "turned toward and attained." The underlying basis is not swapped out at all; the very same basis simply turns over a face: this defiled face sinks down, that pure face shows forth. This is the root meaning of the two words "transformation of the basis." (On this point the two commentaries of Vasubandhu and Asvabhava run along with the root treatise, nearly word for word the same — showing that on this much the two houses within the Xuanzang lineage hold no divergent reading.)
So, returning to the question: what, finally, is "cut off"? The answer is — what is cut off is the defiled aspect, not the stream of birth-and-death itself. Precisely because what is washed away is only the defilement and not birth-and-death, the bodhisattva can accomplish "abandoning defilement yet not abandoning birth-and-death": he remains within birth-and-death, but birth-and-death no longer defiles him. This is the first layer of "non-abiding" in "non-abiding nirvana" — not bound by birth-and-death, yet also not departing from birth-and-death.
2. The six transformations of the basis: a staircase from ordinary being to Buddha
To say only "turn away from defilement, turn toward purity" is still just the general heading. Asanga next unfolds "transformation of the basis," according to the depth of cultivation, into six kinds — which arrange precisely into a staircase running from the ordinary being all the way to the Buddha. The first four are a vertical progression —
First, the transformation that diminishes the power [of defilements] and increases the capacity [for good] (損力益能轉). This is still at the stage "before the grounds" (before entering the first ground). By the power of resolute conviction in the teaching, by abiding in the perfuming of having heard the Dharma, and together with a measure of "conscience and shame" (慚愧 — a sense of moral embarrassment, a willingness to reflect on oneself), one gradually brings it about that the various defilements "manifest only in part," and at length "do not manifest" — that is, one diminishes the power of the defilements and increases the capacity of wholesome states. The name "diminish-power-increase-capacity" means exactly this.
Second, the transformation of penetrating understanding (通達轉). Here the bodhisattva has already "entered the great grounds" (mounted the first ground) and begins to realize suchness directly. From the first ground through the sixth, the "real" shows forth bit by bit, and the "false" sinks away bit by bit — the real gradually manifests, the false gradually subsides.
Third, the transformation of cultivation (修習轉). Here, although subtle "obstruction" still remains, "all marks" no longer appear and the "real" is fully manifest; this transformation runs up to the tenth ground. Note: the treatise here says only "up to the tenth ground," and does not state from which ground the transformation of cultivation begins — so we too speak only to that, adding no line the original does not state.
Fourth, the transformation of the fulfillment of the fruit (果圓滿轉). At the "Buddha-ground," all obstructions are forever cut off, even "marks" no longer arise, the utterly pure real is fulfilled and manifest, and thereupon one is "sovereign over all marks" — gaining great mastery over all phenomena.
These first four are a vertical line running from ordinary being all the way up to the Buddha-ground. The remaining two, however, do not continue that vertical line upward — they are a crosswise contrast: setting the two vehicles and the bodhisattva side by side, comparing precisely "where, after cutting off [defilement], one comes to a halt."
3. Why "non-abiding"? — The inferior turning and the vast turning: the dividing line between the two vehicles and the bodhisattva
The fifth and sixth of these transformations of the basis are exactly where the second layer of "non-abiding" in "non-abiding nirvana" comes to rest: why will the bodhisattva not, like the two vehicles, plunge headlong into nirvana the moment defilement is cut off? The answer lies in this very comparison.
Fifth, the inferior turning (下劣轉) speaks of the sravaka (the two vehicles). Asanga says it plainly: the sravaka "can penetrate only the emptiness of the person" (the selflessness of the personal self) — he has seen through "the self" as empty, but has not gone on to see through "phenomena" (dharmas) as also empty. Having seen through "the emptiness of self," his revulsion from and renunciation of birth-and-death become extreme, and so he "single-mindedly turns his back on birth-and-death, single-mindedly abandons birth-and-death" — one-pointedly turning away from, casting off birth-and-death, hurrying to retreat into quiescence. This is a nirvana biased toward emptiness, hurrying to enter the still.
Sixth, the vast turning (廣大轉) speaks of the bodhisattva. Asanga says: the bodhisattva "also penetrates the selflessness of the emptiness of phenomena" — he has seen through not only "the self" as empty but "phenomena" too as empty. Precisely because of this twofold penetration, he can, right within birth-and-death itself, see that birth-and-death is from the very start quiescent ("right in birth-and-death he sees it as quiescent"). Since birth-and-death is, in its very substance, originally quiescent, he need not flee at all; and so "though he cuts off defilement he does not abandon [birth-and-death]" — what is cut off is defilement, yet he does not abandon birth-and-death; on the contrary, he abides within birth-and-death to liberate sentient beings. Here one must take especially exact aim: the bodhisattva's "not abandoning" is not that he cannot let go of it — it is that he need not, and will not, abandon it.
This contrast Asanga states with great weight, pointedly noting the import of both ends. If the bodhisattva too were to walk the road of the "inferior turning," there are three great faults: one, "he disregards the benefit and welfare of all sentient beings" — he forsakes living beings; two, "he transgresses against all the bodhisattva's Dharma" — he turns his back on the bodhisattva's own calling; three, "he shares the same liberation as the inferior vehicle" — he lowers his own fruition down to the level of the two vehicles. Conversely, to walk the "vast turning" carries great merit: he can "take his own transformation of the basis as his ground," gaining great mastery within the phenomena of birth-and-death; and he can "manifest the body of every kind of sentient being in every destiny" — appearing in manifold bodies throughout the six destinies, using "manifold skillful means of taming," taming sentient beings one by one and establishing them on the path. In a word: the inferior turning ferries only oneself across; the vast turning rides the vow into birth-and-death and ferries all beings widely.
At this point both layers of the words "non-abiding" have come fully to ground: not abiding in birth-and-death (defilement cut off, so neither defiled nor bound by birth-and-death), and not abiding in nirvana either (not, like the two vehicles, retreating into quiescence and casting aside sentient beings). Abiding at neither extreme — and so it is called "non-abiding nirvana."
4. Those few verses: birth-and-death is itself nirvana, neither abandoned nor not abandoned
Having finished the reasoning, Asanga, following the consistent format of the Mahayanasamgraha, uses several verses to gather up once more and point out the heart of this chapter. The prose lays the principle through; at the close, appended verses let one remember the skeleton — and here the verses press, line by line, ever closer to the core.
The first two lines first turn "transformation of the basis" into a contrasting picture: ordinary beings "cover over the real and single-mindedly manifest the false" — they have covered up the real, and only the false remains in their eyes; the bodhisattva "abandons the false and single-mindedly manifests the real" — having abandoned the false, he makes only the real show forth. What is called transformation of the basis is just this one "turning": this single turning-over between the real and the false, between the manifest and the unmanifest.
Then a line points out the worth, on the spot, of this turning: "Transformation of the basis is itself liberation, faring freely as one wishes" — this one turning is, on the spot, liberation, and from then on one can fare freely according to one's heart.
Next comes the most pivotal line of the whole chapter: "Toward birth-and-death and nirvana, when the wisdom of sameness (平等智) arises... birth-and-death is itself nirvana." What is called the "wisdom of sameness" is the wisdom that sees through that birth-and-death and nirvana are originally one and the same other-dependent nature, one and the same suchness — and the moment this wisdom arises, on the spot one realizes that "birth-and-death is itself nirvana." Nirvana is nowhere else; it is right here in this birth-and-death that you have, on the spot, seen through. Note well: this does not say that birth-and-death equals sinking down — it says that "birth-and-death seen through" is, in its very substance, nirvana.
Finally this point is gathered into two clean-cut lines. Toward birth-and-death, it is "neither abandoned, nor not abandoned": not bound by it, so one cannot say he "has not abandoned" it; yet he likewise remains within birth-and-death to liberate beings, not fearing it, so neither can one say he "has abandoned" it. Toward nirvana, it is "neither attained, nor not attained": he is already within nirvana from the start (birth-and-death in its very substance is itself nirvana), so one cannot say he "has attained" anything; yet he does not retreat into nirvana to enjoy it alone, so neither can one say he "has not attained" it. These four "neithers" — neither abandoned, nor not abandoned, neither attained, nor not attained — are precisely where the Mahayana's non-abiding nirvana ultimately rests: abiding neither in birth-and-death nor in nirvana, and so gaining great mastery at both ends.
Looking back over this chapter: what "the fruit of severance" cuts off was never birth-and-death, but only that layer of defilement covering over birth-and-death; and its entire mechanism is "transformation of the basis" — upon the one and the same other-dependent nature, turning away from the defiled aspect and turning toward and attaining the pure aspect, washing away the defilement, not the stream of birth-and-death itself. The six transformations of the basis arrange into a staircase from ordinary being to Buddha, while the crosswise contrast of the "inferior turning" and the "vast turning" lays bare further the root dividing line between the two vehicles and the bodhisattva: one hurries to flee birth-and-death, the other rides the vow and walks into birth-and-death. The final few verses gather all of this onto that line that shakes the heart — "birth-and-death is itself nirvana," toward birth-and-death neither abandoning nor not abandoning, toward nirvana neither attaining nor not attaining. This is the Mahayana's view of nirvana, not held in common with the two vehicles.
What is made manifest by cutting off the obstructions is nirvana — this is the "merit of cessation" of the stage of the fruit. But the stage of the fruit has another side as well: what is accomplished by the fulfillment of the merit of wisdom is the realm of the Buddha. So the next chapter, "the fruit of cognition," goes on to speak of this other side of the fruit — the "three bodies" accomplished through cutting off the obstructions: the self-nature body, the body of enjoyment, and the transformation body.
Later Reception
The last two verses of the Thirty Verses carry forward transformation of the basis and the final stage; the Cheng weishi lun later expands the four nirvanas and the two transformations. Within this treatise, division nine supplies the cognition that transforms, this division displays severance, and division eleven displays cognition at the fruit-stage.
第十一分 彼果智分Chapter Eleven — The Fruit of Cognition (Plain Vernacular)
全文五層 →Full five layers →經論宗依
根本論以自性身、受用身、變化身顯示彼果智,並分別論證後二身皆非自性身。世親、無性二釋從三身名義、法身五相與十門開解;義疏以此為地,不把三身合併為一體,也不以後出的八識配四智回填本論。
前面十分,無著領著我們走了一條長路:從『萬法的底盤是什麼』(所知依=阿賴耶識),到『世界呈現的三種身分』(所知相=三性),到『怎麼從知走到證』(入唯識),再到六度十地的修行、戒定慧三增上學,一路修到『斷盡煩惱所顯的涅槃』(上一分的果斷、斷德)。整條路,到這最後一分,只剩下一個問題還沒答——也是讀經學佛的人心裡始終想問的那個問題:
走完這整條路、真的成了佛,那究竟是什麼樣子?佛的『身』、佛的『智』,到底是怎樣一種存在?
這一分『彼果智』,講的正是這個。它和上一分是同一個佛果的兩面:上一分從『斷』的角度說(斷盡煩惱所顯的涅槃),這一分從『智』的角度說(智德圓滿所成的境界)。無著以三種佛身顯示彼果智:自性身、受用身、變化身。三身各依其義而立;受用身與變化身依法身而現,卻不等同於自性身。這一分,就是《攝大乘論》的終章。
一、一佛三身——先把佛的『樣子』立起來
無著起手就立綱:一尊佛有三身。
第一是『自性身』,又叫『法身』——論本說祂是「一切法自在轉所依止」。第二是『受用身』——依法身而住於清淨佛土、在諸佛眾會中受用大乘法樂。第三是『變化身』——也依法身而示現受生、出家、修行、成道、轉法輪與入涅槃等事。論本隨後分別論證受用身、變化身皆非自性身,故讀三身須同時守住其依止關係與各自分際。
關於『自性身』這個名字,無性在他的釋論裡特別下了一番工夫——他喜歡把名相一個字一個字拆開來訓解。他說:之所以叫『自性』,是因為它不是假借安立出來的(非假所立);之所以叫『身』,是因為它是一切的所依止;之所以叫『法身』,是因為法性即是此身,或者說它是諸法所依止之處。世親的釋論在這裡講得簡略些,順著論本說它就是如來法身、一切法自在轉的所依止。兩位古德,一詳一簡,但所指的是同一個根本身。三系譯本的三身名稱與所指偶有出入;此處依玄奘譯語。
立完三身,無著用一首『嗢拕南』——也就是攝頌,把整個重點先用一句偈攝住——點出底下要從十個角度來把『法身』講透:相、證得、自在、依止、攝持、差別、德、甚深、念、業。這十門,就是這一分的骨架;下面逐門講開。
二、法身是什麼樣的?——五個特徵
第一門問『相』:法身到底是什麼樣的?無著答:法身有五相,五個根本特徵。
第一是「轉依為相」。這一句正好回應上一分:把依他起性裡那『染』的一分(一切障雜染)轉滅掉,把那『淨』的一分(於法自在轉的清淨)轉得現前——法身,就是這個『轉依』徹底圓滿之後的成果。第二是「白法所成為相」:它是由六波羅蜜多(六度)修圓滿、所成就的「十種自在」構成的。論本講得很細:布施圓滿,得壽自在、心自在、眾具自在;持戒圓滿,得業自在、生自在;忍辱圓滿,得勝解自在;精進圓滿,得願自在;禪定圓滿,得神力自在(含五神通);般若圓滿,得智自在、法自在。法身不是天生白白得來的,是六度一分一分修出來的。第三是「無二為相」:它超越一切對立——非有非無(一切法本無所有,而那『空所顯』的實相卻是實有)、非有為非無為(不被業惑所造作,卻又能自在示現有為之相)、非一非多(一切佛所依的法身無有差別,是『一』;而無量佛各自相續現等正覺,又是『多』)。這「非一非多」,無著還配了兩首偈來收:因為我執已盡,所以法身之中沒有彼此的別依,是『無別』;又因為各位佛種姓有異、所證真實不虛、福智圓滿、本無初始,所以那無垢的所依雖無差別,卻也說不上是純粹的『一個』或『多個』。第四是「常住為相」:因為真如清淨之相恆常、本願所引的度生事業恆常、所應作的利生之事無有窮盡之期。第五是「不可思議為相」:因為它唯是聖者真如清淨的內證境界,沒有任何世間的譬喻能比擬它,也不是凡夫的尋思分別所能走到的地方。
法身的自在,論本依「轉五蘊依」分為五種:轉色蘊依,得佛土、自身、相好、無邊音聲、無見頂相的自在;轉受蘊依,得無罪無量廣大樂住的自在;轉想蘊依,得辯說一切名身、句身、文身的自在;轉行蘊依,得現化、變易、引攝大眾、引攝白法的自在;轉識蘊依,得「圓鏡、平等、觀察、成所作」四智自在。論本到此只說識蘊之轉與四智,不在此逐一配屬八識;不宜再補入後出的逐識配屬。
三、法身有依處、有事業——它不是抽象的理體
第四門『依止』、第五門『攝持』、第十門『業』,合起來告訴我們一件要緊的事:法身不是一個高懸在空中的抽象道理,它有所依、有所事。
先說『依止』。法身由三處而見其依止:一是「種種佛住」依止——這裡無著配了兩首偈,說諸佛所證的五種法喜,都因為平等證得了自己的法界;眾生離喜,正因不曾證得這個;所以求喜的人,應當去等證它。二是「種種受用身」依止,這是專為成熟地上菩薩而設的。三是「種種變化身」依止,這多半是為了成熟聲聞等而設的。
再說『攝持』——法身由六種佛法所攝持。這六種,每一種都是一個『轉』字:轉阿賴耶識,得法身(這是『清淨』攝持,正接到第二分『所知依』的果地轉依);轉色根,得異熟智;轉欲行等住,得無量智住;轉種種攝受業的自在,得於一切世界無礙神通智的自在;轉一切見聞覺知的言說戲論,得令一切有情心生歡喜、辯說智的自在;轉拔濟一切災橫過失,得拔濟一切有情一切災橫過失之智。法身,就是這樣由六種『轉染成淨』的佛法攝持而成。
最動人的是『業』這一門——佛的法界,於一切時恆作五種事業來度化眾生。第一,救濟眾生的災橫:佛暫一現身,便能救度盲、聾、狂等種種災難。第二,救濟惡趣:把眾生從不善之處拔出、安置於善處。第三,救濟『非方便』:讓那些走錯了路的外道,捨掉錯誤的修法,安置在如來的聖教之中。第四,救濟『薩迦耶』(身見):授予能超越三界的聖道。第五,救濟『乘』:把那些本欲趣向小乘的菩薩、以及根性未定的聲聞等,拯拔出來、安置他們去修大乘行。而且無著特別說:諸佛的這五種業用是平等的——每一尊佛度生的力用都一樣圓滿,沒有高下之分。配的偈說:世間人之所以力用有別,是因為因、依、事、性、行各各不同;唯佛無此差別,所以世間沒有誰能與導師(佛)相比。佛,不是高踞淨土的一個理體;佛是時時刻刻在做這五件救度之事的存在。
四、三身為什麼不是一個?——受用身、變化身,都不就是法身
無著接下來很仔細地論證『差別』門:受用身、變化身,雖然都依法身而起,卻都不就是法身本身。為什麼要費這番工夫?因為若把眾生眼前可見的佛身,直接當成法身,整套道理就講不通了。
受用身為什麼不就是自性身?無著給了六個理由。因為受用身是『可見的色身』(法身無相);它有無量佛眾會的差別可見(法身無差別);它隨著眾生勝解不同,所見的自性也就不定(法身定);它別別而見、自性有變動(法身不動);它在菩薩、聲聞、諸天等種種眾會裡間雜可見(法身無此);而且阿賴耶識與諸轉識的轉依,若安在受用身上講,道理也不通。憑這六點,所以說『佛受用身即是自性身』——不合道理。
變化身為什麼不就是自性身?理由更明顯,無著給了八個。菩薩久遠以來早已得了不退轉之定,怎會真的要從兜率天、從人中受生?菩薩久遠以來常憶宿命,怎會真的在書、算、數、印、工巧諸論以及受用欲塵的種種行裡「不能正知」?菩薩久遠以來早已分得清惡說與善說的法教,怎會真的跑去外道那裡?菩薩久遠以來早已善知三乘正道,怎會真的去修那邪苦行?菩薩本可捨百億贍部洲、處處示現,卻只在『一處』成等正覺、轉正法輪——這也說不過去(除非那是化現)。還有:若離開「示現成等正覺」、單用化身在別處作佛事,那就該只在兜率天成正覺就好,何不安排在一切贍部洲中同時有佛出世?既然沒這樣安排,可見『同處一時無二佛』是有教有理的——雖然佛有許多化身,卻不違『無二如來同時出現於世』這句經言;因為一個四洲攝為一個世界,就像兩位轉輪王不會同時出世一樣。配的偈說:佛以微細的化身,在許多處平等地示現入胎,為的是要顯示『一切種』(種種度生之相),而示現成等覺、轉法輪。——這八因、這安排,無一不在說同一件事:那看得見、有來去、有成道入滅的身,是化現,不是法身本身。
那就帶出一個尖銳的問題:受用身、變化身既然都是無常的,經裡為什麼還說「如來身常」?無著答得很穩:因為這二身所依的法身是常;而且這二身『恆受用、不斷絕』——受用身恆受法樂、變化身數數現化而不永絕,相續不斷,所以也說它『常』。論本還打了個比方來顯這層意思:就像『常受樂』、就像『常施食』那樣——不是指某個實體永恆不變,而是指那相續不斷、無有間歇的恆常。如來身常,當這樣理解。
五、佛的『甚深』——用一連串弔詭,指向不可思議
第八門『甚深』,是這一分裡最動人、也最費思量的一段。無著要顯法身的「不可思議」,用的不是抽象的論證,而是一連串看似自相矛盾的話——他要你在這些弔詭面前,放下凡夫的尺。
他說:佛『以無生為生』(法身本不生,卻示現受生)、「以無住為住」、種種佛事『無功用』而成(不費勞作而自然成辦)。佛「現等覺非有」(成道之相不可執為實有)、「一切覺非無」(而那遍知一切的覺又不是沒有);佛「非染非離染」——祂並非沾染欲塵,卻也不是把欲斷得乾乾淨淨然後離開,而是「了知欲無欲、悟入欲法性」,在欲的當體照見它的空性而出離。佛『過諸蘊』又「安住諸蘊中」,與五蘊「非一非異,不捨而善寂」。
這裡無著還用了原典自有的幾個比喻,極美:眾生的罪業擋不住佛的示現——就像月亮映在破了的水器上(器雖破,月一點不損);法身的光明遍照一切世間——如同太陽普照;佛或現成正覺、或現入涅槃——就像火的或燃或滅,而法身本身未曾有『有』或『無』(因為諸佛身常)。還有一句最要緊:「煩惱伏不滅,如毒呪所害」——佛對煩惱,不是把它一把滅光,而是像被神咒所制伏的毒一樣,降伏了它、轉它為用;由『降伏惑』一路到『惑盡』,而證得佛的一切智。於是——「煩惱成覺分,生死為涅槃」:煩惱當體成了覺悟的資糧,生死當體就是涅槃。你看,這正是上一分「生死即涅槃」在佛果上的圓滿展現。因為具足這樣的大方便,所以諸佛不可思議。
要緊的是:這些弔詭不是玄虛的話術,它在指點一個方向——你不能拿凡夫「有、無、一、異」那幾個格子去量佛;唯有放下那把尺,才稍稍挨得上邊。無著最後把這甚深歸納為十二種:生住業住甚深、安立數業甚深、現等覺甚深、離欲甚深、斷蘊甚深、成熟甚深、顯現甚深、示現等覺涅槃甚深、住甚深、顯示自體甚深、斷煩惱甚深、不可思議甚深。
(偈中說「第四食為食」,論本卻未展開『第四食』具體何指;此語遂保留原狀,不另添解。)
六、菩薩怎麼憶念佛的法身?——七種念
第九門『念』。法身既如此甚深,發心的菩薩該怎麼去憶念它、修這『念佛』?無著說,由七種念來修。一者,念佛於一切法得自在轉(因為佛於一切世界得無礙神通)。二者,念佛之身常住(因為真如無間,已解脫垢染)。三者,念佛最為無罪(因為一切煩惱障、所知障都已離繫)。四者,念佛無有功用(因為佛不假勞作,而一切佛事無有休息)。五者,念佛受大富樂(因為清淨佛土的大富樂)。六者,念佛遠離一切染污(因為佛雖生在世間,一切世法不能染著祂)。七者,念佛能成大事(因為佛示現成正覺、般涅槃等等,能令一切未成熟的有情成熟、已成熟的解脫)。
但這『七種念』裡,藏著一句極要緊、也最容易讀偏的話,須要老實面對。在講第一念(佛於一切法得自在)時,無著配了一首偈:
「有情界周遍,具障而闕因,二種決定轉,諸佛無自在。」
讀到「諸佛無自在」,初看會嚇一跳——前面才說佛於一切法得大自在,怎麼這裡又說『無自在』?這句話不可把它扭成正面去讀,無著的本意正在這個張力上:對於那些『具足重障、又欠缺得度之因』、業已決定流轉的有情,佛縱有大自在,也度他不得。這不是說佛的力量有缺,而是說——眾生自身的障與因若未到,佛也不能違背因果硬把他拽過來。這個『無自在』的負面說法,無著沒有把它翻轉成一句圓融的正面話來收場;他就讓這份張力如實擺在那裡。我們順著他,也只忠實地把這層意思講清,不替它添上原典所無的『其實還是自在』的解釋。
七、佛住在哪裡?——清淨佛土的十八圓滿
講完念佛,無著引經描繪佛的「清淨佛土」——這段是引《菩薩藏百千契經》序品之文。那是一幅極莊嚴的圖景:薄伽梵(世尊)住在最殊勝光曜、七寶莊嚴、放大光明普照無邊世界的大宮殿中;其量難測、超過三界,是「最極自在淨識為相」的所在——這一句要留意:佛土之所以是淨土,不在別處,正在於它是清淨之識所現;唯識的宗旨,到了佛果淨土這裡,依然一貫到底。那裡是如來的都城,無量大菩薩雲集,無量天、龍、藥叉等八部常隨翼從,以廣大法味的喜樂為所持,作一切眾生的義利,蠲除一切煩惱災橫,遠離眾魔……
無著把這佛土歸納為十八種圓滿:顯色圓滿、形色圓滿、分量圓滿、方所圓滿、因圓滿、果圓滿、主圓滿、輔翼圓滿、眷屬圓滿、住持圓滿、事業圓滿、攝益圓滿、無畏圓滿、住處圓滿、路圓滿、乘圓滿、門圓滿、依持圓滿——從顏色形相到門徑依持,面面俱圓,無一處不圓滿。而受用這樣的清淨佛土,是『四個一向』:一向淨妙、一向安樂、一向無罪、一向自在——純然清淨、純然安樂、純然無罪、純然自在,沒有一絲雜染夾在其中。
八、法身的功德——德相,與『歸禮十六頌』
第七門『德』。無著把法身的功德相一一列出:最清淨的四無量、八解脫、八勝處、十遍處、無諍、願智、四無礙解、六神通、三十二大士相、八十隨好、四一切相清淨、十力、四無畏、三不護、三念住、拔除習氣、無忘失法、大悲、十八不共佛法、一切相妙智——種種無上功德,法身無不相應。
列完功德,無著綴上一串長長的歸禮偈——這是這一分最可以當作『修行收尾』來讀的地方。共十六頌,幾乎每一頌都讚佛的一種德,末了綴一句『歸禮』(頂禮、皈依),像一串接連不斷的禮拜。我們不妨把它當作整部論末了的一場虔敬的總禮讚來讀:讚佛常不捨利樂眾生的四種意樂——歸禮;讚佛解脫一切障、智周遍所知、心得解脫——歸禮;讚佛能滅盡有情一切惑、害煩惱而常哀愍——歸禮;讚佛無功用、無著、無礙、常寂定,能解一切問難——歸禮;讚佛無礙慧常善說、為眾生現知言行往來出離——歸禮;讚佛眾生一見便深信、為大開導者——歸禮;讚佛攝受住持、現化變易、等持智自在——歸禮;讚佛以方便、歸依、清淨、大乘出離摧伏諸魔——歸禮;讚佛能說智、斷、出離,自他利非外道所能伏——歸禮;讚佛處眾能伏說、遠離二雜染、攝御大眾——歸禮;讚佛遍一切行住無非圓智之事、一切時遍知實義——歸禮;讚佛所作利樂不過時、常無虛、無忘失——歸禮;讚佛晝夜常六返觀察世間、與大悲相應——歸禮;讚佛由行由證由智由業,於一切二乘為最勝——歸禮;最後一頌,讚佛由三身的成就、具足諸相的大菩提,能斷一切處他人的疑——歸禮。一頌一禮拜,把對佛的全幅讚歎,化成一串連綿的頂禮。隨後無著又補兩頌,總說諸佛法身與這一切功德相應,更與自性、因、果、業、相應、轉等功德相應,所以當知諸佛法身有「無上功德」。
九、終章末了的幾個大哉問
走到全論的盡頭,無著像是要把讀者心裡所有殘留的疑問一次了結,連著回應幾個極深、也極切修行的大問題。
一乘——佛明明說『唯一佛乘』,可前面又安立三乘(聲聞、緣覺、菩薩),這不矛盾嗎?無著答:佛說一乘,是為了『引攝一類、任持所餘』——為了引導那一類根性、攝持其餘那些根性未定的人,是一種『密意施設』(含著深意的方便安立),並不否定三乘的方便。配的偈說:因為法、無我、解脫等是同的,因為種性不同、因為得二種意樂、因為化現、因為究竟——所以說一乘。一乘與三乘,兩說並不相違。
多佛——諸佛同是一個法身,可為什麼又說有無量的佛?無著的偈答得乾淨:因為「一界中無二」(同一個世界裡不容二佛同時並出)、「同時無量圓」(而能同時圓滿成佛的眾生界是無量的)、「次第轉非理」(若說只能一尊一尊依次成佛,於理不通)——所以說有許多佛。
佛入不入涅槃——該怎麼理解『佛在法身中,既不是畢竟入於涅槃、也不是畢竟不入涅槃』?偈答:因為「一切障脫」(一切障已解脫),所以佛畢竟涅槃;又因為「所作無竟」(度生之事永無窮盡),所以佛畢竟不涅槃。兩面都真,不偏一邊。
還有一問,最切修行:菩薩既已發願修行去證大菩提,若說證了之後就『畢竟入涅槃』、從此不再度生——這也不應道理,否則菩薩當初的願與行豈不成了沒有果的空過?這正反襯出佛果是「無住涅槃」——不住生死、也不住涅槃。
而關於變化身,還剩最後一問:化身為什麼要「示現涅槃」、不永遠住世讓眾生天天見得到?無著給了六個理由:一、所作已究竟,該成熟的有情已得解脫;二、為了讓眾生捨離「不樂涅槃」之心、轉而去希求如來的常住身;三、為了讓眾生捨離對諸佛的輕慢、轉而去悟入甚深正法;四、為了讓眾生對佛深生渴仰——恐怕天天見得到的,反而生起厭怠;五、為了讓眾生在自身上發起精進——知道『能正說法的人難得遇見』,才知珍重;六、為了讓有情極速成熟、令他們自己精進不捨重擔。核心是一句:若佛永遠在眼前,眾生反而會懈怠輕慢;示現涅槃,恰恰是為了逼出眾生的精進與渴仰——這不是無情,正是大悲的善巧。配的偈把這六因收住:由所作究竟、為令捨不樂涅槃、為令離輕毀諸佛、為令深生渴仰、為令內自發正勤、為令極速成熟——所以說佛的化身「非畢竟住」。
十、最後一答——法身無始,為什麼仍須功用?
全論最後一個問題,無著留到了最末:諸佛法身既「無始時來、無別、無量」,是否便不應再為證得而作功用?論文本身提出的是諸佛法身與證得之因的關係,不能逕改寫成眾生本具佛果。
無著以一首偈作結:『佛得無別無量因,有情若捨勤功用,證得恆時不成因,斷如是因不應理。』偈中把證得繫於因:有情若捨勤修功用,恆時證得便不能成因;斷除這個因,不應道理。這裡可確定的是證得不離勤功用之因;至於法身與有情本性的進一步判攝,論文此處沒有明說,因而留而不決。
結語——路,到此走完了
《攝大乘論》,到這裡圓滿結束。
回頭看這一整條路,你會看見第一分那道『十殊勝』的弧線,如今每一段都落了地:從標宗(大乘有十種殊勝),到阿賴耶識這個染淨所依(所知依),到三性這個世界的相(所知相),到唯識的悟入,到六度十地這條入的因果與修差別,到戒定慧三增上學,再到果地的斷(涅槃)——最後,就是這一分的果地之智(三身)。依→相→入→因果→修→三學→斷→智,這條第一分一開頭就鋪在我們眼前的次第,到此走完了最後一步。無著把整個大乘的『境、行、果』攤成了一張完整的地圖:先看清世界與心是什麼(境),再說怎麼修(行),最後證什麼果(果)。
而這最後一分告訴我們:彼果智以自性身、受用身、變化身三身顯示;後二身依法身而現,又各有不可混同的分際。佛於法身中既畢竟涅槃,又因所作無盡而畢竟不涅槃;論文以這兩面同時守住無住之義。
末了,是無著親手寫下的尾題,也是他對全論的自證與謙辭:「《阿毘達磨大乘經》中〈攝大乘品〉,我阿僧伽略釋究竟。」——他署上自己的名字『阿僧伽』(即無著),謙稱:這一整部論,不過是對那部《阿毘達磨大乘經·攝大乘品》的一個『略釋』罷了。一部把整個大乘綱要攝盡的巨論,作者卻只稱它為『略釋』。全論,至此圓滿。
承衍
《唯識三十論頌》末頌以無漏界、安樂解脫身相應於法身,《成唯識論》後來廣說三身、四涅槃與四智。本分只立轉識蘊依所得四智自在;後出的八識配屬屬承衍層,不能回填為無著此處的原說。
Scriptural and Commentarial Ground
The root treatise displays cognition at the fruit-stage through the self-nature, enjoyment, and transformation bodies and argues separately that the latter two are not the self-nature body. The two ancient commentaries unfold the names of the three bodies and the five marks and ten gates of the dharma-body; this exposition neither fuses the three into one substance nor backfills the later eight-to-four mapping.
In the ten preceding chapters, Asanga has led us down a long road: from "what is the underlying ground of all phenomena" (the basis of the knowable — the alaya-consciousness), to "the three statuses in which the world appears" (the characteristic of the knowable — the three natures), to "how one moves from knowing to realizing" (entry into consciousness-only), then through the cultivation of the six perfections and the ten grounds, the three higher trainings of discipline, concentration, and wisdom — all the way to "the nirvana made manifest by the exhaustion of the afflictions" (the previous chapter's fruit of severance, the virtue of cessation). The whole road, arriving at this final chapter, has just one question left unanswered — and it is the very question that lives in the heart of anyone who reads the scriptures and follows the Buddha's path:
When the whole road has been walked and one has truly become a buddha — what, really, is that like? The buddha's "body," the buddha's "cognition" — just what kind of existence are they?
This chapter, "the fruit of cognition," is precisely about this. It and the previous chapter are two faces of the same buddha-fruit: the previous chapter spoke from the angle of cessation, and this one from the angle of cognition. Asanga displays this fruit through three buddha-bodies: the self-nature body, the enjoyment body, and the transformation body. Each is established according to its own meaning; the enjoyment and transformation bodies arise in dependence on the dharma-body but are not identical with the self-nature body. This is the closing chapter of the Mahayanasamgraha.
I. One Buddha, Three Bodies — First Establishing the "Look" of a Buddha
Asanga opens by laying down the framework: one buddha has three bodies.
The first is the self-nature body, also called the dharma-body — the root treatise calls it the support on which mastery over all phenomena turns. The second is the enjoyment body — in dependence on the dharma-body, it abides in pure buddha-lands and enjoys the Dharma-joy of the Great Vehicle in the buddha assemblies. The third is the transformation body — likewise in dependence on the dharma-body, it displays birth, renunciation, cultivation, awakening, turning the Dharma-wheel, and entry into nirvana. The treatise later argues separately that neither the enjoyment body nor the transformation body is the self-nature body; the relation of dependence and the distinctions among the three must therefore be held together.
On the name "self-nature body," Asvabhava, in his commentary, takes particular pains — he likes to take a term apart character by character to gloss it. He says: it is called "self-nature" because it is not provisionally posited (not set up by borrowing); it is called "body" because it is the support of everything; it is called "dharma-body" because the dharma-nature is just this body, or because it is the place on which all dharmas depend. Vasubandhu's commentary here speaks more briefly, following the root treatise in saying it is simply the Tathagata's dharma-body, the support on which the masterful turning of all phenomena depends. The two ancient masters — one detailed, one brief — point to the same one root body. The three transmission lineages sometimes use the same body-names with differing referents; here the terms follow Xuanzang's rendering.
Having established the three bodies, Asanga uses a "udana" — a summary verse that holds the whole point first in a single stanza — to mark out that what follows will expound the "dharma-body" from ten angles: characteristic, attainment, mastery, support, sustaining, distinction, virtue, profundity, recollection, activity. These ten gates are the skeleton of this chapter; below they are opened out one by one.
II. What Is the Dharma-Body Like? — Five Characteristics
The first gate asks about "characteristic": just what is the dharma-body like? Asanga answers: the dharma-body has five characteristics, five root features.
The first is "transformation of the basis as its characteristic." This line answers exactly to the previous chapter: turning away and extinguishing the "defiled" portion within the other-dependent nature (the entire defilement of the obstructions), and turning toward and bringing forth the "pure" portion (the pure portion that turns masterfully over phenomena) — the dharma-body is just the fruit after this "transformation of the basis" has been brought fully to completion. The second is "constituted by white dharmas as its characteristic": it is constituted by the "ten masteries" accomplished through the full cultivation of the six perfections (the six paramitas). The root treatise spells this out finely: through the perfection of giving, one attains mastery over lifespan, mastery over mind, mastery over necessities; through the perfection of discipline, mastery over karma, mastery over birth; through the perfection of patience, mastery over resolute conviction; through the perfection of effort, mastery over vows; through the perfection of meditation, mastery over spiritual power (which includes the five superknowledges); through the perfection of wisdom, mastery over wisdom, mastery over dharma. The dharma-body is not got for nothing by nature; it is cultivated forth portion by portion through the six perfections. The third is "non-duality as its characteristic": it transcends every opposition — neither existent nor non-existent (all phenomena are inherently without own-being, yet the reality "made manifest by emptiness" is truly existent); neither conditioned nor unconditioned (not fabricated by karma and affliction, yet able masterfully to display conditioned characteristics); neither one nor many (the dharma-body on which all buddhas depend is without difference, hence "one"; yet immeasurable buddhas, each in their own continuum, manifest perfect awakening, hence "many"). For this "neither one nor many" Asanga adds two verses to round it off: because self-grasping is already exhausted, within the dharma-body there is no separate support of one from another, so it is "without difference"; and because the buddhas' lineages differ, what they realize is real and not false, their merit and wisdom are perfected, and there is no beginning — therefore the undefiled basis, though without difference, also cannot be called a pure "one" or a pure "many." The fourth is "constancy as its characteristic": because the pure characteristic of suchness is eternal, because the work of liberating beings drawn forth by the original vow is eternal, and because the beneficial work to be done has no term of exhaustion. The fifth is "inconceivability as its characteristic": because it is solely the inner realization of the sages' pure suchness, no worldly simile can liken it, and it is not a place that the discursive thinking of ordinary beings can reach.
The treatise sets out five masteries through transformation of the basis of the five aggregates. Transforming the basis of form brings mastery over buddha-land, body, marks, boundless voice, and the invisible crown; transforming feeling brings mastery over faultless and immeasurable blissful abiding; transforming perception brings mastery over names, phrases, and syllables; transforming formations brings mastery over manifestation and the gathering of assemblies and pure dharmas; transforming the consciousness aggregate brings mastery over the four cognitions of mirror, equality, observation, and accomplishment. The root treatise states transformation of the consciousness aggregate and these four cognitions here; it does not assign the eight consciousnesses one by one, and this exposition keeps that boundary.
III. The Dharma-Body Has a Dwelling and Has Work — It Is Not an Abstract Principle-Substance
The fourth gate, "support"; the fifth gate, "sustaining"; and the tenth gate, "activity" — taken together, they tell us one important thing: the dharma-body is not an abstract principle hung high in the void; it has its supports and it has its work.
First, "support." The dharma-body's support is seen through three things. One is the "various buddha-abidings" support — here Asanga adds two verses, saying that the five kinds of Dharma-joy the buddhas realize are all because they have equally realized their own dharma-realm; beings are apart from this joy precisely because they have not realized it; therefore those who seek this joy should equally realize it. Two is the "various enjoyment-bodies" support, which is set up specifically to ripen the bodhisattvas on the grounds. Three is the "various transformation-bodies" support, which is mostly set up to ripen the sravakas and the like.
Next, "sustaining" — the dharma-body is sustained by six buddha-dharmas. Each of these six is a "transforming": transforming the alaya-consciousness, one attains the dharma-body (this is the "purity" sustaining, connecting straight back to the fruit-stage transformation of the basis in the second chapter, "the basis of the knowable"); transforming the form faculties, one attains the wisdom of maturation; transforming the abidings of the realm of desire and the like, one attains the abiding of immeasurable wisdom; transforming the masteries of the various karmas one takes up, one attains mastery over the unobstructed superknowledge-wisdom in all worlds; transforming the discursive proliferation of all that is seen, heard, sensed, and known and spoken, one attains mastery over the eloquence-wisdom that makes all beings' minds rejoice; transforming the rescuing of beings from all calamities and faults, one attains the wisdom that rescues all beings from all calamities and faults. The dharma-body is thus constituted by being sustained by these six buddha-dharmas of "transforming the defiled into the pure."
Most moving is the gate of "activity" — the buddha's dharma-realm, at all times, eternally performs five kinds of work to liberate beings. First, rescuing beings from calamity: the buddha by briefly manifesting a single appearance can rescue the blind, the deaf, the mad, and all such calamities. Second, rescuing from evil destinies: drawing beings out of unwholesome places and setting them in wholesome ones. Third, rescuing from "non-means": leading those heterodox practitioners who have taken the wrong road to abandon their mistaken methods and be set within the Tathagata's holy teaching. Fourth, rescuing from "satkaya" (the view of a self in the body): bestowing the holy path that can transcend the three realms. Fifth, rescuing from "vehicle": drawing out those bodhisattvas who were inclined toward the lesser vehicle, and the sravakas of undetermined lineage and the like, rescuing them and settling them so that they cultivate Mahayana practice. And Asanga says particularly: this fivefold activity of the buddhas is equal — every buddha's power to liberate beings is equally perfect, with no division of higher and lower. The accompanying verse says: the reason worldly persons differ in power is that their cause, support, work, nature, and conduct each differ; only the buddha is without such differences, so in the world there is no one who can be compared to the Guide (the buddha). The buddha is not a principle-substance enthroned high in a pure land; the buddha is an existence that, at every single moment, is doing these five works of rescue.
IV. Why Are the Three Bodies Not One? — Neither the Enjoyment Body Nor the Transformation Body Is the Dharma-Body
Asanga next argues the gate of "distinction" very carefully: the enjoyment body and the transformation body, though both arise in dependence on the dharma-body, are neither of them the dharma-body itself. Why take this trouble? Because if one takes the Buddha-body visible before beings' eyes and makes it directly the dharma-body, the whole doctrine becomes incoherent.
Why is the enjoyment body not the self-nature body? Asanga gives six reasons. Because the enjoyment body is "a visible form-body" (the dharma-body is without characteristic); because it has the visible distinction of immeasurable buddha-assemblies (the dharma-body is without distinction); because, following beings' differing resolute convictions, the self-nature seen is itself indeterminate (the dharma-body is determinate); because it is seen separately and its self-nature shifts and moves (the dharma-body is unmoving); because it is seen intermixed among the various assemblies of bodhisattvas, sravakas, gods, and so on (the dharma-body has none of this); and because, if one places the transformation of the basis of the alaya-consciousness and the active consciousnesses upon the enjoyment body, the doctrine too becomes incoherent. On these six points, to say "the buddha's enjoyment body is just the self-nature body" does not accord with reason.
Why is the transformation body not the self-nature body? The reasons are even plainer; Asanga gives eight. Bodhisattvas have long since, from the distant past, attained the concentration of non-retrogression — how would one truly need to take birth from the Tusita heaven, from among humans? Bodhisattvas have long since constantly recollected their former lives — how would one truly be "unable to know rightly" amid writing, reckoning, numbering, seals, the treatises of crafts, and the various conduct of enjoying the dusts of desire? Bodhisattvas have long since clearly distinguished ill-spoken from well-spoken teachings — how would one truly go off to the heterodox practitioners? Bodhisattvas have long since well known the right paths of the three vehicles — how would one truly go cultivate those mistaken austerities? A bodhisattva could relinquish a hundred kotis of Jambudvipas and manifest everywhere, yet realizes perfect awakening and turns the Dharma-wheel in just "one place" — this too does not stand to reason (unless that is a manifested appearance). And further: if, apart from "manifesting the realization of perfect awakening," one used only the transformation body to perform buddha-work elsewhere, then one should realize perfect awakening only in the Tusita heaven — why not arrange for buddhas to appear simultaneously throughout all the Jambudvipas? Since it is not so arranged, one sees that "in one place at one time there are not two buddhas" has both scriptural authority and reason — though a buddha has many transformations, this does not violate the scriptural word that "no two tathagatas appear in the world at once"; because one set of four continents is taken as one world, just as two wheel-turning kings do not arise in the world at the same time. The accompanying verse says: the buddha, with subtle transformation bodies, equally manifests entering the womb in many places, in order to display "all kinds" (the various aspects of liberating beings), manifesting the realization of perfect awakening and turning the wheel. — These eight reasons, this arrangement, every one of them says the same one thing: the body that is visible, that comes and goes, that has a realization of the path and an entry into extinction, is a manifested appearance, not the dharma-body itself.
That then raises a sharp question: if both the enjoyment body and the transformation body are impermanent, why does scripture still say "the Tathagata's body is constant"? Asanga answers steadily: because the dharma-body on which these two bodies depend is constant; and because these two bodies "eternally function without cease" — the enjoyment body eternally enjoys Dharma-joy, the transformation body again and again manifests transformations without ever finally ceasing, continuous and unbroken, so it too is said to be "constant." The root treatise also draws a comparison to show this layer of meaning: just like "constantly receiving pleasure," just like "constantly giving food" — not pointing to some substance permanently unchanging, but to that continuity unbroken and without interval, the constant. "The Tathagata's body is constant" should be understood in this way.
V. The Buddha's "Profundity" — Pointing Toward the Inconceivable Through a String of Paradoxes
The eighth gate, "profundity," is the most moving — and the most thought-demanding — passage in this chapter. To display the "inconceivability" of the dharma-body, Asanga uses not abstract argument but a string of statements that seem to contradict themselves — he wants you, standing before these paradoxes, to set down the measuring-rule of the ordinary being.
He says: the buddha "takes the unborn as birth" (the dharma-body is fundamentally unborn, yet manifests taking birth), "takes non-abiding as abiding," and accomplishes the various buddha-works "without effort" (without laboring, they are spontaneously accomplished). The buddha's "manifesting of perfect awakening is not existent" (the mark of realizing the path is not to be grasped as truly existent), and "the all-pervading awareness is not non-existent" (yet that awareness which knows all is not nothing); the buddha is "neither defiled nor freed from defilement" — He is not stained by the dusts of desire, yet neither does He cut desire off cleanly and then depart; rather He "knows desire to be desireless and enters into the dharma-nature of desire," seeing through to its emptiness in the very substance of desire and thereby emerging from it. The buddha "transcends the aggregates" and yet "abides within the aggregates," and with those aggregates is "neither one nor different, not abandoning them yet well at peace."
Here Asanga also uses several similes the root text itself supplies, exquisite ones: beings' sinful karma cannot block the buddha's manifestation — like the moon reflected on a broken vessel (though the vessel is broken, the moon is not in the least diminished); the radiance of the dharma-body pervades and illumines all worlds — like the sun shining everywhere; the buddha may manifest the realization of perfect awakening, or manifest entry into nirvana — like fire kindling or ceasing — while the dharma-body itself has never been either "existent" or "non-existent" (because the buddhas' bodies are constant). And there is one line that matters most of all: "the afflictions are subdued, not extinguished, as a poison held in check by a spell" — toward the afflictions the buddha does not extinguish them at one stroke, but, like a poison subdued by a divine incantation, subdues them and turns them to use; from "subduing the afflictions" all the way to "the afflictions exhausted," He realizes the buddha's all-knowledge. And so — "the afflictions become the factors of awakening, birth-and-death becomes nirvana": the afflictions in their very substance become the provisions of awakening, birth-and-death in its very substance is nirvana. See — this is precisely the previous chapter's "birth-and-death is just nirvana," now displayed in its fullness at the level of the buddha-fruit. Because they possess such great skillful means, the buddhas are inconceivable.
What matters is this: these paradoxes are not empty rhetorical sleight; they point in a direction — you cannot take the ordinary being's few boxes of "existent, non-existent, one, different" and use them to measure the buddha; only by setting down that measuring-rule does one come even slightly close. Asanga finally gathers this profundity into twelve kinds: the profundity of birth-abiding-and-activity-abiding, the profundity of establishing the work of number, the profundity of manifesting perfect awakening, the profundity of freedom from desire, the profundity of cutting off the aggregates, the profundity of ripening, the profundity of manifestation, the profundity of displaying perfect-awakening and nirvana, the profundity of abiding, the profundity of displaying one's own substance, the profundity of cutting off the afflictions, and the profundity of inconceivability.
(The verse says "the fourth food is taken as food," but the root treatise does not unfold what this "fourth food" specifically refers to. The phrase is therefore left without a supplied explanation.)
VI. How Does a Bodhisattva Recollect the Buddha's Dharma-Body? — Seven Recollections
The ninth gate, "recollection." Since the dharma-body is so profound, how should the aspiring bodhisattva recollect it and cultivate this "recollection of the buddha"? Asanga says it is cultivated by seven recollections. First, recollect that the buddha attains masterful turning over all phenomena (because the buddha attains unobstructed superknowledge in all worlds). Second, recollect that the buddha's body abides constantly (because suchness is uninterrupted, already freed from defilement). Third, recollect that the buddha is most utterly faultless (because both the affliction-obstruction and the knowledge-obstruction are already released from their bonds). Fourth, recollect that the buddha is without effort (because the buddha does not labor, yet all buddha-works are without rest). Fifth, recollect that the buddha enjoys great wealth and bliss (because of the great wealth and bliss of the pure buddha-land). Sixth, recollect that the buddha is far apart from all defilement (because, though the buddha is born in the world, no worldly dharma can defile Him). Seventh, recollect that the buddha can accomplish great works (because the buddha, by manifesting perfect awakening, parinirvana, and so on, can ripen all unripened beings and liberate the already-ripened).
But within these "seven recollections" is hidden one line that is of utmost importance — and most easily read awry — and it must be faced honestly. In speaking of the first recollection (the buddha's mastery over all phenomena), Asanga adds a verse:
"The realm of beings being all-pervading, possessed of obstructions and lacking the cause, those of the two determinate turnings — toward these the buddhas have no mastery."
Reading "the buddhas have no mastery," at first glance one is startled — He just said the buddha attains great mastery over all phenomena, so how here does it say "no mastery"? This line must not be twisted into a positive reading; Asanga's true intent lies precisely in this tension: toward those beings who "possess heavy obstructions and lack the cause for liberation" and who are determinately bound to wander on, even with His great mastery the buddha cannot liberate them. This is not to say the buddha's power is lacking; it is to say that if a being's own obstructions and causes have not arrived, even the buddha cannot defy cause-and-effect and forcibly haul him across. The root text leaves this negative statement standing and does not add an "in fact there is still mastery" reconciliation.
VII. Where Does the Buddha Dwell? — The Eighteen Perfections of the Pure Land
Having finished the recollection of the buddha, Asanga cites scripture to depict the buddha's "pure buddha-land" — this passage cites the introductory chapter of the Bodhisattva-pitaka Hundred-thousand Sutra. It is an exceedingly majestic vista: the Bhagavan (the World-Honored One) dwells in a great palace of the most surpassing brilliance, adorned with the seven treasures, emitting great light that illumines boundless worlds; its measure is unfathomable, surpassing the three realms, and it is the place "whose characteristic is the most utterly masterful pure consciousness" — this line is to be noted: the reason the buddha-land is a pure land lies nowhere else but precisely in its being made manifest by pure consciousness; the tenet of consciousness-only, arriving here at the buddha-fruit's pure land, still holds through to the very end. There is the Tathagata's capital city, where immeasurable great bodhisattvas gather like clouds, where immeasurable gods, nagas, yaksas, and the eight classes of beings constantly attend in train, sustained by the joy of the vast Dharma-savor, performing all that benefits beings, dispelling all afflictions and calamities, far removed from the host of Maras...
Asanga gathers this buddha-land into eighteen perfections: perfection of color, perfection of shape, perfection of measure, perfection of location, perfection of cause, perfection of fruit, perfection of lord, perfection of retinue-aides, perfection of attendant-retinue, perfection of upholding, perfection of work, perfection of beneficial embrace, perfection of fearlessness, perfection of dwelling-place, perfection of path, perfection of vehicle, perfection of gateway, perfection of support — from color and shape to gateway and support, perfect on every side, with not one place unperfected. And the enjoyment of such a pure buddha-land is "four wholly-so": wholly pure and marvelous, wholly peaceful and blissful, wholly faultless, wholly masterful — purely pure, purely blissful, purely faultless, purely masterful, without a single thread of defilement mixed in.
VIII. The Virtues of the Dharma-Body — The Virtue-Marks, and the "Sixteen Verses of Homage"
The seventh gate, "virtue." Asanga lists out the virtue-marks of the dharma-body one by one: the most pure four immeasurables, the eight liberations, the eight bases of mastery, the ten totalities, non-contention, the wisdom of vows, the four unobstructed knowledges, the six superknowledges, the thirty-two marks of a great being, the eighty minor marks, the four-fold purity of all marks, the ten powers, the four fearlessnesses, the three things needing no guarding, the three foundations of mindfulness, the uprooting of habit-energies, the dharma of non-forgetting, great compassion, the eighteen dharmas unique to a buddha, the marvelous wisdom of all marks — with every kind of unsurpassed virtue, the dharma-body is endowed.
Having listed the virtues, Asanga appends a long string of verses of homage — this is the place in this chapter most fit to be read as a "closing of the cultivation." There are sixteen verses in all, nearly every one praising one of the buddha's virtues and ending with the phrase "I pay homage" (I bow, I take refuge), like an unbroken string of prostrations. We may well read it as a devoted general paean at the very close of the whole treatise: praising the buddha's four kinds of intent that ever do not abandon the benefit and joy of beings — homage; praising the buddha freed from all obstruction, whose wisdom pervades the knowable, whose mind has won release — homage; praising the buddha who can exhaust all the afflictions of beings without remainder, who harms the afflictions yet is ever compassionate to the defiled — homage; praising the buddha effortless, unattached, unobstructed, ever in still concentration, able to resolve every difficult question — homage; praising the buddha of unobstructed wisdom ever well-speaking, who for beings manifests knowing speech, conduct, coming-and-going, and emergence — homage; praising the buddha whom beings, on a single sight, deeply trust, the great opener-and-guide — homage; praising the buddha of taking-up, upholding, and relinquishing, who manifests transformations and transmuting, with mastery over meditative-poise and wisdom — homage; praising the buddha who by skillful means, refuge, purity, and Mahayana emergence crushes the Maras — homage; praising the buddha who can speak of wisdom, cessation, and emergence, whose benefit to self and others no heterodox can subdue — homage; praising the buddha who amid assemblies can subdue and speak, far apart from the two defilements, who gathers and governs the great assembly — homage; praising the buddha whose every conduct and abiding is nothing but the work of perfect wisdom, who at all times pervadingly knows the true meaning — homage; praising the buddha whose works of benefit and joy never miss their time, ever without emptiness, without forgetting — homage; praising the buddha who day and night ever in six turns observes all worlds, endowed with great compassion — homage; praising the buddha who by conduct, by realization, by wisdom, and by activity is most surpassing among all the two vehicles — homage; and the last verse, praising the buddha who by the accomplishment of the three bodies and the great bodhi complete in all marks can cut off every doubt in all places — homage. One verse, one prostration — the whole expanse of praise for the buddha is turned into an unbroken string of bowing. Asanga then adds two more verses, stating in summary that the buddhas' dharma-body is endowed with all these virtues, and further endowed with the virtues of own-nature, cause, fruit, activity, correspondence, and turning — so it is to be known that the buddhas' dharma-body has "unsurpassed virtue."
IX. The Great Questions at the Close of the Final Chapter
Arriving at the very end of the whole treatise, Asanga seems to want to settle all the residual doubts in the reader's heart at once, answering in succession several extremely deep — and extremely practice-relevant — great questions.
One vehicle — the buddha plainly says "only one buddha-vehicle," yet earlier he established three vehicles (sravaka, pratyekabuddha, bodhisattva); is this not a contradiction? Asanga answers: the buddha speaks of one vehicle "to draw in one kind and to sustain the rest" — to lead that one type of capacity and to sustain the rest whose capacity is undetermined; it is a "setting-up with hidden intent" (a skillful establishment holding a deep meaning), and does not negate the skillful means of the three vehicles. The accompanying verse says: because dharma, no-self, and liberation are the same; because lineages differ; because of attaining the two intents; because of manifestation; and because of the ultimate — therefore one speaks of one vehicle. The one vehicle and the three vehicles, the two statements do not contradict.
Many buddhas — the buddhas are all one same dharma-body, so why is it also said there are immeasurable buddhas? Asanga's verse answers cleanly: because "within one realm there are not two" (within one same world, two buddhas may not arise together at one time); "at one time the immeasurable are perfected" (yet the realm of beings able to perfect buddhahood at one time is immeasurable); "successive turning is contrary to reason" (if one said buddhahood could only be attained one after another in sequence, it would not stand to reason) — therefore there are said to be many buddhas.
Whether the buddha enters nirvana or not — how is one to understand that "within the dharma-body, the buddha neither finally enters nirvana nor finally does not enter nirvana"? The verse answers: because "freed from all obstruction" (all obstructions are already released), the buddha finally enters nirvana; and because "the work has no end" (the work of liberating beings is forever inexhaustible), the buddha finally does not enter nirvana. Both sides are true, leaning to neither edge.
And there is one more question, the most practice-relevant: a bodhisattva, having vowed to cultivate and realize great bodhi — if it were said that after realizing it one "finally enters nirvana" and from then on no longer liberates beings — this too does not accord with reason, for otherwise would not the bodhisattva's original vow and conduct become a fruitless waste? This precisely throws into relief that the buddha-fruit is "the nirvana of no fixed abode" — abiding neither in birth-and-death nor in nirvana.
And regarding the transformation body, one last question remains: why must the transformation body "manifest nirvana" rather than abide in the world forever so that beings could see it every day? Asanga gives six reasons: one, the work is already finished, the beings to be ripened have attained liberation; two, to make beings abandon the mind that "takes no joy in nirvana" and instead seek the Tathagata's constantly-abiding body; three, to make beings abandon contempt for the buddhas and instead enter into the profound true Dharma; four, to make beings give rise to deep longing for the buddha — for fear that what is seen every day instead breeds weariness; five, to make beings rouse effort in themselves — knowing that "one who can rightly preach the Dharma is hard to meet," they learn to treasure it; six, to make beings ripen with utmost speed, making them strive on without setting down the yoke. The core is one line: if the buddha were forever before their eyes, beings would instead grow slack and contemptuous; manifesting nirvana is precisely meant to press out beings' effort and longing — this is not heartlessness, it is the skillful means of great compassion. The accompanying verse holds these six reasons in: because the work is finished, to make them abandon taking-no-joy-in-nirvana, to make them part from contempt for the buddhas, to make them give rise to deep longing, to make them rouse right effort within, and to make them ripen with utmost speed — therefore it is granted that the buddha's transformation body "does not finally abide."
X. The Last Answer — The Dharma-Body Is Beginningless; Why Is Effort Still Required?
The final question asks: since the buddhas' dharma-body is "beginningless, without difference, and immeasurable," should further effort for attainment be unnecessary? The text asks about the relation between the buddhas' dharma-body and the cause of attainment; it does not state that sentient beings already possess the buddha-fruit.
The closing verse binds attainment to its cause: if beings relinquish diligent effort, constant attainment cannot become a cause; cutting off that cause does not accord with reason. What can safely be said here is that attainment does not stand apart from the cause of diligent effort. The passage does not decide a further doctrine of the relation between the dharma-body and the nature of sentient beings, and this exposition leaves that question open.
Conclusion — The Road, Here, Is Walked to Its End
The Mahayanasamgraha, here, comes to its full close.
Looking back over this whole road, you will see that the arc of the "ten supremacies" in the first chapter has now, every segment of it, come to ground: from the declaration of the tenet (the Mahayana has ten kinds of supremacy), to the alaya-consciousness as the basis of the defiled-and-pure (the basis of the knowable), to the three natures as the characteristic of this world (the characteristic of the knowable), to the entry into consciousness-only's realization, to the cause-and-fruit and the distinctions of cultivation that are the six perfections and ten grounds of this entry, to the three higher trainings of discipline, concentration, and wisdom, and on to the fruit-stage cessation (nirvana) — and at last, this chapter's fruit-stage cognition (the three bodies). Basis → characteristic → entry → cause-and-fruit → cultivation → three trainings → cessation → cognition: this sequence, laid out before our eyes at the very opening of the first chapter, has here walked its last step. Asanga has spread the whole of the Mahayana's "object, practice, fruit" into one complete map: first see clearly what the world and the mind are (object), then say how to cultivate (practice), and at last what fruit is realized (fruit).
This final chapter displays the fruit of cognition through the self-nature, enjoyment, and transformation bodies. The latter two arise in dependence on the dharma-body while remaining distinct from it. Within the dharma-body the buddha both finally enters nirvana through freedom from every obstruction and finally does not enter nirvana because the work to be done has no end; the treatise holds both statements together.
At the very end is the colophon Asanga set down with his own hand — at once his self-attestation of the whole treatise and his words of humility: "Of the chapter 'Embracing the Great Vehicle' within the Abhidharma Mahayana Sutra, I, Asanga, have completed a brief commentary." — He signs his own name "Asanga" (i.e., 無著), and humbly calls it: this whole treatise is nothing but a "brief commentary" on that chapter "Embracing the Great Vehicle" of the Abhidharma Mahayana Sutra. A great treatise that embraces the entire outline of the Mahayana — and its author calls it merely a "brief commentary." The whole treatise, here, is brought to its full completion.
Later Reception
The final verse of the Thirty Verses speaks of the undefiled realm and the body of liberation; the Cheng weishi lun later expands the three bodies, four nirvanas, and four cognitions. The root treatise here states only the four-cognition mastery gained through transformation of the consciousness aggregate; the later assignment of eight consciousnesses belongs to onward development, not Asanga’s wording here.